| 1 | //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// |
| 2 | // |
| 3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
| 4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
| 5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
| 6 | // |
| 7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8 | // |
| 9 | // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and |
| 10 | // builds ASTs. |
| 11 | // |
| 12 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 13 | |
| 14 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
| 15 | #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H |
| 16 | |
| 17 | #include "clang/AST/ASTConcept.h" |
| 18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTFwd.h" |
| 19 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" |
| 20 | #include "clang/AST/Availability.h" |
| 21 | #include "clang/AST/ComparisonCategories.h" |
| 22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" |
| 23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" |
| 24 | #include "clang/AST/Expr.h" |
| 25 | #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" |
| 26 | #include "clang/AST/ExprConcepts.h" |
| 27 | #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" |
| 28 | #include "clang/AST/ExprOpenMP.h" |
| 29 | #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" |
| 30 | #include "clang/AST/LocInfoType.h" |
| 31 | #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h" |
| 32 | #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" |
| 33 | #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" |
| 34 | #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" |
| 35 | #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" |
| 36 | #include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h" |
| 37 | #include "clang/Basic/BitmaskEnum.h" |
| 38 | #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" |
| 39 | #include "clang/Basic/Module.h" |
| 40 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h" |
| 41 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h" |
| 42 | #include "clang/Basic/PragmaKinds.h" |
| 43 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
| 44 | #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" |
| 45 | #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" |
| 46 | #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" |
| 47 | #include "clang/Sema/CleanupInfo.h" |
| 48 | #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" |
| 49 | #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" |
| 50 | #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" |
| 51 | #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" |
| 52 | #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" |
| 53 | #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" |
| 54 | #include "clang/Sema/SemaConcept.h" |
| 55 | #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" |
| 56 | #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" |
| 57 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
| 58 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
| 59 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
| 60 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h" |
| 61 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
| 62 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h" |
| 63 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" |
| 64 | #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h" |
| 65 | #include "llvm/Frontend/OpenMP/OMPConstants.h" |
| 66 | #include <deque> |
| 67 | #include <memory> |
| 68 | #include <string> |
| 69 | #include <tuple> |
| 70 | #include <vector> |
| 71 | |
| 72 | namespace llvm { |
| 73 | class APSInt; |
| 74 | template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; |
| 75 | template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; |
| 76 | class SmallBitVector; |
| 77 | struct InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; |
| 78 | } |
| 79 | |
| 80 | namespace clang { |
| 81 | class ADLResult; |
| 82 | class ASTConsumer; |
| 83 | class ASTContext; |
| 84 | class ASTMutationListener; |
| 85 | class ASTReader; |
| 86 | class ASTWriter; |
| 87 | class ArrayType; |
| 88 | class ParsedAttr; |
| 89 | class BindingDecl; |
| 90 | class BlockDecl; |
| 91 | class CapturedDecl; |
| 92 | class CXXBasePath; |
| 93 | class CXXBasePaths; |
| 94 | class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; |
| 95 | typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; |
| 96 | class CXXConstructorDecl; |
| 97 | class CXXConversionDecl; |
| 98 | class CXXDeleteExpr; |
| 99 | class CXXDestructorDecl; |
| 100 | class CXXFieldCollector; |
| 101 | class CXXMemberCallExpr; |
| 102 | class CXXMethodDecl; |
| 103 | class CXXScopeSpec; |
| 104 | class CXXTemporary; |
| 105 | class CXXTryStmt; |
| 106 | class CallExpr; |
| 107 | class ClassTemplateDecl; |
| 108 | class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
| 109 | class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
| 110 | class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; |
| 111 | class CodeCompleteConsumer; |
| 112 | class CodeCompletionAllocator; |
| 113 | class CodeCompletionTUInfo; |
| 114 | class CodeCompletionResult; |
| 115 | class CoroutineBodyStmt; |
| 116 | class Decl; |
| 117 | class DeclAccessPair; |
| 118 | class DeclContext; |
| 119 | class DeclRefExpr; |
| 120 | class DeclaratorDecl; |
| 121 | class DeducedTemplateArgument; |
| 122 | class DependentDiagnostic; |
| 123 | class DesignatedInitExpr; |
| 124 | class Designation; |
| 125 | class EnableIfAttr; |
| 126 | class EnumConstantDecl; |
| 127 | class Expr; |
| 128 | class ExtVectorType; |
| 129 | class FormatAttr; |
| 130 | class FriendDecl; |
| 131 | class FunctionDecl; |
| 132 | class FunctionProtoType; |
| 133 | class FunctionTemplateDecl; |
| 134 | class ImplicitConversionSequence; |
| 135 | typedef MutableArrayRef<ImplicitConversionSequence> ConversionSequenceList; |
| 136 | class InitListExpr; |
| 137 | class InitializationKind; |
| 138 | class InitializationSequence; |
| 139 | class InitializedEntity; |
| 140 | class IntegerLiteral; |
| 141 | class LabelStmt; |
| 142 | class LambdaExpr; |
| 143 | class LangOptions; |
| 144 | class LocalInstantiationScope; |
| 145 | class LookupResult; |
| 146 | class MacroInfo; |
| 147 | typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath; |
| 148 | class ModuleLoader; |
| 149 | class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; |
| 150 | class NamedDecl; |
| 151 | class ObjCCategoryDecl; |
| 152 | class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; |
| 153 | class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; |
| 154 | class ObjCContainerDecl; |
| 155 | class ObjCImplDecl; |
| 156 | class ObjCImplementationDecl; |
| 157 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
| 158 | class ObjCIvarDecl; |
| 159 | template <class T> class ObjCList; |
| 160 | class ObjCMessageExpr; |
| 161 | class ObjCMethodDecl; |
| 162 | class ObjCPropertyDecl; |
| 163 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
| 164 | class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; |
| 165 | class OMPRequiresDecl; |
| 166 | class OMPDeclareReductionDecl; |
| 167 | class OMPDeclareSimdDecl; |
| 168 | class OMPClause; |
| 169 | struct OMPVarListLocTy; |
| 170 | struct OverloadCandidate; |
| 171 | enum class OverloadCandidateParamOrder : char; |
| 172 | enum OverloadCandidateRewriteKind : unsigned; |
| 173 | class OverloadCandidateSet; |
| 174 | class OverloadExpr; |
| 175 | class ParenListExpr; |
| 176 | class ParmVarDecl; |
| 177 | class Preprocessor; |
| 178 | class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; |
| 179 | class PseudoObjectExpr; |
| 180 | class QualType; |
| 181 | class StandardConversionSequence; |
| 182 | class Stmt; |
| 183 | class StringLiteral; |
| 184 | class SwitchStmt; |
| 185 | class TemplateArgument; |
| 186 | class TemplateArgumentList; |
| 187 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
| 188 | class TemplateDecl; |
| 189 | class TemplateInstantiationCallback; |
| 190 | class TemplateParameterList; |
| 191 | class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; |
| 192 | class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; |
| 193 | class Token; |
| 194 | class TypeAliasDecl; |
| 195 | class TypedefDecl; |
| 196 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
| 197 | class TypeLoc; |
| 198 | class TypoCorrectionConsumer; |
| 199 | class UnqualifiedId; |
| 200 | class UnresolvedLookupExpr; |
| 201 | class UnresolvedMemberExpr; |
| 202 | class UnresolvedSetImpl; |
| 203 | class UnresolvedSetIterator; |
| 204 | class UsingDecl; |
| 205 | class UsingShadowDecl; |
| 206 | class ValueDecl; |
| 207 | class VarDecl; |
| 208 | class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl; |
| 209 | class VisibilityAttr; |
| 210 | class VisibleDeclConsumer; |
| 211 | class IndirectFieldDecl; |
| 212 | struct DeductionFailureInfo; |
| 213 | class TemplateSpecCandidateSet; |
| 214 | |
| 215 | namespace sema { |
| 216 | class AccessedEntity; |
| 217 | class BlockScopeInfo; |
| 218 | class Capture; |
| 219 | class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; |
| 220 | class CapturingScopeInfo; |
| 221 | class CompoundScopeInfo; |
| 222 | class DelayedDiagnostic; |
| 223 | class DelayedDiagnosticPool; |
| 224 | class FunctionScopeInfo; |
| 225 | class LambdaScopeInfo; |
| 226 | class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; |
| 227 | class SemaPPCallbacks; |
| 228 | class TemplateDeductionInfo; |
| 229 | } |
| 230 | |
| 231 | namespace threadSafety { |
| 232 | class BeforeSet; |
| 233 | void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache); |
| 234 | } |
| 235 | |
| 236 | // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to |
| 237 | // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. |
| 238 | typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, |
| 239 | SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; |
| 240 | |
| 241 | /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given |
| 242 | /// file. |
| 243 | struct FileNullability { |
| 244 | /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does |
| 245 | /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation. |
| 246 | SourceLocation PointerLoc; |
| 247 | |
| 248 | /// The end location for the first pointer declarator in the file. Used for |
| 249 | /// placing fix-its. |
| 250 | SourceLocation PointerEndLoc; |
| 251 | |
| 252 | /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw. |
| 253 | uint8_t PointerKind; |
| 254 | |
| 255 | /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file. |
| 256 | bool SawTypeNullability = false; |
| 257 | }; |
| 258 | |
| 259 | /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability |
| 260 | /// information in that file. |
| 261 | class FileNullabilityMap { |
| 262 | /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID. |
| 263 | llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map; |
| 264 | |
| 265 | /// A single-element cache based on the file ID. |
| 266 | struct { |
| 267 | FileID File; |
| 268 | FileNullability Nullability; |
| 269 | } Cache; |
| 270 | |
| 271 | public: |
| 272 | FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) { |
| 273 | // Check the single-element cache. |
| 274 | if (file == Cache.File) |
| 275 | return Cache.Nullability; |
| 276 | |
| 277 | // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one. |
| 278 | if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) { |
| 279 | Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability; |
| 280 | } |
| 281 | |
| 282 | // Pull this entry into the cache. |
| 283 | Cache.File = file; |
| 284 | Cache.Nullability = Map[file]; |
| 285 | return Cache.Nullability; |
| 286 | } |
| 287 | }; |
| 288 | |
| 289 | /// Keeps track of expected type during expression parsing. The type is tied to |
| 290 | /// a particular token, all functions that update or consume the type take a |
| 291 | /// start location of the token they are looking at as a parameter. This allows |
| 292 | /// to avoid updating the type on hot paths in the parser. |
| 293 | class PreferredTypeBuilder { |
| 294 | public: |
| 295 | PreferredTypeBuilder() = default; |
| 296 | explicit PreferredTypeBuilder(QualType Type) : Type(Type) {} |
| 297 | |
| 298 | void enterCondition(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
| 299 | void enterReturn(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok); |
| 300 | void enterVariableInit(SourceLocation Tok, Decl *D); |
| 301 | /// Computing a type for the function argument may require running |
| 302 | /// overloading, so we postpone its computation until it is actually needed. |
| 303 | /// |
| 304 | /// Clients should be very careful when using this funciton, as it stores a |
| 305 | /// function_ref, clients should make sure all calls to get() with the same |
| 306 | /// location happen while function_ref is alive. |
| 307 | void enterFunctionArgument(SourceLocation Tok, |
| 308 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType); |
| 309 | |
| 310 | void enterParenExpr(SourceLocation Tok, SourceLocation LParLoc); |
| 311 | void enterUnary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 312 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 313 | void enterBinary(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS, tok::TokenKind Op); |
| 314 | void enterMemAccess(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *Base); |
| 315 | void enterSubscript(Sema &S, SourceLocation Tok, Expr *LHS); |
| 316 | /// Handles all type casts, including C-style cast, C++ casts, etc. |
| 317 | void enterTypeCast(SourceLocation Tok, QualType CastType); |
| 318 | |
| 319 | QualType get(SourceLocation Tok) const { |
| 320 | if (Tok != ExpectedLoc) |
| 321 | return QualType(); |
| 322 | if (!Type.isNull()) |
| 323 | return Type; |
| 324 | if (ComputeType) |
| 325 | return ComputeType(); |
| 326 | return QualType(); |
| 327 | } |
| 328 | |
| 329 | private: |
| 330 | /// Start position of a token for which we store expected type. |
| 331 | SourceLocation ExpectedLoc; |
| 332 | /// Expected type for a token starting at ExpectedLoc. |
| 333 | QualType Type; |
| 334 | /// A function to compute expected type at ExpectedLoc. It is only considered |
| 335 | /// if Type is null. |
| 336 | llvm::function_ref<QualType()> ComputeType; |
| 337 | }; |
| 338 | |
| 339 | /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. |
| 340 | class Sema final { |
| 341 | Sema(const Sema &) = delete; |
| 342 | void operator=(const Sema &) = delete; |
| 343 | |
| 344 | /// A key method to reduce duplicate debug info from Sema. |
| 345 | virtual void anchor(); |
| 346 | |
| 347 | ///Source of additional semantic information. |
| 348 | ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; |
| 349 | |
| 350 | ///Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. |
| 351 | bool isMultiplexExternalSource; |
| 352 | |
| 353 | static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); |
| 354 | |
| 355 | bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D); |
| 356 | |
| 357 | /// Determine whether two declarations should be linked together, given that |
| 358 | /// the old declaration might not be visible and the new declaration might |
| 359 | /// not have external linkage. |
| 360 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, |
| 361 | const NamedDecl *New) { |
| 362 | if (isVisible(Old)) |
| 363 | return true; |
| 364 | // See comment in below overload for why it's safe to compute the linkage |
| 365 | // of the new declaration here. |
| 366 | if (New->isExternallyDeclarable()) { |
| 367 | assert(Old->isExternallyDeclarable() && |
| 368 | "should not have found a non-externally-declarable previous decl" ); |
| 369 | return true; |
| 370 | } |
| 371 | return false; |
| 372 | } |
| 373 | bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New); |
| 374 | |
| 375 | void setupImplicitSpecialMemberType(CXXMethodDecl *SpecialMem, |
| 376 | QualType ResultTy, |
| 377 | ArrayRef<QualType> Args); |
| 378 | |
| 379 | public: |
| 380 | /// The maximum alignment, same as in llvm::Value. We duplicate them here |
| 381 | /// because that allows us not to duplicate the constants in clang code, |
| 382 | /// which we must to since we can't directly use the llvm constants. |
| 383 | /// The value is verified against llvm here: lib/CodeGen/CGDecl.cpp |
| 384 | /// |
| 385 | /// This is the greatest alignment value supported by load, store, and alloca |
| 386 | /// instructions, and global values. |
| 387 | static const unsigned MaxAlignmentExponent = 29; |
| 388 | static const unsigned MaximumAlignment = 1u << MaxAlignmentExponent; |
| 389 | |
| 390 | typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; |
| 391 | typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; |
| 392 | typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; |
| 393 | |
| 394 | OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; |
| 395 | FPOptions CurFPFeatures; |
| 396 | |
| 397 | const LangOptions &LangOpts; |
| 398 | Preprocessor &PP; |
| 399 | ASTContext &Context; |
| 400 | ASTConsumer &Consumer; |
| 401 | DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; |
| 402 | SourceManager &SourceMgr; |
| 403 | |
| 404 | /// Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. |
| 405 | bool CollectStats; |
| 406 | |
| 407 | /// Code-completion consumer. |
| 408 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; |
| 409 | |
| 410 | /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. |
| 411 | DeclContext *CurContext; |
| 412 | |
| 413 | /// Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, |
| 414 | /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. |
| 415 | DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; |
| 416 | |
| 417 | /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. |
| 418 | /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. |
| 419 | DeclarationName VAListTagName; |
| 420 | |
| 421 | bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on |
| 422 | |
| 423 | /// Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI. |
| 424 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind |
| 425 | MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod; |
| 426 | |
| 427 | /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty. |
| 428 | SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally; |
| 429 | |
| 430 | /// Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs |
| 431 | SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc; |
| 432 | |
| 433 | /// Holds TypoExprs that are created from `createDelayedTypo`. This is used by |
| 434 | /// `TransformTypos` in order to keep track of any TypoExprs that are created |
| 435 | /// recursively during typo correction and wipe them away if the correction |
| 436 | /// fails. |
| 437 | llvm::SmallVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs; |
| 438 | |
| 439 | /// pragma clang section kind |
| 440 | enum PragmaClangSectionKind { |
| 441 | PCSK_Invalid = 0, |
| 442 | PCSK_BSS = 1, |
| 443 | PCSK_Data = 2, |
| 444 | PCSK_Rodata = 3, |
| 445 | PCSK_Text = 4, |
| 446 | PCSK_Relro = 5 |
| 447 | }; |
| 448 | |
| 449 | enum PragmaClangSectionAction { |
| 450 | PCSA_Set = 0, |
| 451 | PCSA_Clear = 1 |
| 452 | }; |
| 453 | |
| 454 | struct PragmaClangSection { |
| 455 | std::string SectionName; |
| 456 | bool Valid = false; |
| 457 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
| 458 | }; |
| 459 | |
| 460 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangBSSSection; |
| 461 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangDataSection; |
| 462 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRodataSection; |
| 463 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangRelroSection; |
| 464 | PragmaClangSection PragmaClangTextSection; |
| 465 | |
| 466 | enum PragmaMsStackAction { |
| 467 | PSK_Reset = 0x0, // #pragma () |
| 468 | PSK_Set = 0x1, // #pragma (value) |
| 469 | PSK_Push = 0x2, // #pragma (push[, id]) |
| 470 | PSK_Pop = 0x4, // #pragma (pop[, id]) |
| 471 | PSK_Show = 0x8, // #pragma (show) -- only for "pack"! |
| 472 | PSK_Push_Set = PSK_Push | PSK_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], value) |
| 473 | PSK_Pop_Set = PSK_Pop | PSK_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], value) |
| 474 | }; |
| 475 | |
| 476 | // #pragma pack and align. |
| 477 | class AlignPackInfo { |
| 478 | public: |
| 479 | // `Native` represents default align mode, which may vary based on the |
| 480 | // platform. |
| 481 | enum Mode : unsigned char { Native, Natural, Packed, Mac68k }; |
| 482 | |
| 483 | // #pragma pack info constructor |
| 484 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, unsigned Num, bool IsXL) |
| 485 | : PackAttr(true), AlignMode(M), PackNumber(Num), XLStack(IsXL) { |
| 486 | assert(Num == PackNumber && "The pack number has been truncated." ); |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | |
| 489 | // #pragma align info constructor |
| 490 | AlignPackInfo(AlignPackInfo::Mode M, bool IsXL) |
| 491 | : PackAttr(false), AlignMode(M), |
| 492 | PackNumber(M == Packed ? 1 : UninitPackVal), XLStack(IsXL) {} |
| 493 | |
| 494 | explicit AlignPackInfo(bool IsXL) : AlignPackInfo(Native, IsXL) {} |
| 495 | |
| 496 | AlignPackInfo() : AlignPackInfo(Native, false) {} |
| 497 | |
| 498 | // When a AlignPackInfo itself cannot be used, this returns an 32-bit |
| 499 | // integer encoding for it. This should only be passed to |
| 500 | // AlignPackInfo::getFromRawEncoding, it should not be inspected directly. |
| 501 | static uint32_t getRawEncoding(const AlignPackInfo &Info) { |
| 502 | std::uint32_t Encoding{}; |
| 503 | if (Info.IsXLStack()) |
| 504 | Encoding |= IsXLMask; |
| 505 | |
| 506 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getAlignMode()) << 1; |
| 507 | |
| 508 | if (Info.IsPackAttr()) |
| 509 | Encoding |= PackAttrMask; |
| 510 | |
| 511 | Encoding |= static_cast<uint32_t>(Info.getPackNumber()) << 4; |
| 512 | |
| 513 | return Encoding; |
| 514 | } |
| 515 | |
| 516 | static AlignPackInfo getFromRawEncoding(unsigned Encoding) { |
| 517 | bool IsXL = static_cast<bool>(Encoding & IsXLMask); |
| 518 | AlignPackInfo::Mode M = |
| 519 | static_cast<AlignPackInfo::Mode>((Encoding & AlignModeMask) >> 1); |
| 520 | int PackNumber = (Encoding & PackNumMask) >> 4; |
| 521 | |
| 522 | if (Encoding & PackAttrMask) |
| 523 | return AlignPackInfo(M, PackNumber, IsXL); |
| 524 | |
| 525 | return AlignPackInfo(M, IsXL); |
| 526 | } |
| 527 | |
| 528 | bool IsPackAttr() const { return PackAttr; } |
| 529 | |
| 530 | bool IsAlignAttr() const { return !PackAttr; } |
| 531 | |
| 532 | Mode getAlignMode() const { return AlignMode; } |
| 533 | |
| 534 | unsigned getPackNumber() const { return PackNumber; } |
| 535 | |
| 536 | bool IsPackSet() const { |
| 537 | // #pragma align, #pragma pack(), and #pragma pack(0) do not set the pack |
| 538 | // attriute on a decl. |
| 539 | return PackNumber != UninitPackVal && PackNumber != 0; |
| 540 | } |
| 541 | |
| 542 | bool IsXLStack() const { return XLStack; } |
| 543 | |
| 544 | bool operator==(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
| 545 | return std::tie(AlignMode, PackNumber, PackAttr, XLStack) == |
| 546 | std::tie(Info.AlignMode, Info.PackNumber, Info.PackAttr, |
| 547 | Info.XLStack); |
| 548 | } |
| 549 | |
| 550 | bool operator!=(const AlignPackInfo &Info) const { |
| 551 | return !(*this == Info); |
| 552 | } |
| 553 | |
| 554 | private: |
| 555 | /// \brief True if this is a pragma pack attribute, |
| 556 | /// not a pragma align attribute. |
| 557 | bool PackAttr; |
| 558 | |
| 559 | /// \brief The alignment mode that is in effect. |
| 560 | Mode AlignMode; |
| 561 | |
| 562 | /// \brief The pack number of the stack. |
| 563 | unsigned char PackNumber; |
| 564 | |
| 565 | /// \brief True if it is a XL #pragma align/pack stack. |
| 566 | bool XLStack; |
| 567 | |
| 568 | /// \brief Uninitialized pack value. |
| 569 | static constexpr unsigned char UninitPackVal = -1; |
| 570 | |
| 571 | // Masks to encode and decode an AlignPackInfo. |
| 572 | static constexpr uint32_t IsXLMask{0x0000'0001}; |
| 573 | static constexpr uint32_t AlignModeMask{0x0000'0006}; |
| 574 | static constexpr uint32_t PackAttrMask{0x00000'0008}; |
| 575 | static constexpr uint32_t PackNumMask{0x0000'01F0}; |
| 576 | }; |
| 577 | |
| 578 | template<typename ValueType> |
| 579 | struct PragmaStack { |
| 580 | struct Slot { |
| 581 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel; |
| 582 | ValueType Value; |
| 583 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation; |
| 584 | SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation; |
| 585 | Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value, |
| 586 | SourceLocation PragmaLocation, SourceLocation PragmaPushLocation) |
| 587 | : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value), |
| 588 | PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation), |
| 589 | PragmaPushLocation(PragmaPushLocation) {} |
| 590 | }; |
| 591 | |
| 592 | void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 593 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, ValueType Value) { |
| 594 | if (Action == PSK_Reset) { |
| 595 | CurrentValue = DefaultValue; |
| 596 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
| 597 | return; |
| 598 | } |
| 599 | if (Action & PSK_Push) |
| 600 | Stack.emplace_back(StackSlotLabel, CurrentValue, CurrentPragmaLocation, |
| 601 | PragmaLocation); |
| 602 | else if (Action & PSK_Pop) { |
| 603 | if (!StackSlotLabel.empty()) { |
| 604 | // If we've got a label, try to find it and jump there. |
| 605 | auto I = llvm::find_if(llvm::reverse(Stack), [&](const Slot &x) { |
| 606 | return x.StackSlotLabel == StackSlotLabel; |
| 607 | }); |
| 608 | // If we found the label so pop from there. |
| 609 | if (I != Stack.rend()) { |
| 610 | CurrentValue = I->Value; |
| 611 | CurrentPragmaLocation = I->PragmaLocation; |
| 612 | Stack.erase(std::prev(I.base()), Stack.end()); |
| 613 | } |
| 614 | } else if (!Stack.empty()) { |
| 615 | // We do not have a label, just pop the last entry. |
| 616 | CurrentValue = Stack.back().Value; |
| 617 | CurrentPragmaLocation = Stack.back().PragmaLocation; |
| 618 | Stack.pop_back(); |
| 619 | } |
| 620 | } |
| 621 | if (Action & PSK_Set) { |
| 622 | CurrentValue = Value; |
| 623 | CurrentPragmaLocation = PragmaLocation; |
| 624 | } |
| 625 | } |
| 626 | |
| 627 | // MSVC seems to add artificial slots to #pragma stacks on entering a C++ |
| 628 | // method body to restore the stacks on exit, so it works like this: |
| 629 | // |
| 630 | // struct S { |
| 631 | // #pragma <name>(push, InternalPragmaSlot, <current_pragma_value>) |
| 632 | // void Method {} |
| 633 | // #pragma <name>(pop, InternalPragmaSlot) |
| 634 | // }; |
| 635 | // |
| 636 | // It works even with #pragma vtordisp, although MSVC doesn't support |
| 637 | // #pragma vtordisp(push [, id], n) |
| 638 | // syntax. |
| 639 | // |
| 640 | // Push / pop a named sentinel slot. |
| 641 | void SentinelAction(PragmaMsStackAction Action, StringRef Label) { |
| 642 | assert((Action == PSK_Push || Action == PSK_Pop) && |
| 643 | "Can only push / pop #pragma stack sentinels!" ); |
| 644 | Act(CurrentPragmaLocation, Action, Label, CurrentValue); |
| 645 | } |
| 646 | |
| 647 | // Constructors. |
| 648 | explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Default) |
| 649 | : DefaultValue(Default), CurrentValue(Default) {} |
| 650 | |
| 651 | bool hasValue() const { return CurrentValue != DefaultValue; } |
| 652 | |
| 653 | SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack; |
| 654 | ValueType DefaultValue; // Value used for PSK_Reset action. |
| 655 | ValueType CurrentValue; |
| 656 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
| 657 | }; |
| 658 | // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but |
| 659 | // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module). |
| 660 | |
| 661 | /// Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft |
| 662 | /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean: |
| 663 | /// |
| 664 | /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps |
| 665 | /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial |
| 666 | /// structors |
| 667 | /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed |
| 668 | /// objects |
| 669 | PragmaStack<MSVtorDispMode> VtorDispStack; |
| 670 | PragmaStack<AlignPackInfo> AlignPackStack; |
| 671 | // The current #pragma align/pack values and locations at each #include. |
| 672 | struct AlignPackIncludeState { |
| 673 | AlignPackInfo CurrentValue; |
| 674 | SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation; |
| 675 | bool HasNonDefaultValue, ShouldWarnOnInclude; |
| 676 | }; |
| 677 | SmallVector<AlignPackIncludeState, 8> AlignPackIncludeStack; |
| 678 | // Segment #pragmas. |
| 679 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack; |
| 680 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack; |
| 681 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack; |
| 682 | PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack; |
| 683 | |
| 684 | // This stack tracks the current state of Sema.CurFPFeatures. |
| 685 | PragmaStack<FPOptionsOverride> FpPragmaStack; |
| 686 | FPOptionsOverride CurFPFeatureOverrides() { |
| 687 | FPOptionsOverride result; |
| 688 | if (!FpPragmaStack.hasValue()) { |
| 689 | result = FPOptionsOverride(); |
| 690 | } else { |
| 691 | result = FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue; |
| 692 | } |
| 693 | return result; |
| 694 | } |
| 695 | |
| 696 | // RAII object to push / pop sentinel slots for all MS #pragma stacks. |
| 697 | // Actions should be performed only if we enter / exit a C++ method body. |
| 698 | class PragmaStackSentinelRAII { |
| 699 | public: |
| 700 | PragmaStackSentinelRAII(Sema &S, StringRef SlotLabel, bool ShouldAct); |
| 701 | ~PragmaStackSentinelRAII(); |
| 702 | |
| 703 | private: |
| 704 | Sema &S; |
| 705 | StringRef SlotLabel; |
| 706 | bool ShouldAct; |
| 707 | }; |
| 708 | |
| 709 | /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file. |
| 710 | FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap; |
| 711 | |
| 712 | /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg. |
| 713 | StringLiteral *CurInitSeg; |
| 714 | SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc; |
| 715 | |
| 716 | /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. |
| 717 | void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" |
| 718 | |
| 719 | /// This an attribute introduced by \#pragma clang attribute. |
| 720 | struct PragmaAttributeEntry { |
| 721 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 722 | ParsedAttr *Attribute; |
| 723 | SmallVector<attr::SubjectMatchRule, 4> MatchRules; |
| 724 | bool IsUsed; |
| 725 | }; |
| 726 | |
| 727 | /// A push'd group of PragmaAttributeEntries. |
| 728 | struct PragmaAttributeGroup { |
| 729 | /// The location of the push attribute. |
| 730 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 731 | /// The namespace of this push group. |
| 732 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace; |
| 733 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeEntry, 2> Entries; |
| 734 | }; |
| 735 | |
| 736 | SmallVector<PragmaAttributeGroup, 2> PragmaAttributeStack; |
| 737 | |
| 738 | /// The declaration that is currently receiving an attribute from the |
| 739 | /// #pragma attribute stack. |
| 740 | const Decl *PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl; |
| 741 | |
| 742 | /// This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off" |
| 743 | /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If |
| 744 | /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location. |
| 745 | SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
| 746 | |
| 747 | /// Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. |
| 748 | /// |
| 749 | /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions |
| 750 | /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. |
| 751 | bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; |
| 752 | |
| 753 | /// Used to control the generation of ExprWithCleanups. |
| 754 | CleanupInfo Cleanup; |
| 755 | |
| 756 | /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring |
| 757 | /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. |
| 758 | SmallVector<ExprWithCleanups::CleanupObject, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; |
| 759 | |
| 760 | /// Store a set of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs that contain a reference |
| 761 | /// to a variable (constant) that may or may not be odr-used in this Expr, and |
| 762 | /// we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue and discarded value conversions |
| 763 | /// have been applied to all subexpressions of the enclosing full expression. |
| 764 | /// This is cleared at the end of each full expression. |
| 765 | using MaybeODRUseExprSet = llvm::SetVector<Expr *, SmallVector<Expr *, 4>, |
| 766 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr *, 4>>; |
| 767 | MaybeODRUseExprSet MaybeODRUseExprs; |
| 768 | |
| 769 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo> CachedFunctionScope; |
| 770 | |
| 771 | /// Stack containing information about each of the nested |
| 772 | /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. |
| 773 | SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; |
| 774 | |
| 775 | /// The index of the first FunctionScope that corresponds to the current |
| 776 | /// context. |
| 777 | unsigned FunctionScopesStart = 0; |
| 778 | |
| 779 | ArrayRef<sema::FunctionScopeInfo*> getFunctionScopes() const { |
| 780 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(FunctionScopes.begin() + FunctionScopesStart, |
| 781 | FunctionScopes.end()); |
| 782 | } |
| 783 | |
| 784 | /// Stack containing information needed when in C++2a an 'auto' is encountered |
| 785 | /// in a function declaration parameter type specifier in order to invent a |
| 786 | /// corresponding template parameter in the enclosing abbreviated function |
| 787 | /// template. This information is also present in LambdaScopeInfo, stored in |
| 788 | /// the FunctionScopes stack. |
| 789 | SmallVector<InventedTemplateParameterInfo, 4> InventedParameterInfos; |
| 790 | |
| 791 | /// The index of the first InventedParameterInfo that refers to the current |
| 792 | /// context. |
| 793 | unsigned InventedParameterInfosStart = 0; |
| 794 | |
| 795 | ArrayRef<InventedTemplateParameterInfo> getInventedParameterInfos() const { |
| 796 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(InventedParameterInfos.begin() + |
| 797 | InventedParameterInfosStart, |
| 798 | InventedParameterInfos.end()); |
| 799 | } |
| 800 | |
| 801 | typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 802 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> |
| 803 | ExtVectorDeclsType; |
| 804 | |
| 805 | /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows |
| 806 | /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. |
| 807 | /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. |
| 808 | ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; |
| 809 | |
| 810 | /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. |
| 811 | std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; |
| 812 | |
| 813 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<NamedDecl *, 16> NamedDeclSetType; |
| 814 | |
| 815 | /// Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. |
| 816 | NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; |
| 817 | |
| 818 | /// Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused. |
| 819 | llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4> |
| 820 | UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates; |
| 821 | |
| 822 | /// Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit |
| 823 | /// |
| 824 | /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions |
| 825 | /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression |
| 826 | /// used in initializer of the field. |
| 827 | typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc; |
| 828 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs; |
| 829 | llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs; |
| 830 | |
| 831 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; |
| 832 | |
| 833 | /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have |
| 834 | /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the |
| 835 | /// same list more than once. |
| 836 | std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; |
| 837 | |
| 838 | /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which |
| 839 | /// we are currently parsing the initializer. |
| 840 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; |
| 841 | |
| 842 | /// Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. |
| 843 | NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); |
| 844 | |
| 845 | typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 846 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> |
| 847 | TentativeDefinitionsType; |
| 848 | |
| 849 | /// All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. |
| 850 | TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; |
| 851 | |
| 852 | /// All the external declarations encoutered and used in the TU. |
| 853 | SmallVector<VarDecl *, 4> ExternalDeclarations; |
| 854 | |
| 855 | typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 856 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> |
| 857 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; |
| 858 | |
| 859 | /// The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used |
| 860 | /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. |
| 861 | UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; |
| 862 | |
| 863 | typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, |
| 864 | &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> |
| 865 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType; |
| 866 | |
| 867 | /// All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for |
| 868 | /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. |
| 869 | DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /// All the overriding functions seen during a class definition |
| 872 | /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden |
| 873 | /// function. |
| 874 | SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2> |
| 875 | DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 876 | |
| 877 | /// All the function redeclarations seen during a class definition that had |
| 878 | /// their exception spec checks delayed, plus the prior declaration they |
| 879 | /// should be checked against. Except during error recovery, the new decl |
| 880 | /// should always be a friend declaration, as that's the only valid way to |
| 881 | /// redeclare a special member before its class is complete. |
| 882 | SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl*>, 2> |
| 883 | DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 884 | |
| 885 | typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, |
| 886 | std::unique_ptr<LateParsedTemplate>> |
| 887 | LateParsedTemplateMapT; |
| 888 | LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap; |
| 889 | |
| 890 | /// Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. |
| 891 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT); |
| 892 | typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P); |
| 893 | LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; |
| 894 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup; |
| 895 | void *OpaqueParser; |
| 896 | |
| 897 | void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, |
| 898 | LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup, |
| 899 | void *P) { |
| 900 | LateTemplateParser = LTP; |
| 901 | LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup; |
| 902 | OpaqueParser = P; |
| 903 | } |
| 904 | |
| 905 | class DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 906 | |
| 907 | class DelayedDiagnosticsState { |
| 908 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; |
| 909 | friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 910 | }; |
| 911 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; |
| 912 | typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; |
| 913 | |
| 914 | /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics |
| 915 | /// during parsing and other processing. |
| 916 | class DelayedDiagnostics { |
| 917 | /// The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed |
| 918 | /// diagnostics should go. |
| 919 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; |
| 920 | |
| 921 | public: |
| 922 | DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {} |
| 923 | |
| 924 | /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. |
| 925 | void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h |
| 926 | |
| 927 | /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. |
| 928 | bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; } |
| 929 | |
| 930 | /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. |
| 931 | sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { |
| 932 | return CurPool; |
| 933 | } |
| 934 | |
| 935 | /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be |
| 936 | /// collected in this pool. |
| 937 | DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
| 938 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
| 939 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
| 940 | CurPool = &pool; |
| 941 | return state; |
| 942 | } |
| 943 | |
| 944 | /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. |
| 945 | /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part |
| 946 | /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". |
| 947 | void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
| 948 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
| 949 | } |
| 950 | |
| 951 | /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are |
| 952 | /// not delayed. |
| 953 | DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { |
| 954 | DelayedDiagnosticsState state; |
| 955 | state.SavedPool = CurPool; |
| 956 | CurPool = nullptr; |
| 957 | return state; |
| 958 | } |
| 959 | |
| 960 | /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). |
| 961 | void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { |
| 962 | assert(CurPool == nullptr); |
| 963 | CurPool = state.SavedPool; |
| 964 | } |
| 965 | } DelayedDiagnostics; |
| 966 | |
| 967 | /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. |
| 968 | class { |
| 969 | private: |
| 970 | Sema &; |
| 971 | DeclContext *; |
| 972 | ProcessingContextState ; |
| 973 | QualType ; |
| 974 | unsigned ; |
| 975 | unsigned ; |
| 976 | |
| 977 | public: |
| 978 | (Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true) |
| 979 | : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), |
| 980 | SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), |
| 981 | SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), |
| 982 | SavedFunctionScopesStart(S.FunctionScopesStart), |
| 983 | SavedInventedParameterInfosStart(S.InventedParameterInfosStart) |
| 984 | { |
| 985 | assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context" ); |
| 986 | S.CurContext = ContextToPush; |
| 987 | if (NewThisContext) |
| 988 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType(); |
| 989 | // Any saved FunctionScopes do not refer to this context. |
| 990 | S.FunctionScopesStart = S.FunctionScopes.size(); |
| 991 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = S.InventedParameterInfos.size(); |
| 992 | } |
| 993 | |
| 994 | void () { |
| 995 | if (!SavedContext) return; |
| 996 | S.CurContext = SavedContext; |
| 997 | S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); |
| 998 | S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 999 | S.FunctionScopesStart = SavedFunctionScopesStart; |
| 1000 | S.InventedParameterInfosStart = SavedInventedParameterInfosStart; |
| 1001 | SavedContext = nullptr; |
| 1002 | } |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | () { |
| 1005 | pop(); |
| 1006 | } |
| 1007 | }; |
| 1008 | |
| 1009 | /// Whether the AST is currently being rebuilt to correct immediate |
| 1010 | /// invocations. Immediate invocation candidates and references to consteval |
| 1011 | /// functions aren't tracked when this is set. |
| 1012 | bool RebuildingImmediateInvocation = false; |
| 1013 | |
| 1014 | /// Used to change context to isConstantEvaluated without pushing a heavy |
| 1015 | /// ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord object. |
| 1016 | bool isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
| 1017 | |
| 1018 | bool isConstantEvaluated() { |
| 1019 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isConstantEvaluated() || |
| 1020 | isConstantEvaluatedOverride; |
| 1021 | } |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | /// RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize |
| 1024 | /// a function body. |
| 1025 | class SynthesizedFunctionScope { |
| 1026 | Sema &S; |
| 1027 | Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; |
| 1028 | bool PushedCodeSynthesisContext = false; |
| 1029 | |
| 1030 | public: |
| 1031 | SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) |
| 1032 | : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) { |
| 1033 | S.PushFunctionScope(); |
| 1034 | S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 1035 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated); |
| 1036 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC)) |
| 1037 | FD->setWillHaveBody(true); |
| 1038 | else |
| 1039 | assert(isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)); |
| 1040 | } |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | void addContextNote(SourceLocation UseLoc) { |
| 1043 | assert(!PushedCodeSynthesisContext); |
| 1044 | |
| 1045 | Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx; |
| 1046 | Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::DefiningSynthesizedFunction; |
| 1047 | Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = UseLoc; |
| 1048 | Ctx.Entity = cast<Decl>(S.CurContext); |
| 1049 | S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx); |
| 1050 | |
| 1051 | PushedCodeSynthesisContext = true; |
| 1052 | } |
| 1053 | |
| 1054 | ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { |
| 1055 | if (PushedCodeSynthesisContext) |
| 1056 | S.popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
| 1057 | if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext)) |
| 1058 | FD->setWillHaveBody(false); |
| 1059 | S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 1060 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
| 1061 | } |
| 1062 | }; |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
| 1065 | /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another |
| 1066 | /// identifier, declared or undeclared |
| 1067 | llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
| 1068 | |
| 1069 | /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in |
| 1070 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers |
| 1071 | /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version |
| 1072 | /// in the currently selected standard. |
| 1073 | llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; |
| 1074 | |
| 1075 | |
| 1076 | /// Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. |
| 1077 | void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); |
| 1078 | |
| 1079 | /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by |
| 1080 | /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. |
| 1081 | /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so |
| 1082 | /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. |
| 1083 | /// It would be best to refactor this. |
| 1084 | SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; |
| 1085 | |
| 1086 | IdentifierResolver IdResolver; |
| 1087 | |
| 1088 | /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need |
| 1089 | /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. |
| 1090 | /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. |
| 1091 | Scope *TUScope; |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 | /// The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. |
| 1094 | LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | /// The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ |
| 1097 | /// standard library. |
| 1098 | LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; |
| 1099 | |
| 1100 | /// The C++ "std::align_val_t" enum class, which is defined by the C++ |
| 1101 | /// standard library. |
| 1102 | LazyDeclPtr StdAlignValT; |
| 1103 | |
| 1104 | /// The C++ "std::experimental" namespace, where the experimental parts |
| 1105 | /// of the standard library resides. |
| 1106 | NamespaceDecl *StdExperimentalNamespaceCache; |
| 1107 | |
| 1108 | /// The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in |
| 1109 | /// \<initializer_list>. |
| 1110 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; |
| 1111 | |
| 1112 | /// The C++ "std::coroutine_traits" template, which is defined in |
| 1113 | /// \<coroutine_traits> |
| 1114 | ClassTemplateDecl *StdCoroutineTraitsCache; |
| 1115 | |
| 1116 | /// The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. |
| 1117 | RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; |
| 1118 | |
| 1119 | /// The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. |
| 1120 | RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; |
| 1121 | |
| 1122 | /// Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. |
| 1123 | std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; |
| 1124 | |
| 1125 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. |
| 1126 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class. |
| 1129 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl; |
| 1130 | |
| 1131 | /// Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). |
| 1132 | QualType NSNumberPointer; |
| 1133 | |
| 1134 | /// Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *). |
| 1135 | QualType NSValuePointer; |
| 1136 | |
| 1137 | /// The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. |
| 1138 | ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; |
| 1139 | |
| 1140 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. |
| 1141 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; |
| 1142 | |
| 1143 | /// Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). |
| 1144 | QualType NSStringPointer; |
| 1145 | |
| 1146 | /// The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. |
| 1147 | ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; |
| 1148 | |
| 1149 | /// The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method. |
| 1150 | ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod; |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. |
| 1153 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | /// The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. |
| 1156 | ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; |
| 1157 | |
| 1158 | /// The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. |
| 1159 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | /// The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. |
| 1162 | ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; |
| 1163 | |
| 1164 | /// id<NSCopying> type. |
| 1165 | QualType QIDNSCopying; |
| 1166 | |
| 1167 | /// will hold 'respondsToSelector:' |
| 1168 | Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; |
| 1169 | |
| 1170 | /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete |
| 1171 | /// have been declared. |
| 1172 | bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | /// Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are |
| 1175 | /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. |
| 1176 | enum class ExpressionEvaluationContext { |
| 1177 | /// The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an |
| 1178 | /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of |
| 1179 | /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but |
| 1180 | /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at |
| 1181 | /// run time. |
| 1182 | Unevaluated, |
| 1183 | |
| 1184 | /// The current expression occurs within a braced-init-list within |
| 1185 | /// an unevaluated operand. This is mostly like a regular unevaluated |
| 1186 | /// context, except that we still instantiate constexpr functions that are |
| 1187 | /// referenced here so that we can perform narrowing checks correctly. |
| 1188 | UnevaluatedList, |
| 1189 | |
| 1190 | /// The current expression occurs within a discarded statement. |
| 1191 | /// This behaves largely similarly to an unevaluated operand in preventing |
| 1192 | /// definitions from being required, but not in other ways. |
| 1193 | DiscardedStatement, |
| 1194 | |
| 1195 | /// The current expression occurs within an unevaluated |
| 1196 | /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to |
| 1197 | /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. |
| 1198 | UnevaluatedAbstract, |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | /// The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, |
| 1201 | /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of |
| 1202 | /// cases in a switch statement). |
| 1203 | ConstantEvaluated, |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, |
| 1206 | /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the |
| 1207 | /// expression at run time. |
| 1208 | PotentiallyEvaluated, |
| 1209 | |
| 1210 | /// The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any |
| 1211 | /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if |
| 1212 | /// in fact the current expression is used. |
| 1213 | /// |
| 1214 | /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which |
| 1215 | /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments |
| 1216 | /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" |
| 1217 | /// until the default argument is used. |
| 1218 | PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed |
| 1219 | }; |
| 1220 | |
| 1221 | using ImmediateInvocationCandidate = llvm::PointerIntPair<ConstantExpr *, 1>; |
| 1222 | |
| 1223 | /// Data structure used to record current or nested |
| 1224 | /// expression evaluation contexts. |
| 1225 | struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { |
| 1226 | /// The expression evaluation context. |
| 1227 | ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; |
| 1228 | |
| 1229 | /// Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. |
| 1230 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup; |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 | /// The number of active cleanup objects when we entered |
| 1233 | /// this expression evaluation context. |
| 1234 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects; |
| 1235 | |
| 1236 | /// The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation |
| 1237 | /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created). |
| 1238 | unsigned NumTypos; |
| 1239 | |
| 1240 | MaybeODRUseExprSet SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; |
| 1241 | |
| 1242 | /// The lambdas that are present within this context, if it |
| 1243 | /// is indeed an unevaluated context. |
| 1244 | SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | /// The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions |
| 1247 | /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not |
| 1248 | /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument. |
| 1249 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl; |
| 1250 | |
| 1251 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions |
| 1252 | /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. |
| 1253 | SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; |
| 1254 | |
| 1255 | /// If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding |
| 1256 | /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. |
| 1257 | SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; |
| 1258 | |
| 1259 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Expr *, 8> PossibleDerefs; |
| 1260 | |
| 1261 | /// Expressions appearing as the LHS of a volatile assignment in this |
| 1262 | /// context. We produce a warning for these when popping the context if |
| 1263 | /// they are not discarded-value expressions nor unevaluated operands. |
| 1264 | SmallVector<Expr*, 2> VolatileAssignmentLHSs; |
| 1265 | |
| 1266 | /// Set of candidates for starting an immediate invocation. |
| 1267 | llvm::SmallVector<ImmediateInvocationCandidate, 4> ImmediateInvocationCandidates; |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | /// Set of DeclRefExprs referencing a consteval function when used in a |
| 1270 | /// context not already known to be immediately invoked. |
| 1271 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclRefExpr *, 4> ReferenceToConsteval; |
| 1272 | |
| 1273 | /// \brief Describes whether we are in an expression constext which we have |
| 1274 | /// to handle differently. |
| 1275 | enum ExpressionKind { |
| 1276 | EK_Decltype, EK_TemplateArgument, EK_Other |
| 1277 | } ExprContext; |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, |
| 1280 | unsigned NumCleanupObjects, |
| 1281 | CleanupInfo ParentCleanup, |
| 1282 | Decl *ManglingContextDecl, |
| 1283 | ExpressionKind ExprContext) |
| 1284 | : Context(Context), ParentCleanup(ParentCleanup), |
| 1285 | NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), NumTypos(0), |
| 1286 | ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), ExprContext(ExprContext) {} |
| 1287 | |
| 1288 | bool isUnevaluated() const { |
| 1289 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated || |
| 1290 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedAbstract || |
| 1291 | Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList; |
| 1292 | } |
| 1293 | bool isConstantEvaluated() const { |
| 1294 | return Context == ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated; |
| 1295 | } |
| 1296 | }; |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 | /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. |
| 1299 | SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; |
| 1300 | |
| 1301 | /// Emit a warning for all pending noderef expressions that we recorded. |
| 1302 | void WarnOnPendingNoDerefs(ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord &Rec); |
| 1303 | |
| 1304 | /// Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or |
| 1305 | /// block literal. Also return the extra mangling decl if any. |
| 1306 | /// |
| 1307 | /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or |
| 1308 | /// block literal. |
| 1309 | std::tuple<MangleNumberingContext *, Decl *> |
| 1310 | getCurrentMangleNumberContext(const DeclContext *DC); |
| 1311 | |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member |
| 1314 | /// function. |
| 1315 | /// |
| 1316 | /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the |
| 1317 | /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. |
| 1318 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
| 1319 | public: |
| 1320 | enum Kind { |
| 1321 | NoMemberOrDeleted, |
| 1322 | Ambiguous, |
| 1323 | Success |
| 1324 | }; |
| 1325 | |
| 1326 | private: |
| 1327 | llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; |
| 1328 | |
| 1329 | public: |
| 1330 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult() : Pair() {} |
| 1331 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult(CXXMethodDecl *MD) |
| 1332 | : Pair(MD, MD->isDeleted() ? NoMemberOrDeleted : Success) {} |
| 1333 | |
| 1334 | CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } |
| 1335 | void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } |
| 1338 | void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } |
| 1339 | }; |
| 1340 | |
| 1341 | class SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry |
| 1342 | : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode, |
| 1343 | public SpecialMemberOverloadResult { |
| 1344 | public: |
| 1345 | SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) |
| 1346 | : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) |
| 1347 | {} |
| 1348 | }; |
| 1349 | |
| 1350 | /// A cache of special member function overload resolution results |
| 1351 | /// for C++ records. |
| 1352 | llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResultEntry> SpecialMemberCache; |
| 1353 | |
| 1354 | /// A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits |
| 1355 | /// attribute. |
| 1356 | mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache; |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | /// The kind of translation unit we are processing. |
| 1359 | /// |
| 1360 | /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform |
| 1361 | /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating |
| 1362 | /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has |
| 1363 | /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of |
| 1364 | /// checks. |
| 1365 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind; |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 | llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | /// The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. |
| 1370 | unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; |
| 1371 | |
| 1372 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>> |
| 1373 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 | /// A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the |
| 1376 | /// set of instantiations of each parameter. |
| 1377 | /// |
| 1378 | /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing |
| 1379 | /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, |
| 1380 | /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the |
| 1381 | /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. |
| 1382 | UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 | // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default |
| 1385 | // argument locations. |
| 1386 | llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a |
| 1389 | /// definition in this translation unit. |
| 1390 | llvm::MapVector<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; |
| 1391 | |
| 1392 | /// Determine if VD, which must be a variable or function, is an external |
| 1393 | /// symbol that nonetheless can't be referenced from outside this translation |
| 1394 | /// unit because its type has no linkage and it's not extern "C". |
| 1395 | bool isExternalWithNoLinkageType(ValueDecl *VD); |
| 1396 | |
| 1397 | /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. |
| 1398 | void getUndefinedButUsed( |
| 1399 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); |
| 1400 | |
| 1401 | /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at |
| 1402 | /// the end of translation unit. |
| 1403 | const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> & |
| 1404 | getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const; |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; |
| 1407 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; |
| 1408 | |
| 1409 | /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". |
| 1410 | /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures |
| 1411 | /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% |
| 1412 | /// of selectors are "overloaded"). |
| 1413 | /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 |
| 1414 | /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. |
| 1415 | GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; |
| 1416 | |
| 1417 | /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation |
| 1418 | /// of -Wselector. |
| 1419 | llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; |
| 1420 | |
| 1421 | /// List of SourceLocations where 'self' is implicitly retained inside a |
| 1422 | /// block. |
| 1423 | llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *>, 1> |
| 1424 | ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs; |
| 1425 | |
| 1426 | /// Kinds of C++ special members. |
| 1427 | enum CXXSpecialMember { |
| 1428 | CXXDefaultConstructor, |
| 1429 | CXXCopyConstructor, |
| 1430 | CXXMoveConstructor, |
| 1431 | CXXCopyAssignment, |
| 1432 | CXXMoveAssignment, |
| 1433 | CXXDestructor, |
| 1434 | CXXInvalid |
| 1435 | }; |
| 1436 | |
| 1437 | typedef llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXRecordDecl *, 3, CXXSpecialMember> |
| 1438 | SpecialMemberDecl; |
| 1439 | |
| 1440 | /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of |
| 1441 | /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the |
| 1442 | /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. |
| 1443 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | /// Kinds of defaulted comparison operator functions. |
| 1446 | enum class DefaultedComparisonKind : unsigned char { |
| 1447 | /// This is not a defaultable comparison operator. |
| 1448 | None, |
| 1449 | /// This is an operator== that should be implemented as a series of |
| 1450 | /// subobject comparisons. |
| 1451 | Equal, |
| 1452 | /// This is an operator<=> that should be implemented as a series of |
| 1453 | /// subobject comparisons. |
| 1454 | ThreeWay, |
| 1455 | /// This is an operator!= that should be implemented as a rewrite in terms |
| 1456 | /// of a == comparison. |
| 1457 | NotEqual, |
| 1458 | /// This is an <, <=, >, or >= that should be implemented as a rewrite in |
| 1459 | /// terms of a <=> comparison. |
| 1460 | Relational, |
| 1461 | }; |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | /// The function definitions which were renamed as part of typo-correction |
| 1464 | /// to match their respective declarations. We want to keep track of them |
| 1465 | /// to ensure that we don't emit a "redefinition" error if we encounter a |
| 1466 | /// correctly named definition after the renamed definition. |
| 1467 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamedDecl *, 4> TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions; |
| 1468 | |
| 1469 | /// Stack of types that correspond to the parameter entities that are |
| 1470 | /// currently being copy-initialized. Can be empty. |
| 1471 | llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 4> CurrentParameterCopyTypes; |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); |
| 1474 | void updateOutOfDateSelector(Selector Sel); |
| 1475 | |
| 1476 | /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. |
| 1477 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); |
| 1478 | bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 | /// Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be |
| 1481 | /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and |
| 1482 | /// should not be used elsewhere. |
| 1483 | void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); |
| 1484 | |
| 1485 | /// Records and restores the CurFPFeatures state on entry/exit of compound |
| 1486 | /// statements. |
| 1487 | class FPFeaturesStateRAII { |
| 1488 | public: |
| 1489 | FPFeaturesStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), OldFPFeaturesState(S.CurFPFeatures) { |
| 1490 | OldOverrides = S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue; |
| 1491 | } |
| 1492 | ~FPFeaturesStateRAII() { |
| 1493 | S.CurFPFeatures = OldFPFeaturesState; |
| 1494 | S.FpPragmaStack.CurrentValue = OldOverrides; |
| 1495 | } |
| 1496 | FPOptionsOverride getOverrides() { return OldOverrides; } |
| 1497 | |
| 1498 | private: |
| 1499 | Sema& S; |
| 1500 | FPOptions OldFPFeaturesState; |
| 1501 | FPOptionsOverride OldOverrides; |
| 1502 | }; |
| 1503 | |
| 1504 | void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T); |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | bool WarnedStackExhausted = false; |
| 1507 | |
| 1508 | public: |
| 1509 | Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, |
| 1510 | TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, |
| 1511 | CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr); |
| 1512 | ~Sema(); |
| 1513 | |
| 1514 | /// Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been |
| 1515 | /// initialized but before it parses anything. |
| 1516 | void Initialize(); |
| 1517 | |
| 1518 | const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } |
| 1519 | OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } |
| 1520 | FPOptions &getCurFPFeatures() { return CurFPFeatures; } |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } |
| 1523 | SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } |
| 1524 | Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } |
| 1525 | ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } |
| 1526 | ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } |
| 1527 | ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; |
| 1528 | ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } |
| 1529 | |
| 1530 | ///Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, |
| 1531 | /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. |
| 1532 | /// |
| 1533 | ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. |
| 1534 | /// |
| 1535 | void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); |
| 1536 | |
| 1537 | void PrintStats() const; |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | /// Warn that the stack is nearly exhausted. |
| 1540 | void warnStackExhausted(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1541 | |
| 1542 | /// Run some code with "sufficient" stack space. (Currently, at least 256K is |
| 1543 | /// guaranteed). Produces a warning if we're low on stack space and allocates |
| 1544 | /// more in that case. Use this in code that may recurse deeply (for example, |
| 1545 | /// in template instantiation) to avoid stack overflow. |
| 1546 | void runWithSufficientStackSpace(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1547 | llvm::function_ref<void()> Fn); |
| 1548 | |
| 1549 | /// Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional |
| 1550 | /// template instantiation stacks. |
| 1551 | /// |
| 1552 | /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder |
| 1553 | /// class that emits diagnostics. ImmediateDiagBuilder is |
| 1554 | /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder |
| 1555 | /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template |
| 1556 | /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as |
| 1557 | /// well. |
| 1558 | class ImmediateDiagBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { |
| 1559 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 1560 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1561 | |
| 1562 | public: |
| 1563 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
| 1564 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
| 1565 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &&DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) |
| 1566 | : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) {} |
| 1567 | |
| 1568 | // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move |
| 1569 | // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not |
| 1570 | // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So |
| 1571 | // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the |
| 1572 | // source anyway, so the user-defined ~ImmediateDiagBuilder is a safe no-op |
| 1573 | // in that case anwyay. |
| 1574 | ImmediateDiagBuilder(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &) = default; |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | ~ImmediateDiagBuilder() { |
| 1577 | // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. |
| 1578 | if (!isActive()) return; |
| 1579 | |
| 1580 | // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First clear the diagnostic |
| 1581 | // builder itself so it won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. |
| 1582 | // |
| 1583 | // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will |
| 1584 | // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be |
| 1585 | // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder |
| 1586 | // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to |
| 1587 | // eliminate that code. |
| 1588 | Clear(); |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 | // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. |
| 1591 | SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); |
| 1592 | } |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 | /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type. |
| 1595 | template <typename T> |
| 1596 | friend const ImmediateDiagBuilder & |
| 1597 | operator<<(const ImmediateDiagBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
| 1598 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag; |
| 1599 | BaseDiag << Value; |
| 1600 | return Diag; |
| 1601 | } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
| 1604 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
| 1605 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
| 1606 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
| 1607 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
| 1608 | const ImmediateDiagBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
| 1609 | const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = *this; |
| 1610 | BaseDiag << std::move(V); |
| 1611 | return *this; |
| 1612 | } |
| 1613 | }; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | /// A generic diagnostic builder for errors which may or may not be deferred. |
| 1616 | /// |
| 1617 | /// In CUDA, there exist constructs (e.g. variable-length arrays, try/catch) |
| 1618 | /// which are not allowed to appear inside __device__ functions and are |
| 1619 | /// allowed to appear in __host__ __device__ functions only if the host+device |
| 1620 | /// function is never codegen'ed. |
| 1621 | /// |
| 1622 | /// To handle this, we use the notion of "deferred diagnostics", where we |
| 1623 | /// attach a diagnostic to a FunctionDecl that's emitted iff it's codegen'ed. |
| 1624 | /// |
| 1625 | /// This class lets you emit either a regular diagnostic, a deferred |
| 1626 | /// diagnostic, or no diagnostic at all, according to an argument you pass to |
| 1627 | /// its constructor, thus simplifying the process of creating these "maybe |
| 1628 | /// deferred" diagnostics. |
| 1629 | class SemaDiagnosticBuilder { |
| 1630 | public: |
| 1631 | enum Kind { |
| 1632 | /// Emit no diagnostics. |
| 1633 | K_Nop, |
| 1634 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately (i.e., behave like Sema::Diag()). |
| 1635 | K_Immediate, |
| 1636 | /// Emit the diagnostic immediately, and, if it's a warning or error, also |
| 1637 | /// emit a call stack showing how this function can be reached by an a |
| 1638 | /// priori known-emitted function. |
| 1639 | K_ImmediateWithCallStack, |
| 1640 | /// Create a deferred diagnostic, which is emitted only if the function |
| 1641 | /// it's attached to is codegen'ed. Also emit a call stack as with |
| 1642 | /// K_ImmediateWithCallStack. |
| 1643 | K_Deferred |
| 1644 | }; |
| 1645 | |
| 1646 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(Kind K, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
| 1647 | FunctionDecl *Fn, Sema &S); |
| 1648 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(SemaDiagnosticBuilder &&D); |
| 1649 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) = default; |
| 1650 | ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder(); |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | bool isImmediate() const { return ImmediateDiag.hasValue(); } |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | /// Convertible to bool: True if we immediately emitted an error, false if |
| 1655 | /// we didn't emit an error or we created a deferred error. |
| 1656 | /// |
| 1657 | /// Example usage: |
| 1658 | /// |
| 1659 | /// if (SemaDiagnosticBuilder(...) << foo << bar) |
| 1660 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 1661 | /// |
| 1662 | /// But see CUDADiagIfDeviceCode() and CUDADiagIfHostCode() -- you probably |
| 1663 | /// want to use these instead of creating a SemaDiagnosticBuilder yourself. |
| 1664 | operator bool() const { return isImmediate(); } |
| 1665 | |
| 1666 | template <typename T> |
| 1667 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
| 1668 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) { |
| 1669 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1670 | *Diag.ImmediateDiag << Value; |
| 1671 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1672 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second |
| 1673 | << Value; |
| 1674 | return Diag; |
| 1675 | } |
| 1676 | |
| 1677 | // It is necessary to limit this to rvalue reference to avoid calling this |
| 1678 | // function with a bitfield lvalue argument since non-const reference to |
| 1679 | // bitfield is not allowed. |
| 1680 | template <typename T, typename = typename std::enable_if< |
| 1681 | !std::is_lvalue_reference<T>::value>::type> |
| 1682 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(T &&V) const { |
| 1683 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1684 | *ImmediateDiag << std::move(V); |
| 1685 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1686 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second << std::move(V); |
| 1687 | return *this; |
| 1688 | } |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 | friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder & |
| 1691 | operator<<(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const PartialDiagnostic &PD) { |
| 1692 | if (Diag.ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1693 | PD.Emit(*Diag.ImmediateDiag); |
| 1694 | else if (Diag.PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1695 | Diag.S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Diag.Fn][*Diag.PartialDiagId].second = PD; |
| 1696 | return Diag; |
| 1697 | } |
| 1698 | |
| 1699 | void AddFixItHint(const FixItHint &Hint) const { |
| 1700 | if (ImmediateDiag.hasValue()) |
| 1701 | ImmediateDiag->AddFixItHint(Hint); |
| 1702 | else if (PartialDiagId.hasValue()) |
| 1703 | S.DeviceDeferredDiags[Fn][*PartialDiagId].second.AddFixItHint(Hint); |
| 1704 | } |
| 1705 | |
| 1706 | friend ExprResult ExprError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
| 1707 | return ExprError(); |
| 1708 | } |
| 1709 | friend StmtResult StmtError(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &) { |
| 1710 | return StmtError(); |
| 1711 | } |
| 1712 | operator ExprResult() const { return ExprError(); } |
| 1713 | operator StmtResult() const { return StmtError(); } |
| 1714 | operator TypeResult() const { return TypeError(); } |
| 1715 | operator DeclResult() const { return DeclResult(true); } |
| 1716 | operator MemInitResult() const { return MemInitResult(true); } |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 | private: |
| 1719 | Sema &S; |
| 1720 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 1721 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 1722 | FunctionDecl *Fn; |
| 1723 | bool ShowCallStack; |
| 1724 | |
| 1725 | // Invariant: At most one of these Optionals has a value. |
| 1726 | // FIXME: Switch these to a Variant once that exists. |
| 1727 | llvm::Optional<ImmediateDiagBuilder> ImmediateDiag; |
| 1728 | llvm::Optional<unsigned> PartialDiagId; |
| 1729 | }; |
| 1730 | |
| 1731 | /// Is the last error level diagnostic immediate. This is used to determined |
| 1732 | /// whether the next info diagnostic should be immediate. |
| 1733 | bool IsLastErrorImmediate = true; |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | /// Emit a diagnostic. |
| 1736 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
| 1737 | bool DeferHint = false); |
| 1738 | |
| 1739 | /// Emit a partial diagnostic. |
| 1740 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 1741 | bool DeferHint = false); |
| 1742 | |
| 1743 | /// Build a partial diagnostic. |
| 1744 | PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | /// Whether uncompilable error has occurred. This includes error happens |
| 1747 | /// in deferred diagnostics. |
| 1748 | bool hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() const; |
| 1749 | |
| 1750 | bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | /// Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. |
| 1753 | std::string |
| 1754 | getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
| 1755 | std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const; |
| 1756 | |
| 1757 | /// Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken() |
| 1758 | SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0); |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | /// Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor. |
| 1761 | ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const; |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | /// Invent a new identifier for parameters of abbreviated templates. |
| 1764 | IdentifierInfo * |
| 1765 | InventAbbreviatedTemplateParameterTypeName(IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
| 1766 | unsigned Index); |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 | void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings(); |
| 1769 | |
| 1770 | private: |
| 1771 | /// Function or variable declarations to be checked for whether the deferred |
| 1772 | /// diagnostics should be emitted. |
| 1773 | SmallVector<Decl *, 4> DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags; |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 | public: |
| 1776 | // Emit all deferred diagnostics. |
| 1777 | void emitDeferredDiags(); |
| 1778 | |
| 1779 | enum TUFragmentKind { |
| 1780 | /// The global module fragment, between 'module;' and a module-declaration. |
| 1781 | Global, |
| 1782 | /// A normal translation unit fragment. For a non-module unit, this is the |
| 1783 | /// entire translation unit. Otherwise, it runs from the module-declaration |
| 1784 | /// to the private-module-fragment (if any) or the end of the TU (if not). |
| 1785 | Normal, |
| 1786 | /// The private module fragment, between 'module :private;' and the end of |
| 1787 | /// the translation unit. |
| 1788 | Private |
| 1789 | }; |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 | void ActOnStartOfTranslationUnit(); |
| 1792 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); |
| 1793 | void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnitFragment(TUFragmentKind Kind); |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 | void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); |
| 1796 | |
| 1797 | Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); |
| 1798 | |
| 1799 | void PushFunctionScope(); |
| 1800 | void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); |
| 1801 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope(); |
| 1802 | |
| 1803 | /// This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth |
| 1804 | /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth |
| 1805 | /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters. |
| 1806 | void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth); |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, |
| 1809 | RecordDecl *RD, CapturedRegionKind K, |
| 1810 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
| 1811 | |
| 1812 | /// Custom deleter to allow FunctionScopeInfos to be kept alive for a short |
| 1813 | /// time after they've been popped. |
| 1814 | class PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter { |
| 1815 | Sema *Self; |
| 1816 | |
| 1817 | public: |
| 1818 | explicit PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter(Sema *Self) : Self(Self) {} |
| 1819 | void operator()(sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) const; |
| 1820 | }; |
| 1821 | |
| 1822 | using PoppedFunctionScopePtr = |
| 1823 | std::unique_ptr<sema::FunctionScopeInfo, PoppedFunctionScopeDeleter>; |
| 1824 | |
| 1825 | PoppedFunctionScopePtr |
| 1826 | PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr, |
| 1827 | const Decl *D = nullptr, |
| 1828 | QualType BlockType = QualType()); |
| 1829 | |
| 1830 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { |
| 1831 | return FunctionScopes.empty() ? nullptr : FunctionScopes.back(); |
| 1832 | } |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const; |
| 1835 | |
| 1836 | void setFunctionHasBranchIntoScope(); |
| 1837 | void setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); |
| 1838 | void setFunctionHasIndirectGoto(); |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | void PushCompoundScope(bool IsStmtExpr); |
| 1841 | void PopCompoundScope(); |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 | bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | /// Retrieve the current block, if any. |
| 1848 | sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); |
| 1849 | |
| 1850 | /// Get the innermost lambda enclosing the current location, if any. This |
| 1851 | /// looks through intervening non-lambda scopes such as local functions and |
| 1852 | /// blocks. |
| 1853 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getEnclosingLambda() const; |
| 1854 | |
| 1855 | /// Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any. |
| 1856 | /// \param IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope true if should find the top-most |
| 1857 | /// lambda scope info ignoring all inner capturing scopes that are not |
| 1858 | /// lambda scopes. |
| 1859 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo * |
| 1860 | getCurLambda(bool IgnoreNonLambdaCapturingScope = false); |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 | /// Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any. |
| 1863 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda(); |
| 1864 | |
| 1865 | /// Retrieve the current captured region, if any. |
| 1866 | sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls |
| 1869 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } |
| 1870 | |
| 1871 | /// Called before parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
| 1872 | /// declaration. |
| 1873 | void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D, |
| 1874 | unsigned TemplateParameterDepth); |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | /// Called after parsing a function declarator belonging to a function |
| 1877 | /// declaration. |
| 1878 | void ActOnFinishFunctionDeclarationDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
| 1879 | |
| 1880 | void (SourceRange ); |
| 1881 | |
| 1882 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 1883 | // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. |
| 1884 | // |
| 1885 | |
| 1886 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, |
| 1887 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
| 1888 | QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, |
| 1889 | const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr); |
| 1890 | QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, |
| 1891 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1892 | QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, |
| 1893 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1894 | QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, |
| 1895 | Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, |
| 1896 | SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1897 | QualType BuildVectorType(QualType T, Expr *VecSize, SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1898 | QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, |
| 1899 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1900 | QualType BuildMatrixType(QualType T, Expr *NumRows, Expr *NumColumns, |
| 1901 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1902 | |
| 1903 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, LangAS ASIdx, Expr *AddrSpace, |
| 1904 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | /// Same as above, but constructs the AddressSpace index if not provided. |
| 1907 | QualType BuildAddressSpaceAttr(QualType &T, Expr *AddrSpace, |
| 1908 | SourceLocation AttrLoc); |
| 1909 | |
| 1910 | bool CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1911 | |
| 1912 | bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1913 | |
| 1914 | /// Build a function type. |
| 1915 | /// |
| 1916 | /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and |
| 1917 | /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have |
| 1918 | /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates |
| 1919 | /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much |
| 1920 | /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. |
| 1921 | /// |
| 1922 | /// \param T The return type of the function. |
| 1923 | /// |
| 1924 | /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array |
| 1925 | /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the |
| 1926 | /// function parameters. |
| 1927 | /// |
| 1928 | /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this |
| 1929 | /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the |
| 1930 | /// type that will have function type. |
| 1931 | /// |
| 1932 | /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function |
| 1933 | /// type, if known. |
| 1934 | /// |
| 1935 | /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will |
| 1936 | /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. |
| 1937 | /// |
| 1938 | /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The |
| 1939 | /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. |
| 1940 | /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
| 1941 | QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, |
| 1942 | MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
| 1943 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
| 1944 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); |
| 1945 | |
| 1946 | QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, |
| 1947 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1948 | DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1949 | QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, |
| 1950 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 1951 | QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); |
| 1952 | QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1953 | QualType BuildReadPipeType(QualType T, |
| 1954 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1955 | QualType BuildWritePipeType(QualType T, |
| 1956 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1957 | QualType BuildExtIntType(bool IsUnsigned, Expr *BitWidth, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); |
| 1960 | TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 | /// Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. |
| 1963 | ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 1964 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); |
| 1965 | DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); |
| 1966 | static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, |
| 1967 | TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr); |
| 1968 | CanThrowResult canThrow(const Stmt *E); |
| 1969 | /// Determine whether the callee of a particular function call can throw. |
| 1970 | /// E, D and Loc are all optional. |
| 1971 | static CanThrowResult canCalleeThrow(Sema &S, const Expr *E, const Decl *D, |
| 1972 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
| 1973 | const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 1974 | const FunctionProtoType *FPT); |
| 1975 | void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 1976 | const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
| 1977 | bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range); |
| 1978 | bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); |
| 1979 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); |
| 1980 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 1981 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
| 1982 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
| 1983 | bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( |
| 1984 | const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, |
| 1985 | const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, |
| 1986 | const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); |
| 1987 | bool handlerCanCatch(QualType HandlerType, QualType ExceptionType); |
| 1988 | bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, |
| 1989 | const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
| 1990 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
| 1991 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoThrowDiagID, |
| 1992 | const FunctionProtoType *Superset, |
| 1993 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 1994 | const FunctionProtoType *Subset, |
| 1995 | SourceLocation SubLoc); |
| 1996 | bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic &NestedDiagID, |
| 1997 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoteID, |
| 1998 | const FunctionProtoType *Target, |
| 1999 | SourceLocation TargetLoc, |
| 2000 | const FunctionProtoType *Source, |
| 2001 | SourceLocation SourceLoc); |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 | TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | /// The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' |
| 2006 | /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. |
| 2007 | ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | /// Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. |
| 2010 | struct TypeDiagnoser { |
| 2011 | TypeDiagnoser() {} |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 | virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 2014 | virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} |
| 2015 | }; |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } |
| 2018 | static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } |
| 2019 | static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } |
| 2020 | static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } |
| 2021 | static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } |
| 2022 | static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } |
| 2023 | static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { |
| 2024 | return II; |
| 2025 | } |
| 2026 | static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } |
| 2027 | static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } |
| 2028 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } |
| 2029 | static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } |
| 2030 | static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } |
| 2031 | static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} |
| 2032 | |
| 2033 | template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser { |
| 2034 | protected: |
| 2035 | unsigned DiagID; |
| 2036 | std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args; |
| 2037 | |
| 2038 | template <std::size_t... Is> |
| 2039 | void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB, |
| 2040 | std::index_sequence<Is...>) const { |
| 2041 | // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order. |
| 2042 | bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...}; |
| 2043 | (void)Dummy; |
| 2044 | } |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | public: |
| 2047 | BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) |
| 2048 | : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) { |
| 2049 | assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser" ); |
| 2050 | } |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 2053 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID); |
| 2054 | emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
| 2055 | DB << T; |
| 2056 | } |
| 2057 | }; |
| 2058 | |
| 2059 | /// Do a check to make sure \p Name looks like a legal argument for the |
| 2060 | /// swift_name attribute applied to decl \p D. Raise a diagnostic if the name |
| 2061 | /// is invalid for the given declaration. |
| 2062 | /// |
| 2063 | /// \p AL is used to provide caret diagnostics in case of a malformed name. |
| 2064 | /// |
| 2065 | /// \returns true if the name is a valid swift name for \p D, false otherwise. |
| 2066 | bool DiagnoseSwiftName(Decl *D, StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2067 | const ParsedAttr &AL, bool IsAsync); |
| 2068 | |
| 2069 | /// A derivative of BoundTypeDiagnoser for which the diagnostic's type |
| 2070 | /// parameter is preceded by a 0/1 enum that is 1 if the type is sizeless. |
| 2071 | /// For example, a diagnostic with no other parameters would generally have |
| 2072 | /// the form "...%select{incomplete|sizeless}0 type %1...". |
| 2073 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2074 | class SizelessTypeDiagnoser : public BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> { |
| 2075 | public: |
| 2076 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &... Args) |
| 2077 | : BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...>(DiagID, Args...) {} |
| 2078 | |
| 2079 | void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 2080 | const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, this->DiagID); |
| 2081 | this->emit(DB, std::index_sequence_for<Ts...>()); |
| 2082 | DB << T->isSizelessType() << T; |
| 2083 | } |
| 2084 | }; |
| 2085 | |
| 2086 | enum class CompleteTypeKind { |
| 2087 | /// Apply the normal rules for complete types. In particular, |
| 2088 | /// treat all sizeless types as incomplete. |
| 2089 | Normal, |
| 2090 | |
| 2091 | /// Relax the normal rules for complete types so that they include |
| 2092 | /// sizeless built-in types. |
| 2093 | AcceptSizeless, |
| 2094 | |
| 2095 | // FIXME: Eventually we should flip the default to Normal and opt in |
| 2096 | // to AcceptSizeless rather than opt out of it. |
| 2097 | Default = AcceptSizeless |
| 2098 | }; |
| 2099 | |
| 2100 | private: |
| 2101 | /// Methods for marking which expressions involve dereferencing a pointer |
| 2102 | /// marked with the 'noderef' attribute. Expressions are checked bottom up as |
| 2103 | /// they are parsed, meaning that a noderef pointer may not be accessed. For |
| 2104 | /// example, in `&*p` where `p` is a noderef pointer, we will first parse the |
| 2105 | /// `*p`, but need to check that `address of` is called on it. This requires |
| 2106 | /// keeping a container of all pending expressions and checking if the address |
| 2107 | /// of them are eventually taken. |
| 2108 | void CheckSubscriptAccessOfNoDeref(const ArraySubscriptExpr *E); |
| 2109 | void CheckAddressOfNoDeref(const Expr *E); |
| 2110 | void CheckMemberAccessOfNoDeref(const MemberExpr *E); |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 | bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2113 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser); |
| 2114 | |
| 2115 | struct ModuleScope { |
| 2116 | SourceLocation BeginLoc; |
| 2117 | clang::Module *Module = nullptr; |
| 2118 | bool ModuleInterface = false; |
| 2119 | bool ImplicitGlobalModuleFragment = false; |
| 2120 | VisibleModuleSet OuterVisibleModules; |
| 2121 | }; |
| 2122 | /// The modules we're currently parsing. |
| 2123 | llvm::SmallVector<ModuleScope, 16> ModuleScopes; |
| 2124 | |
| 2125 | /// Namespace definitions that we will export when they finish. |
| 2126 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<const NamespaceDecl*, 8> DeferredExportedNamespaces; |
| 2127 | |
| 2128 | /// Get the module whose scope we are currently within. |
| 2129 | Module *getCurrentModule() const { |
| 2130 | return ModuleScopes.empty() ? nullptr : ModuleScopes.back().Module; |
| 2131 | } |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules; |
| 2134 | |
| 2135 | public: |
| 2136 | /// Get the module owning an entity. |
| 2137 | Module *getOwningModule(const Decl *Entity) { |
| 2138 | return Entity->getOwningModule(); |
| 2139 | } |
| 2140 | |
| 2141 | /// Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND |
| 2142 | /// visible at the specified location. |
| 2143 | void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND); |
| 2144 | |
| 2145 | bool isModuleVisible(const Module *M, bool ModulePrivate = false); |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | // When loading a non-modular PCH files, this is used to restore module |
| 2148 | // visibility. |
| 2149 | void makeModuleVisible(Module *Mod, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { |
| 2150 | VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); |
| 2151 | } |
| 2152 | |
| 2153 | /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup. |
| 2154 | bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2155 | return D->isUnconditionallyVisible() || isVisibleSlow(D); |
| 2156 | } |
| 2157 | |
| 2158 | /// Determine whether any declaration of an entity is visible. |
| 2159 | bool |
| 2160 | hasVisibleDeclaration(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2161 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr) { |
| 2162 | return isVisible(D) || hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(D, Modules); |
| 2163 | } |
| 2164 | bool hasVisibleDeclarationSlow(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2165 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules); |
| 2166 | |
| 2167 | bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def); |
| 2168 | bool hasMergedDefinitionInCurrentModule(NamedDecl *Def); |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | /// Determine if \p D and \p Suggested have a structurally compatible |
| 2171 | /// layout as described in C11 6.2.7/1. |
| 2172 | bool hasStructuralCompatLayout(Decl *D, Decl *Suggested); |
| 2173 | |
| 2174 | /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration |
| 2175 | /// that should be made visible to expose the definition. |
| 2176 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested, |
| 2177 | bool OnlyNeedComplete = false); |
| 2178 | bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2179 | NamedDecl *Hidden; |
| 2180 | return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden); |
| 2181 | } |
| 2182 | |
| 2183 | /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument. |
| 2184 | bool |
| 2185 | hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2186 | llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 2187 | |
| 2188 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is an explicit |
| 2189 | /// specialization declaration for a specialization of a template. (For a |
| 2190 | /// member specialization, use hasVisibleMemberSpecialization.) |
| 2191 | bool hasVisibleExplicitSpecialization( |
| 2192 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | /// Determine if there is a visible declaration of \p D that is a member |
| 2195 | /// specialization declaration (as opposed to an instantiated declaration). |
| 2196 | bool hasVisibleMemberSpecialization( |
| 2197 | const NamedDecl *D, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr); |
| 2198 | |
| 2199 | /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations |
| 2200 | /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to |
| 2201 | /// an extension warning. |
| 2202 | bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A, |
| 2203 | const NamedDecl *B); |
| 2204 | void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations( |
| 2205 | SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, |
| 2206 | ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv); |
| 2207 | |
| 2208 | bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *FD); |
| 2209 | |
| 2210 | bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2211 | CompleteTypeKind Kind = CompleteTypeKind::Default) { |
| 2212 | return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, Kind, nullptr); |
| 2213 | } |
| 2214 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2215 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 2216 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2217 | CompleteTypeKind Kind, unsigned DiagID); |
| 2218 | |
| 2219 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2220 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser) { |
| 2221 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
| 2222 | } |
| 2223 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID) { |
| 2224 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Default, DiagID); |
| 2225 | } |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2228 | bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2229 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 2230 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2231 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 2232 | } |
| 2233 | |
| 2234 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2235 | bool RequireCompleteSizedType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2236 | const Ts &... Args) { |
| 2237 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2238 | return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
| 2239 | } |
| 2240 | |
| 2241 | /// Get the type of expression E, triggering instantiation to complete the |
| 2242 | /// type if necessary -- that is, if the expression refers to a templated |
| 2243 | /// static data member of incomplete array type. |
| 2244 | /// |
| 2245 | /// May still return an incomplete type if instantiation was not possible or |
| 2246 | /// if the type is incomplete for a different reason. Use |
| 2247 | /// RequireCompleteExprType instead if a diagnostic is expected for an |
| 2248 | /// incomplete expression type. |
| 2249 | QualType getCompletedType(Expr *E); |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E); |
| 2252 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, CompleteTypeKind Kind, |
| 2253 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 2254 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); |
| 2255 | |
| 2256 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2257 | bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) { |
| 2258 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2259 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Default, Diagnoser); |
| 2260 | } |
| 2261 | |
| 2262 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2263 | bool RequireCompleteSizedExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2264 | const Ts &... Args) { |
| 2265 | SizelessTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2266 | return RequireCompleteExprType(E, CompleteTypeKind::Normal, Diagnoser); |
| 2267 | } |
| 2268 | |
| 2269 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 2270 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 2271 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); |
| 2272 | |
| 2273 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 2274 | bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 2275 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 2276 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 2277 | return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 2278 | } |
| 2279 | |
| 2280 | QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 2281 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T, |
| 2282 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl = nullptr); |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2285 | /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated |
| 2286 | /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto). |
| 2287 | QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2288 | bool AsUnevaluated = true); |
| 2289 | QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, |
| 2290 | UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, |
| 2291 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 2294 | // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. |
| 2295 | // |
| 2296 | |
| 2297 | struct SkipBodyInfo { |
| 2298 | SkipBodyInfo() |
| 2299 | : ShouldSkip(false), CheckSameAsPrevious(false), Previous(nullptr), |
| 2300 | New(nullptr) {} |
| 2301 | bool ShouldSkip; |
| 2302 | bool CheckSameAsPrevious; |
| 2303 | NamedDecl *Previous; |
| 2304 | NamedDecl *New; |
| 2305 | }; |
| 2306 | |
| 2307 | DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr); |
| 2308 | |
| 2309 | void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); |
| 2310 | |
| 2311 | bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; |
| 2312 | |
| 2313 | ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2314 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
| 2315 | bool isClassName = false, bool HasTrailingDot = false, |
| 2316 | ParsedType ObjectType = nullptr, |
| 2317 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, |
| 2318 | bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, |
| 2319 | bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext = true, |
| 2320 | IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr); |
| 2321 | TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); |
| 2322 | bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); |
| 2323 | void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, |
| 2324 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 2325 | Scope *S, |
| 2326 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 2327 | ParsedType &SuggestedType, |
| 2328 | bool IsTemplateName = false); |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | /// Attempt to behave like MSVC in situations where lookup of an unqualified |
| 2331 | /// type name has failed in a dependent context. In these situations, we |
| 2332 | /// automatically form a DependentTypeName that will retry lookup in a related |
| 2333 | /// scope during instantiation. |
| 2334 | ParsedType ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 2335 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2336 | bool IsTemplateTypeArg); |
| 2337 | |
| 2338 | /// Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed |
| 2339 | /// by \c ClassifyName(). |
| 2340 | enum NameClassificationKind { |
| 2341 | /// This name is not a type or template in this context, but might be |
| 2342 | /// something else. |
| 2343 | NC_Unknown, |
| 2344 | /// Classification failed; an error has been produced. |
| 2345 | NC_Error, |
| 2346 | /// The name has been typo-corrected to a keyword. |
| 2347 | NC_Keyword, |
| 2348 | /// The name was classified as a type. |
| 2349 | NC_Type, |
| 2350 | /// The name was classified as a specific non-type, non-template |
| 2351 | /// declaration. ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType should be called to |
| 2352 | /// convert the declaration to an expression. |
| 2353 | NC_NonType, |
| 2354 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function name. |
| 2355 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType should be called to convert the |
| 2356 | /// result to an expression. |
| 2357 | NC_UndeclaredNonType, |
| 2358 | /// The name denotes a member of a dependent type that could not be |
| 2359 | /// resolved. ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType should be called to |
| 2360 | /// convert the result to an expression. |
| 2361 | NC_DependentNonType, |
| 2362 | /// The name was classified as an overload set, and an expression |
| 2363 | /// representing that overload set has been formed. |
| 2364 | /// ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet should be called to form a suitable |
| 2365 | /// expression referencing the overload set. |
| 2366 | NC_OverloadSet, |
| 2367 | /// The name was classified as a template whose specializations are types. |
| 2368 | NC_TypeTemplate, |
| 2369 | /// The name was classified as a variable template name. |
| 2370 | NC_VarTemplate, |
| 2371 | /// The name was classified as a function template name. |
| 2372 | NC_FunctionTemplate, |
| 2373 | /// The name was classified as an ADL-only function template name. |
| 2374 | NC_UndeclaredTemplate, |
| 2375 | /// The name was classified as a concept name. |
| 2376 | NC_Concept, |
| 2377 | }; |
| 2378 | |
| 2379 | class NameClassification { |
| 2380 | NameClassificationKind Kind; |
| 2381 | union { |
| 2382 | ExprResult Expr; |
| 2383 | NamedDecl *NonTypeDecl; |
| 2384 | TemplateName Template; |
| 2385 | ParsedType Type; |
| 2386 | }; |
| 2387 | |
| 2388 | explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | public: |
| 2391 | NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 | NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) : Kind(NC_Keyword) {} |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 | static NameClassification Error() { |
| 2396 | return NameClassification(NC_Error); |
| 2397 | } |
| 2398 | |
| 2399 | static NameClassification Unknown() { |
| 2400 | return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); |
| 2401 | } |
| 2402 | |
| 2403 | static NameClassification OverloadSet(ExprResult E) { |
| 2404 | NameClassification Result(NC_OverloadSet); |
| 2405 | Result.Expr = E; |
| 2406 | return Result; |
| 2407 | } |
| 2408 | |
| 2409 | static NameClassification NonType(NamedDecl *D) { |
| 2410 | NameClassification Result(NC_NonType); |
| 2411 | Result.NonTypeDecl = D; |
| 2412 | return Result; |
| 2413 | } |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | static NameClassification UndeclaredNonType() { |
| 2416 | return NameClassification(NC_UndeclaredNonType); |
| 2417 | } |
| 2418 | |
| 2419 | static NameClassification DependentNonType() { |
| 2420 | return NameClassification(NC_DependentNonType); |
| 2421 | } |
| 2422 | |
| 2423 | static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2424 | NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); |
| 2425 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2426 | return Result; |
| 2427 | } |
| 2428 | |
| 2429 | static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2430 | NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate); |
| 2431 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2432 | return Result; |
| 2433 | } |
| 2434 | |
| 2435 | static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2436 | NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); |
| 2437 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2438 | return Result; |
| 2439 | } |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | static NameClassification Concept(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2442 | NameClassification Result(NC_Concept); |
| 2443 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2444 | return Result; |
| 2445 | } |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | static NameClassification UndeclaredTemplate(TemplateName Name) { |
| 2448 | NameClassification Result(NC_UndeclaredTemplate); |
| 2449 | Result.Template = Name; |
| 2450 | return Result; |
| 2451 | } |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 | NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | ExprResult getExpression() const { |
| 2456 | assert(Kind == NC_OverloadSet); |
| 2457 | return Expr; |
| 2458 | } |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | ParsedType getType() const { |
| 2461 | assert(Kind == NC_Type); |
| 2462 | return Type; |
| 2463 | } |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | NamedDecl *getNonTypeDecl() const { |
| 2466 | assert(Kind == NC_NonType); |
| 2467 | return NonTypeDecl; |
| 2468 | } |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
| 2471 | assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate || |
| 2472 | Kind == NC_VarTemplate || Kind == NC_Concept || |
| 2473 | Kind == NC_UndeclaredTemplate); |
| 2474 | return Template; |
| 2475 | } |
| 2476 | |
| 2477 | TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { |
| 2478 | switch (Kind) { |
| 2479 | case NC_TypeTemplate: |
| 2480 | return TNK_Type_template; |
| 2481 | case NC_FunctionTemplate: |
| 2482 | return TNK_Function_template; |
| 2483 | case NC_VarTemplate: |
| 2484 | return TNK_Var_template; |
| 2485 | case NC_Concept: |
| 2486 | return TNK_Concept_template; |
| 2487 | case NC_UndeclaredTemplate: |
| 2488 | return TNK_Undeclared_template; |
| 2489 | default: |
| 2490 | llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification." ); |
| 2491 | } |
| 2492 | } |
| 2493 | }; |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | /// Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on |
| 2496 | /// the results of name lookup and the following token. |
| 2497 | /// |
| 2498 | /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct |
| 2499 | /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt |
| 2500 | /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. |
| 2501 | /// |
| 2502 | /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. |
| 2503 | /// |
| 2504 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. |
| 2505 | /// |
| 2506 | /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, |
| 2507 | /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. |
| 2508 | /// |
| 2509 | /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. |
| 2510 | /// |
| 2511 | /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help |
| 2512 | /// disambiguate the name. |
| 2513 | /// |
| 2514 | /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. |
| 2515 | NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2516 | IdentifierInfo *&Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2517 | const Token &NextToken, |
| 2518 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared (ADL-only) |
| 2521 | /// non-type declaration. |
| 2522 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2523 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 2524 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an undeclared member of a |
| 2525 | /// dependent base class. |
| 2526 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2527 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2528 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2529 | bool IsAddressOfOperand); |
| 2530 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as a specific non-type |
| 2531 | /// declaration. |
| 2532 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2533 | NamedDecl *Found, |
| 2534 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2535 | const Token &NextToken); |
| 2536 | /// Act on the result of classifying a name as an overload set. |
| 2537 | ExprResult ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *OverloadSet); |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | /// Describes the detailed kind of a template name. Used in diagnostics. |
| 2540 | enum class TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics { |
| 2541 | ClassTemplate, |
| 2542 | FunctionTemplate, |
| 2543 | VarTemplate, |
| 2544 | AliasTemplate, |
| 2545 | TemplateTemplateParam, |
| 2546 | Concept, |
| 2547 | DependentTemplate |
| 2548 | }; |
| 2549 | TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics |
| 2550 | getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name); |
| 2551 | |
| 2552 | /// Determine whether it's plausible that E was intended to be a |
| 2553 | /// template-name. |
| 2554 | bool mightBeIntendedToBeTemplateName(ExprResult E, bool &Dependent) { |
| 2555 | if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || E.isInvalid()) |
| 2556 | return false; |
| 2557 | Dependent = false; |
| 2558 | if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2559 | return !DRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2560 | if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2561 | return !ME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2562 | Dependent = true; |
| 2563 | if (auto *DSDRE = dyn_cast<DependentScopeDeclRefExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2564 | return !DSDRE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2565 | if (auto *DSME = dyn_cast<CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr>(E.get())) |
| 2566 | return !DSME->hasExplicitTemplateArgs(); |
| 2567 | // Any additional cases recognized here should also be handled by |
| 2568 | // diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName. |
| 2569 | return false; |
| 2570 | } |
| 2571 | void diagnoseExprIntendedAsTemplateName(Scope *S, ExprResult TemplateName, |
| 2572 | SourceLocation Less, |
| 2573 | SourceLocation Greater); |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2578 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); |
| 2579 | void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S); |
| 2580 | bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); |
| 2581 | bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2582 | DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2583 | bool IsTemplateId); |
| 2584 | void |
| 2585 | diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals, |
| 2586 | SourceLocation FallbackLoc, |
| 2587 | SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2588 | SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2589 | SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2590 | SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 2591 | SourceLocation UnalignedQualLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 2592 | |
| 2593 | static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC); |
| 2594 | void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); |
| 2595 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 2596 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 2597 | NamedDecl *getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, const LookupResult &R); |
| 2598 | void CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, |
| 2599 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 2600 | void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); |
| 2601 | |
| 2602 | /// Warn if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers |
| 2603 | /// to a shadowing declaration. |
| 2604 | void CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | void DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 2607 | |
| 2608 | private: |
| 2609 | /// Map of current shadowing declarations to shadowed declarations. Warn if |
| 2610 | /// it looks like the user is trying to modify the shadowing declaration. |
| 2611 | llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, const NamedDecl *> ShadowingDecls; |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 | public: |
| 2614 | void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); |
| 2615 | void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope); |
| 2616 | void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, |
| 2617 | TypedefNameDecl *NewTD); |
| 2618 | void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); |
| 2619 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 2620 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2621 | LookupResult &Previous); |
| 2622 | NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, |
| 2623 | LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); |
| 2624 | NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, |
| 2625 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2626 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 2627 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 2628 | bool &AddToScope, |
| 2629 | ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings = None); |
| 2630 | NamedDecl * |
| 2631 | ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2632 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); |
| 2633 | // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration |
| 2634 | bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 2635 | void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); |
| 2636 | bool DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, |
| 2637 | Expr *Init); |
| 2638 | void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *VD); |
| 2639 | void CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DecompositionDecl *DD); |
| 2640 | void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 | NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, |
| 2643 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 2644 | LookupResult &Previous, |
| 2645 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 2646 | bool &AddToScope); |
| 2647 | bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2648 | |
| 2649 | enum class CheckConstexprKind { |
| 2650 | /// Diagnose issues that are non-constant or that are extensions. |
| 2651 | Diagnose, |
| 2652 | /// Identify whether this function satisfies the formal rules for constexpr |
| 2653 | /// functions in the current lanugage mode (with no extensions). |
| 2654 | CheckValid |
| 2655 | }; |
| 2656 | |
| 2657 | bool CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2658 | CheckConstexprKind Kind); |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD); |
| 2661 | void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2662 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
| 2663 | void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 2664 | SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods); |
| 2665 | // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration |
| 2666 | bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, |
| 2667 | FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, |
| 2668 | bool IsMemberSpecialization); |
| 2669 | bool shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *OldDecl); |
| 2670 | bool canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, |
| 2671 | QualType NewT, QualType OldT); |
| 2672 | void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); |
| 2673 | void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 2674 | Attr *getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 2675 | bool IsDefinition); |
| 2676 | void CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2677 | Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2678 | ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, |
| 2679 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2680 | QualType T); |
| 2681 | ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2682 | SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2683 | QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 2684 | StorageClass SC); |
| 2685 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, |
| 2686 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 2687 | Expr *defarg); |
| 2688 | void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 2689 | SourceLocation ArgLoc); |
| 2690 | void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 2691 | ExprResult ConvertParamDefaultArgument(const ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 2692 | Expr *DefaultArg, |
| 2693 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 2694 | void SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, |
| 2695 | SourceLocation EqualLoc); |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 | // Contexts where using non-trivial C union types can be disallowed. This is |
| 2698 | // passed to err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context. |
| 2699 | enum NonTrivialCUnionContext { |
| 2700 | // Function parameter. |
| 2701 | NTCUC_FunctionParam, |
| 2702 | // Function return. |
| 2703 | NTCUC_FunctionReturn, |
| 2704 | // Default-initialized object. |
| 2705 | NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, |
| 2706 | // Variable with automatic storage duration. |
| 2707 | NTCUC_AutoVar, |
| 2708 | // Initializer expression that might copy from another object. |
| 2709 | NTCUC_CopyInit, |
| 2710 | // Assignment. |
| 2711 | NTCUC_Assignment, |
| 2712 | // Compound literal. |
| 2713 | NTCUC_CompoundLiteral, |
| 2714 | // Block capture. |
| 2715 | NTCUC_BlockCapture, |
| 2716 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion of volatile type. |
| 2717 | NTCUC_LValueToRValueVolatile, |
| 2718 | }; |
| 2719 | |
| 2720 | /// Emit diagnostics if the initializer or any of its explicit or |
| 2721 | /// implicitly-generated subexpressions require copying or |
| 2722 | /// default-initializing a type that is or contains a C union type that is |
| 2723 | /// non-trivial to copy or default-initialize. |
| 2724 | void checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 2725 | |
| 2726 | // These flags are passed to checkNonTrivialCUnion. |
| 2727 | enum NonTrivialCUnionKind { |
| 2728 | NTCUK_Init = 0x1, |
| 2729 | NTCUK_Destruct = 0x2, |
| 2730 | NTCUK_Copy = 0x4, |
| 2731 | }; |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 | /// Emit diagnostics if a non-trivial C union type or a struct that contains |
| 2734 | /// a non-trivial C union is used in an invalid context. |
| 2735 | void checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2736 | NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, |
| 2737 | unsigned NonTrivialKind); |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 | void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit); |
| 2740 | void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl); |
| 2741 | void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); |
| 2742 | |
| 2743 | void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc); |
| 2744 | void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2745 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 2746 | IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 2747 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
| 2748 | SourceLocation AttrEnd); |
| 2749 | void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); |
| 2750 | void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); |
| 2751 | void CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD); |
| 2752 | void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); |
| 2753 | DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2754 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 2755 | DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 2756 | |
| 2757 | /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached |
| 2758 | /// documentation comments. |
| 2759 | void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); |
| 2760 | void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group); |
| 2761 | |
| 2762 | void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2763 | SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); |
| 2764 | void CheckForFunctionRedefinition( |
| 2765 | FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr, |
| 2766 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2767 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 2768 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, |
| 2769 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2770 | Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D, |
| 2771 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2772 | void ActOnStartTrailingRequiresClause(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 2773 | ExprResult ActOnFinishTrailingRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
| 2774 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresClause(ExprResult ConstraintExpr); |
| 2775 | void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 2776 | bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { |
| 2777 | return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); |
| 2778 | } |
| 2779 | |
| 2780 | /// Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or |
| 2781 | /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting |
| 2782 | /// code for that function. |
| 2783 | /// |
| 2784 | /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the |
| 2785 | /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to |
| 2786 | /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11 |
| 2787 | /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs. |
| 2788 | bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D); |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | /// Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function |
| 2791 | /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting |
| 2792 | /// code for that function. |
| 2793 | /// |
| 2794 | /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in |
| 2795 | /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is |
| 2796 | /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). |
| 2797 | bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); |
| 2798 | |
| 2799 | void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); |
| 2800 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); |
| 2801 | Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); |
| 2802 | Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); |
| 2803 | void ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D); |
| 2804 | |
| 2805 | /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an |
| 2806 | /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. |
| 2807 | void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | /// Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of |
| 2810 | /// ParmVarDecl pointers. |
| 2811 | void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters); |
| 2812 | |
| 2813 | /// Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a |
| 2814 | /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a |
| 2815 | /// specified threshold. |
| 2816 | void |
| 2817 | DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
| 2818 | QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D); |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); |
| 2821 | Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, |
| 2822 | SourceLocation AsmLoc, |
| 2823 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 2824 | |
| 2825 | /// Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. |
| 2826 | Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
| 2827 | SourceLocation SemiLoc); |
| 2828 | |
| 2829 | enum class ModuleDeclKind { |
| 2830 | Interface, ///< 'export module X;' |
| 2831 | Implementation, ///< 'module X;' |
| 2832 | }; |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | /// The parser has processed a module-declaration that begins the definition |
| 2835 | /// of a module interface or implementation. |
| 2836 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnModuleDecl(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2837 | SourceLocation ModuleLoc, ModuleDeclKind MDK, |
| 2838 | ModuleIdPath Path, bool IsFirstDecl); |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 | /// The parser has processed a global-module-fragment declaration that begins |
| 2841 | /// the definition of the global module fragment of the current module unit. |
| 2842 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
| 2843 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnGlobalModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc); |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | /// The parser has processed a private-module-fragment declaration that begins |
| 2846 | /// the definition of the private module fragment of the current module unit. |
| 2847 | /// \param ModuleLoc The location of the 'module' keyword. |
| 2848 | /// \param PrivateLoc The location of the 'private' keyword. |
| 2849 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnPrivateModuleFragmentDecl(SourceLocation ModuleLoc, |
| 2850 | SourceLocation PrivateLoc); |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | /// The parser has processed a module import declaration. |
| 2853 | /// |
| 2854 | /// \param StartLoc The location of the first token in the declaration. This |
| 2855 | /// could be the location of an '@', 'export', or 'import'. |
| 2856 | /// \param ExportLoc The location of the 'export' keyword, if any. |
| 2857 | /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. |
| 2858 | /// \param Path The module access path. |
| 2859 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2860 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2861 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
| 2862 | DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 2863 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2864 | SourceLocation ImportLoc, Module *M, |
| 2865 | ModuleIdPath Path = {}); |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | /// The parser has processed a module import translated from a |
| 2868 | /// #include or similar preprocessing directive. |
| 2869 | void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2870 | void BuildModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2871 | |
| 2872 | /// The parsed has entered a submodule. |
| 2873 | void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2874 | /// The parser has left a submodule. |
| 2875 | void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod); |
| 2876 | |
| 2877 | /// Create an implicit import of the given module at the given |
| 2878 | /// source location, for error recovery, if possible. |
| 2879 | /// |
| 2880 | /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup |
| 2881 | /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user |
| 2882 | /// has forgotten to import. |
| 2883 | void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 2884 | Module *Mod); |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 | /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond |
| 2887 | /// to %select values in diagnostics. |
| 2888 | enum class MissingImportKind { |
| 2889 | Declaration, |
| 2890 | Definition, |
| 2891 | DefaultArgument, |
| 2892 | ExplicitSpecialization, |
| 2893 | PartialSpecialization |
| 2894 | }; |
| 2895 | |
| 2896 | /// Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but |
| 2897 | /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem. |
| 2898 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
| 2899 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover = true); |
| 2900 | void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl, |
| 2901 | SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules, |
| 2902 | MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover); |
| 2903 | |
| 2904 | Decl *ActOnStartExportDecl(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 2905 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 2906 | Decl *ActOnFinishExportDecl(Scope *S, Decl *ExportDecl, |
| 2907 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | /// We've found a use of a templated declaration that would trigger an |
| 2910 | /// implicit instantiation. Check that any relevant explicit specializations |
| 2911 | /// and partial specializations are visible, and diagnose if not. |
| 2912 | void checkSpecializationVisibility(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Spec); |
| 2913 | |
| 2914 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
| 2915 | PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { |
| 2916 | return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); |
| 2917 | } |
| 2918 | |
| 2919 | /// Retrieve a suitable printing policy for diagnostics. |
| 2920 | static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 2921 | const Preprocessor &PP); |
| 2922 | |
| 2923 | /// Scope actions. |
| 2924 | void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); |
| 2925 | void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); |
| 2926 | |
| 2927 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2928 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
| 2929 | Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2930 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 2931 | bool IsExplicitInstantiation, |
| 2932 | RecordDecl *&AnonRecord); |
| 2933 | |
| 2934 | Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2935 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 2936 | RecordDecl *Record, |
| 2937 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 2940 | RecordDecl *Record); |
| 2941 | |
| 2942 | /// Common ways to introduce type names without a tag for use in diagnostics. |
| 2943 | /// Keep in sync with err_tag_reference_non_tag. |
| 2944 | enum NonTagKind { |
| 2945 | NTK_NonStruct, |
| 2946 | NTK_NonClass, |
| 2947 | NTK_NonUnion, |
| 2948 | NTK_NonEnum, |
| 2949 | NTK_Typedef, |
| 2950 | NTK_TypeAlias, |
| 2951 | NTK_Template, |
| 2952 | NTK_TypeAliasTemplate, |
| 2953 | NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument, |
| 2954 | }; |
| 2955 | |
| 2956 | /// Given a non-tag type declaration, returns an enum useful for indicating |
| 2957 | /// what kind of non-tag type this is. |
| 2958 | NonTagKind getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *D, TagTypeKind TTK); |
| 2959 | |
| 2960 | bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, |
| 2961 | TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, |
| 2962 | SourceLocation NewTagLoc, |
| 2963 | const IdentifierInfo *Name); |
| 2964 | |
| 2965 | enum TagUseKind { |
| 2966 | TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' |
| 2967 | TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' |
| 2968 | TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' |
| 2969 | TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' |
| 2970 | }; |
| 2971 | |
| 2972 | Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, |
| 2973 | SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2974 | SourceLocation NameLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
| 2975 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 2976 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, bool &OwnedDecl, |
| 2977 | bool &IsDependent, SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, |
| 2978 | bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, |
| 2979 | bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, |
| 2980 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 | Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
| 2983 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 2984 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2985 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 2986 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
| 2987 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); |
| 2988 | |
| 2989 | TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, |
| 2990 | unsigned TagSpec, |
| 2991 | TagUseKind TUK, |
| 2992 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 2993 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 2994 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 2995 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 2998 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 2999 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); |
| 3000 | Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3001 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); |
| 3002 | |
| 3003 | FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3004 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3005 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 3006 | AccessSpecifier AS); |
| 3007 | MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, |
| 3008 | SourceLocation DeclStart, Declarator &D, |
| 3009 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3010 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 3011 | AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 3012 | const ParsedAttr &MSPropertyAttr); |
| 3013 | |
| 3014 | FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, |
| 3015 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 3016 | RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3017 | bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3018 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle, |
| 3019 | SourceLocation TSSL, |
| 3020 | AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 3021 | Declarator *D = nullptr); |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); |
| 3024 | void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
| 3025 | |
| 3026 | enum TrivialABIHandling { |
| 3027 | /// The triviality of a method unaffected by "trivial_abi". |
| 3028 | TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 | /// The triviality of a method affected by "trivial_abi". |
| 3031 | TAH_ConsiderTrivialABI |
| 3032 | }; |
| 3033 | |
| 3034 | bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 3035 | TrivialABIHandling TAH = TAH_IgnoreTrivialABI, |
| 3036 | bool Diagnose = false); |
| 3037 | |
| 3038 | /// For a defaulted function, the kind of defaulted function that it is. |
| 3039 | class DefaultedFunctionKind { |
| 3040 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember : 8; |
| 3041 | DefaultedComparisonKind Comparison : 8; |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 | public: |
| 3044 | DefaultedFunctionKind() |
| 3045 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) { |
| 3046 | } |
| 3047 | DefaultedFunctionKind(CXXSpecialMember CSM) |
| 3048 | : SpecialMember(CSM), Comparison(DefaultedComparisonKind::None) {} |
| 3049 | DefaultedFunctionKind(DefaultedComparisonKind Comp) |
| 3050 | : SpecialMember(CXXInvalid), Comparison(Comp) {} |
| 3051 | |
| 3052 | bool isSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember != CXXInvalid; } |
| 3053 | bool isComparison() const { |
| 3054 | return Comparison != DefaultedComparisonKind::None; |
| 3055 | } |
| 3056 | |
| 3057 | explicit operator bool() const { |
| 3058 | return isSpecialMember() || isComparison(); |
| 3059 | } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 | CXXSpecialMember asSpecialMember() const { return SpecialMember; } |
| 3062 | DefaultedComparisonKind asComparison() const { return Comparison; } |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | /// Get the index of this function kind for use in diagnostics. |
| 3065 | unsigned getDiagnosticIndex() const { |
| 3066 | static_assert(CXXInvalid > CXXDestructor, |
| 3067 | "invalid should have highest index" ); |
| 3068 | static_assert((unsigned)DefaultedComparisonKind::None == 0, |
| 3069 | "none should be equal to zero" ); |
| 3070 | return SpecialMember + (unsigned)Comparison; |
| 3071 | } |
| 3072 | }; |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | DefaultedFunctionKind getDefaultedFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3075 | |
| 3076 | CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { |
| 3077 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(MD).asSpecialMember(); |
| 3078 | } |
| 3079 | DefaultedComparisonKind getDefaultedComparisonKind(const FunctionDecl *FD) { |
| 3080 | return getDefaultedFunctionKind(FD).asComparison(); |
| 3081 | } |
| 3082 | |
| 3083 | void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3084 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); |
| 3085 | Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, |
| 3086 | Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, |
| 3087 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. |
| 3090 | void ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 3091 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, |
| 3092 | SourceLocation RBrac, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 3093 | |
| 3094 | /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the |
| 3095 | /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, |
| 3096 | /// struct, or union). |
| 3097 | void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
| 3098 | |
| 3099 | /// Perform ODR-like check for C/ObjC when merging tag types from modules. |
| 3100 | /// Differently from C++, actually parse the body and reject / error out |
| 3101 | /// in case of a structural mismatch. |
| 3102 | bool ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, |
| 3103 | SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody); |
| 3104 | |
| 3105 | typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext; |
| 3106 | |
| 3107 | /// Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping. |
| 3108 | SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD); |
| 3109 | |
| 3110 | Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); |
| 3111 | |
| 3112 | /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a |
| 3113 | /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its |
| 3114 | /// member declarations. |
| 3115 | void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 3116 | SourceLocation FinalLoc, |
| 3117 | bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, |
| 3118 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 3119 | |
| 3120 | /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing |
| 3121 | /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). |
| 3122 | void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, |
| 3123 | SourceRange BraceRange); |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context); |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 | void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); |
| 3128 | |
| 3129 | /// Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container |
| 3130 | /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. |
| 3131 | /// |
| 3132 | /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext |
| 3133 | void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 3134 | void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); |
| 3135 | |
| 3136 | /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable |
| 3137 | /// error parsing the definition of a tag. |
| 3138 | void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); |
| 3139 | |
| 3140 | EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, |
| 3141 | EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, |
| 3142 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 3143 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3144 | Expr *val); |
| 3145 | bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); |
| 3146 | bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, |
| 3147 | QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, |
| 3148 | const EnumDecl *Prev); |
| 3149 | |
| 3150 | /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped. |
| 3151 | /// \param II The name of the first enumerator. |
| 3152 | SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 3153 | SourceLocation IILoc); |
| 3154 | |
| 3155 | Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, |
| 3156 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 3157 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
| 3158 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); |
| 3159 | void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, |
| 3160 | Decl *EnumDecl, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, |
| 3161 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
| 3162 | |
| 3163 | /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. |
| 3164 | void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3165 | void PopDeclContext(); |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context |
| 3168 | /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. |
| 3169 | void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3170 | void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | /// Enter a template parameter scope, after it's been associated with a particular |
| 3173 | /// DeclContext. Causes lookup within the scope to chain through enclosing contexts |
| 3174 | /// in the correct order. |
| 3175 | void EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3176 | |
| 3177 | /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. |
| 3178 | void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); |
| 3179 | void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); |
| 3180 | |
| 3181 | DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer |
| 3184 | /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently |
| 3185 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 3186 | FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 | /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to |
| 3189 | /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently |
| 3190 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 3191 | ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); |
| 3192 | |
| 3193 | /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method |
| 3194 | /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently |
| 3195 | /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. |
| 3196 | NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. |
| 3199 | void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); |
| 3200 | |
| 3201 | /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true |
| 3202 | /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns |
| 3203 | /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. |
| 3204 | /// |
| 3205 | /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the |
| 3206 | /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained |
| 3207 | /// directly within it. |
| 3208 | bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr, |
| 3209 | bool AllowInlineNamespace = false); |
| 3210 | |
| 3211 | /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it |
| 3212 | /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. |
| 3213 | static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); |
| 3214 | |
| 3215 | /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). |
| 3216 | TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, |
| 3217 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 3218 | bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); |
| 3219 | |
| 3220 | /// Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability |
| 3221 | /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). |
| 3222 | enum AvailabilityMergeKind { |
| 3223 | /// Don't merge availability attributes at all. |
| 3224 | AMK_None, |
| 3225 | /// Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires |
| 3226 | /// an exact match. |
| 3227 | AMK_Redeclaration, |
| 3228 | /// Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires |
| 3229 | /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. |
| 3230 | AMK_Override, |
| 3231 | /// Merge availability attributes for an implementation of |
| 3232 | /// a protocol requirement. |
| 3233 | AMK_ProtocolImplementation, |
| 3234 | }; |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | /// Describes the kind of priority given to an availability attribute. |
| 3237 | /// |
| 3238 | /// The sum of priorities deteremines the final priority of the attribute. |
| 3239 | /// The final priority determines how the attribute will be merged. |
| 3240 | /// An attribute with a lower priority will always remove higher priority |
| 3241 | /// attributes for the specified platform when it is being applied. An |
| 3242 | /// attribute with a higher priority will not be applied if the declaration |
| 3243 | /// already has an availability attribute with a lower priority for the |
| 3244 | /// specified platform. The final prirority values are not expected to match |
| 3245 | /// the values in this enumeration, but instead should be treated as a plain |
| 3246 | /// integer value. This enumeration just names the priority weights that are |
| 3247 | /// used to calculate that final vaue. |
| 3248 | enum AvailabilityPriority : int { |
| 3249 | /// The availability attribute was specified explicitly next to the |
| 3250 | /// declaration. |
| 3251 | AP_Explicit = 0, |
| 3252 | |
| 3253 | /// The availability attribute was applied using '#pragma clang attribute'. |
| 3254 | AP_PragmaClangAttribute = 1, |
| 3255 | |
| 3256 | /// The availability attribute for a specific platform was inferred from |
| 3257 | /// an availability attribute for another platform. |
| 3258 | AP_InferredFromOtherPlatform = 2 |
| 3259 | }; |
| 3260 | |
| 3261 | /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. |
| 3262 | AvailabilityAttr * |
| 3263 | mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3264 | IdentifierInfo *Platform, bool Implicit, |
| 3265 | VersionTuple Introduced, VersionTuple Deprecated, |
| 3266 | VersionTuple Obsoleted, bool IsUnavailable, |
| 3267 | StringRef Message, bool IsStrict, StringRef Replacement, |
| 3268 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK, int Priority); |
| 3269 | TypeVisibilityAttr * |
| 3270 | mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3271 | TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
| 3272 | VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3273 | VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); |
| 3274 | UuidAttr *mergeUuidAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3275 | StringRef UuidAsWritten, MSGuidDecl *GuidDecl); |
| 3276 | DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3277 | DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3278 | MSInheritanceAttr *mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3279 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3280 | bool BestCase, |
| 3281 | MSInheritanceModel Model); |
| 3282 | FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3283 | IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx, |
| 3284 | int FirstArg); |
| 3285 | SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3286 | StringRef Name); |
| 3287 | CodeSegAttr *mergeCodeSegAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3288 | StringRef Name); |
| 3289 | AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3290 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 3291 | const IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
| 3292 | MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3293 | NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr * |
| 3294 | mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3295 | const NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL); |
| 3296 | SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr * |
| 3297 | mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3298 | const SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr &AL); |
| 3299 | SwiftNameAttr *mergeSwiftNameAttr(Decl *D, const SwiftNameAttr &SNA, |
| 3300 | StringRef Name); |
| 3301 | OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3302 | const AttributeCommonInfo &CI); |
| 3303 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
| 3304 | InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3305 | const InternalLinkageAttr &AL); |
| 3306 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const ParsedAttr &AL); |
| 3307 | CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, const CommonAttr &AL); |
| 3308 | WebAssemblyImportNameAttr *mergeImportNameAttr( |
| 3309 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportNameAttr &AL); |
| 3310 | WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr *mergeImportModuleAttr( |
| 3311 | Decl *D, const WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr &AL); |
| 3312 | EnforceTCBAttr *mergeEnforceTCBAttr(Decl *D, const EnforceTCBAttr &AL); |
| 3313 | EnforceTCBLeafAttr *mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(Decl *D, |
| 3314 | const EnforceTCBLeafAttr &AL); |
| 3315 | |
| 3316 | void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, |
| 3317 | AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); |
| 3318 | void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, |
| 3319 | LookupResult &OldDecls); |
| 3320 | bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S, |
| 3321 | bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3322 | bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, |
| 3323 | Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3324 | void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); |
| 3325 | void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 3326 | void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld); |
| 3327 | void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); |
| 3328 | bool checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *OldDefn, VarDecl *NewDefn); |
| 3329 | void notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New); |
| 3330 | bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions |
| 3333 | // to represent what is actually causing the operation |
| 3334 | enum AssignmentAction { |
| 3335 | AA_Assigning, |
| 3336 | AA_Passing, |
| 3337 | AA_Returning, |
| 3338 | AA_Converting, |
| 3339 | AA_Initializing, |
| 3340 | AA_Sending, |
| 3341 | AA_Casting, |
| 3342 | AA_Passing_CFAudited |
| 3343 | }; |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | /// C++ Overloading. |
| 3346 | enum OverloadKind { |
| 3347 | /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are |
| 3348 | /// functions or function templates with different signatures. |
| 3349 | Ovl_Overload, |
| 3350 | |
| 3351 | /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches |
| 3352 | /// an existing declaration. |
| 3353 | Ovl_Match, |
| 3354 | |
| 3355 | /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a |
| 3356 | /// non-function. |
| 3357 | Ovl_NonFunction |
| 3358 | }; |
| 3359 | OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, |
| 3360 | FunctionDecl *New, |
| 3361 | const LookupResult &OldDecls, |
| 3362 | NamedDecl *&OldDecl, |
| 3363 | bool IsForUsingDecl); |
| 3364 | bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl, |
| 3365 | bool ConsiderCudaAttrs = true, |
| 3366 | bool ConsiderRequiresClauses = true); |
| 3367 | |
| 3368 | enum class AllowedExplicit { |
| 3369 | /// Allow no explicit functions to be used. |
| 3370 | None, |
| 3371 | /// Allow explicit conversion functions but not explicit constructors. |
| 3372 | Conversions, |
| 3373 | /// Allow both explicit conversion functions and explicit constructors. |
| 3374 | All |
| 3375 | }; |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | ImplicitConversionSequence |
| 3378 | TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3379 | bool SuppressUserConversions, |
| 3380 | AllowedExplicit AllowExplicit, |
| 3381 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 3382 | bool CStyle, |
| 3383 | bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); |
| 3384 | |
| 3385 | bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3386 | bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3387 | bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3388 | bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3389 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 3390 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
| 3391 | bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3392 | QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); |
| 3393 | bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3394 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
| 3395 | bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3396 | QualType& ConvertedType); |
| 3397 | bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, |
| 3398 | const FunctionProtoType *NewType, |
| 3399 | unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr); |
| 3400 | void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
| 3401 | QualType FromType, QualType ToType); |
| 3402 | |
| 3403 | void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E); |
| 3404 | CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); |
| 3405 | bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3406 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 3407 | CXXCastPath& BasePath, |
| 3408 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess, |
| 3409 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 3410 | bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3411 | bool InOverloadResolution, |
| 3412 | QualType &ConvertedType); |
| 3413 | bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3414 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 3415 | CXXCastPath &BasePath, |
| 3416 | bool IgnoreBaseAccess); |
| 3417 | bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3418 | bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); |
| 3419 | bool IsFunctionConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, |
| 3420 | QualType &ResultTy); |
| 3421 | bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 3422 | bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); |
| 3423 | |
| 3424 | ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 3425 | const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, |
| 3426 | QualType ResultType, |
| 3427 | Expr *Value, |
| 3428 | bool AllowNRVO = true); |
| 3429 | |
| 3430 | bool CanPerformAggregateInitializationForOverloadResolution( |
| 3431 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, InitListExpr *From); |
| 3432 | |
| 3433 | bool IsStringInit(Expr *Init, const ArrayType *AT); |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 3436 | ExprResult Init); |
| 3437 | ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 3438 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 3439 | ExprResult Init, |
| 3440 | bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, |
| 3441 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
| 3442 | ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, |
| 3443 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 3444 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 3445 | CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 3446 | |
| 3447 | /// Check that the lifetime of the initializer (and its subobjects) is |
| 3448 | /// sufficient for initializing the entity, and perform lifetime extension |
| 3449 | /// (when permitted) if not. |
| 3450 | void checkInitializerLifetime(const InitializedEntity &Entity, Expr *Init); |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); |
| 3453 | ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); |
| 3454 | |
| 3455 | /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. |
| 3456 | enum CCEKind { |
| 3457 | CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. |
| 3458 | CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. |
| 3459 | CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. |
| 3460 | CCEK_ArrayBound, ///< Array bound in array declarator or new-expression. |
| 3461 | CCEK_ConstexprIf, ///< Condition in a constexpr if statement. |
| 3462 | CCEK_ExplicitBool ///< Condition in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
| 3463 | }; |
| 3464 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
| 3465 | llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); |
| 3466 | ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, |
| 3467 | APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE, |
| 3468 | NamedDecl *Dest = nullptr); |
| 3469 | |
| 3470 | /// Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit |
| 3471 | /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter. |
| 3472 | class ContextualImplicitConverter { |
| 3473 | public: |
| 3474 | bool Suppress; |
| 3475 | bool SuppressConversion; |
| 3476 | |
| 3477 | ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false, |
| 3478 | bool SuppressConversion = false) |
| 3479 | : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {} |
| 3480 | |
| 3481 | /// Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type |
| 3482 | /// for this conversion. |
| 3483 | virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0; |
| 3484 | |
| 3485 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
| 3486 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
| 3487 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3488 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3489 | |
| 3490 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. |
| 3491 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3492 | diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3493 | |
| 3494 | /// Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function |
| 3495 | /// is explicit. |
| 3496 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( |
| 3497 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 | /// Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. |
| 3500 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3501 | noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3502 | |
| 3503 | /// Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion |
| 3504 | /// functions. |
| 3505 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3506 | diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3507 | |
| 3508 | /// Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. |
| 3509 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3510 | noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3511 | |
| 3512 | /// Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function |
| 3513 | /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). |
| 3514 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion( |
| 3515 | Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0; |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 | virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {} |
| 3518 | }; |
| 3519 | |
| 3520 | class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter { |
| 3521 | bool AllowScopedEnumerations; |
| 3522 | |
| 3523 | public: |
| 3524 | ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations, |
| 3525 | bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion) |
| 3526 | : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion), |
| 3527 | AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {} |
| 3528 | |
| 3529 | /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type. |
| 3530 | bool match(QualType T) override; |
| 3531 | |
| 3532 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3533 | diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { |
| 3534 | return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T); |
| 3535 | } |
| 3536 | |
| 3537 | /// Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have |
| 3538 | /// integral or enumeration type. |
| 3539 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 3540 | diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; |
| 3541 | }; |
| 3542 | |
| 3543 | /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion. |
| 3544 | ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion( |
| 3545 | SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter); |
| 3546 | |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | enum ObjCSubscriptKind { |
| 3549 | OS_Array, |
| 3550 | OS_Dictionary, |
| 3551 | OS_Error |
| 3552 | }; |
| 3553 | ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); |
| 3554 | |
| 3555 | // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as |
| 3556 | // this is used for diagnostics logic. |
| 3557 | enum ObjCLiteralKind { |
| 3558 | LK_Array, |
| 3559 | LK_Dictionary, |
| 3560 | LK_Numeric, |
| 3561 | LK_Boxed, |
| 3562 | LK_String, |
| 3563 | LK_Block, |
| 3564 | LK_None |
| 3565 | }; |
| 3566 | ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, |
| 3569 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
| 3570 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 3571 | NamedDecl *Member); |
| 3572 | |
| 3573 | // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. |
| 3574 | // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. |
| 3575 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; |
| 3576 | typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; |
| 3577 | |
| 3578 | using ADLCallKind = CallExpr::ADLCallKind; |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3581 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3582 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3583 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3584 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3585 | bool AllowExplicit = true, |
| 3586 | bool AllowExplicitConversion = false, |
| 3587 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
| 3588 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
| 3589 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3590 | void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, |
| 3591 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3592 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3593 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 3594 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3595 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3596 | bool FirstArgumentIsBase = false); |
| 3597 | void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3598 | QualType ObjectType, |
| 3599 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 3600 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3601 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3602 | bool SuppressUserConversion = false, |
| 3603 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3604 | void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
| 3605 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3606 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, |
| 3607 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 3608 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3609 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3610 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3611 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3612 | ConversionSequenceList EarlyConversions = None, |
| 3613 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3614 | void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, |
| 3615 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3616 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 3617 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 3618 | QualType ObjectType, |
| 3619 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, |
| 3620 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3621 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3622 | bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3623 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 3624 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3625 | void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate( |
| 3626 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3627 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3628 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool SuppressUserConversions = false, |
| 3629 | bool PartialOverloading = false, bool AllowExplicit = true, |
| 3630 | ADLCallKind IsADLCandidate = ADLCallKind::NotADL, |
| 3631 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3632 | bool CheckNonDependentConversions( |
| 3633 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, ArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, |
| 3634 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3635 | ConversionSequenceList &Conversions, bool SuppressUserConversions, |
| 3636 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = nullptr, QualType ObjectType = QualType(), |
| 3637 | Expr::Classification ObjectClassification = {}, |
| 3638 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3639 | void AddConversionCandidate( |
| 3640 | CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3641 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3642 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
| 3643 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
| 3644 | void AddTemplateConversionCandidate( |
| 3645 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3646 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 3647 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit, |
| 3648 | bool AllowExplicit, bool AllowResultConversion = true); |
| 3649 | void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, |
| 3650 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3651 | CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, |
| 3652 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 3653 | Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3654 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
| 3655 | void AddNonMemberOperatorCandidates( |
| 3656 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3657 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3658 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 3659 | void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 3660 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3661 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3662 | OverloadCandidateParamOrder PO = {}); |
| 3663 | void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType *ParamTys, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3664 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3665 | bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, |
| 3666 | unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); |
| 3667 | void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 3668 | SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3669 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); |
| 3670 | void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, |
| 3671 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3672 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3673 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 3674 | OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, |
| 3675 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate |
| 3678 | void NoteOverloadCandidate( |
| 3679 | NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn, |
| 3680 | OverloadCandidateRewriteKind RewriteKind = OverloadCandidateRewriteKind(), |
| 3681 | QualType DestType = QualType(), bool TakingAddress = false); |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by |
| 3684 | // the expression Expr |
| 3685 | void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(), |
| 3686 | bool TakingAddress = false); |
| 3687 | |
| 3688 | /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first |
| 3689 | /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful. |
| 3690 | EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 3691 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3692 | bool MissingImplicitThis = false); |
| 3693 | |
| 3694 | /// Find the failed Boolean condition within a given Boolean |
| 3695 | /// constant expression, and describe it with a string. |
| 3696 | std::pair<Expr *, std::string> findFailedBooleanCondition(Expr *Cond); |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
| 3699 | /// non-ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
| 3700 | /// |
| 3701 | /// Argument-dependent diagnose_if attributes should be checked each time a |
| 3702 | /// function is used as a direct callee of a function call. |
| 3703 | /// |
| 3704 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
| 3705 | bool diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3706 | const Expr *ThisArg, |
| 3707 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 3708 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3709 | |
| 3710 | /// Emit diagnostics for the diagnose_if attributes on Function, ignoring any |
| 3711 | /// ArgDependent DiagnoseIfAttrs. |
| 3712 | /// |
| 3713 | /// Argument-independent diagnose_if attributes should be checked on every use |
| 3714 | /// of a function. |
| 3715 | /// |
| 3716 | /// Returns true if any errors were emitted. |
| 3717 | bool diagnoseArgIndependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(const NamedDecl *ND, |
| 3718 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 3719 | |
| 3720 | /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not, |
| 3721 | /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken. |
| 3722 | /// |
| 3723 | /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal. |
| 3724 | bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 3725 | bool Complain = false, |
| 3726 | SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation()); |
| 3727 | |
| 3728 | // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] |
| 3729 | // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType |
| 3730 | // R (A) --> R(A) |
| 3731 | // R (*)(A) --> R (A) |
| 3732 | // R (&)(A) --> R (A) |
| 3733 | // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) |
| 3734 | QualType (QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | FunctionDecl * |
| 3737 | ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, |
| 3738 | QualType TargetType, |
| 3739 | bool Complain, |
| 3740 | DeclAccessPair &Found, |
| 3741 | bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr); |
| 3742 | |
| 3743 | FunctionDecl * |
| 3744 | resolveAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair &FoundResult); |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 | bool resolveAndFixAddressOfSingleOverloadCandidate( |
| 3747 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool DoFunctionPointerConversion = false); |
| 3748 | |
| 3749 | FunctionDecl * |
| 3750 | ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, |
| 3751 | bool Complain = false, |
| 3752 | DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr); |
| 3753 | |
| 3754 | bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
| 3755 | ExprResult &SrcExpr, |
| 3756 | bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, |
| 3757 | bool Complain = false, |
| 3758 | SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), |
| 3759 | QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), |
| 3760 | unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 | |
| 3763 | Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, |
| 3764 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3765 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
| 3766 | ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, |
| 3767 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 3768 | FunctionDecl *Fn); |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 3771 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 3772 | OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3773 | bool PartialOverloading = false); |
| 3774 | void AddOverloadedCallCandidates( |
| 3775 | LookupResult &R, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 3776 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); |
| 3777 | |
| 3778 | // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a |
| 3779 | // range-based for loop. |
| 3780 | enum ForRangeStatus { |
| 3781 | FRS_Success, |
| 3782 | FRS_NoViableFunction, |
| 3783 | FRS_DiagnosticIssued |
| 3784 | }; |
| 3785 | |
| 3786 | ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3787 | SourceLocation RangeLoc, |
| 3788 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 3789 | LookupResult &MemberLookup, |
| 3790 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
| 3791 | Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); |
| 3792 | |
| 3793 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, |
| 3794 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 3795 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3796 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3797 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3798 | Expr *ExecConfig, |
| 3799 | bool AllowTypoCorrection=true, |
| 3800 | bool CalleesAddressIsTaken=false); |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, |
| 3803 | MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3804 | OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, |
| 3805 | ExprResult *Result); |
| 3806 | |
| 3807 | ExprResult CreateUnresolvedLookupExpr(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 3808 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNSLoc, |
| 3809 | DeclarationNameInfo DNI, |
| 3810 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3811 | bool PerformADL = true); |
| 3812 | |
| 3813 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3814 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 3815 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3816 | Expr *input, bool RequiresADL = true); |
| 3817 | |
| 3818 | void LookupOverloadedBinOp(OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, |
| 3819 | OverloadedOperatorKind Op, |
| 3820 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3821 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, bool RequiresADL = true); |
| 3822 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3823 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 3824 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3825 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
| 3826 | bool RequiresADL = true, |
| 3827 | bool AllowRewrittenCandidates = true, |
| 3828 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn = nullptr); |
| 3829 | ExprResult BuildSynthesizedThreeWayComparison(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3830 | const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, |
| 3831 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS, |
| 3832 | FunctionDecl *DefaultedFn); |
| 3833 | |
| 3834 | ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 3835 | SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 3836 | Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); |
| 3837 | |
| 3838 | ExprResult BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, |
| 3839 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3840 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3841 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 3842 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
| 3843 | ExprResult |
| 3844 | BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 3845 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 3846 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 3847 | |
| 3848 | ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 3849 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 3850 | bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr); |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 | /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is |
| 3853 | /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location |
| 3854 | /// that best represents the call. |
| 3855 | bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 3856 | CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 | /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. |
| 3859 | bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, |
| 3860 | bool CheckParameterNames); |
| 3861 | void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 3862 | void (Declarator &D); |
| 3863 | Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | /// \name Name lookup |
| 3866 | /// |
| 3867 | /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic |
| 3868 | /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, |
| 3869 | /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or |
| 3870 | /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry |
| 3871 | /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, |
| 3872 | /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. |
| 3873 | /// |
| 3874 | /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, |
| 3875 | /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how |
| 3876 | /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both |
| 3877 | /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore |
| 3878 | /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name |
| 3879 | /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name |
| 3880 | /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. |
| 3881 | /// |
| 3882 | /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name |
| 3883 | /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation |
| 3884 | /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing |
| 3885 | /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup |
| 3886 | /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or |
| 3887 | /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name |
| 3888 | /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides |
| 3889 | /// the ability to distinguish among them. |
| 3890 | //@{ |
| 3891 | |
| 3892 | /// Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. |
| 3893 | enum LookupNameKind { |
| 3894 | /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, |
| 3895 | /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names |
| 3896 | /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. |
| 3897 | LookupOrdinaryName = 0, |
| 3898 | /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, |
| 3899 | /// structs, and unions. |
| 3900 | LookupTagName, |
| 3901 | /// Label name lookup. |
| 3902 | LookupLabel, |
| 3903 | /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of |
| 3904 | /// class/struct/union members. |
| 3905 | LookupMemberName, |
| 3906 | /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with |
| 3907 | /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name |
| 3908 | /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. |
| 3909 | LookupOperatorName, |
| 3910 | /// Look up a name following ~ in a destructor name. This is an ordinary |
| 3911 | /// lookup, but prefers tags to typedefs. |
| 3912 | LookupDestructorName, |
| 3913 | /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution |
| 3914 | /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, |
| 3915 | /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). |
| 3916 | LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, |
| 3917 | /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or |
| 3918 | /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ |
| 3919 | /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). |
| 3920 | LookupNamespaceName, |
| 3921 | /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, |
| 3922 | /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate |
| 3923 | /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. |
| 3924 | LookupUsingDeclName, |
| 3925 | /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a |
| 3926 | /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that |
| 3927 | /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See |
| 3928 | /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. |
| 3929 | LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, |
| 3930 | /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look |
| 3931 | /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11. |
| 3932 | LookupLocalFriendName, |
| 3933 | /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. |
| 3934 | LookupObjCProtocolName, |
| 3935 | /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. |
| 3936 | LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, |
| 3937 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined reduction operation. |
| 3938 | LookupOMPReductionName, |
| 3939 | /// Look up the name of an OpenMP user-defined mapper. |
| 3940 | LookupOMPMapperName, |
| 3941 | /// Look up any declaration with any name. |
| 3942 | LookupAnyName |
| 3943 | }; |
| 3944 | |
| 3945 | /// Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a |
| 3946 | /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). |
| 3947 | enum RedeclarationKind { |
| 3948 | /// The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the |
| 3949 | /// purpose of redeclaring the name. |
| 3950 | NotForRedeclaration = 0, |
| 3951 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, |
| 3952 | /// if an entity by that name already exists and is visible. |
| 3953 | ForVisibleRedeclaration, |
| 3954 | /// The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name |
| 3955 | /// with external linkage; non-visible lookup results with external linkage |
| 3956 | /// may also be found. |
| 3957 | ForExternalRedeclaration |
| 3958 | }; |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | RedeclarationKind forRedeclarationInCurContext() { |
| 3961 | // A declaration with an owning module for linkage can never link against |
| 3962 | // anything that is not visible. We don't need to check linkage here; if |
| 3963 | // the context has internal linkage, redeclaration lookup won't find things |
| 3964 | // from other TUs, and we can't safely compute linkage yet in general. |
| 3965 | if (cast<Decl>(CurContext) |
| 3966 | ->getOwningModuleForLinkage(/*IgnoreLinkage*/true)) |
| 3967 | return ForVisibleRedeclaration; |
| 3968 | return ForExternalRedeclaration; |
| 3969 | } |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | /// The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. |
| 3972 | enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { |
| 3973 | /// The lookup resulted in an error. |
| 3974 | LOLR_Error, |
| 3975 | /// The lookup found no match but no diagnostic was issued. |
| 3976 | LOLR_ErrorNoDiagnostic, |
| 3977 | /// The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which |
| 3978 | /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. |
| 3979 | LOLR_Cooked, |
| 3980 | /// The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects |
| 3981 | /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. |
| 3982 | LOLR_Raw, |
| 3983 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
| 3984 | /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be |
| 3985 | /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. |
| 3986 | LOLR_Template, |
| 3987 | /// The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, |
| 3988 | /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the |
| 3989 | /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments. |
| 3990 | LOLR_StringTemplatePack, |
| 3991 | }; |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 | SpecialMemberOverloadResult LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, |
| 3994 | CXXSpecialMember SM, |
| 3995 | bool ConstArg, |
| 3996 | bool VolatileArg, |
| 3997 | bool RValueThis, |
| 3998 | bool ConstThis, |
| 3999 | bool VolatileThis); |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator; |
| 4002 | typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)> |
| 4003 | TypoRecoveryCallback; |
| 4004 | |
| 4005 | private: |
| 4006 | bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | struct TypoExprState { |
| 4009 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer; |
| 4010 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler; |
| 4011 | TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler; |
| 4012 | TypoExprState(); |
| 4013 | TypoExprState(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
| 4014 | TypoExprState &operator=(TypoExprState &&other) noexcept; |
| 4015 | }; |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | /// The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state. |
| 4018 | llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos; |
| 4019 | |
| 4020 | /// Creates a new TypoExpr AST node. |
| 4021 | TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC, |
| 4022 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
| 4023 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, SourceLocation TypoLoc); |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | // The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. |
| 4026 | // |
| 4027 | // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded |
| 4028 | // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. |
| 4029 | llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; |
| 4030 | |
| 4031 | /// Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal |
| 4032 | /// source. |
| 4033 | bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | /// Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and |
| 4036 | /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction |
| 4037 | /// should be skipped entirely. |
| 4038 | std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> |
| 4039 | makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 4040 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
| 4041 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4042 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 4043 | DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext, |
| 4044 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 4045 | bool ErrorRecovery); |
| 4046 | |
| 4047 | public: |
| 4048 | const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const; |
| 4049 | |
| 4050 | /// Clears the state of the given TypoExpr. |
| 4051 | void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE); |
| 4052 | |
| 4053 | /// Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return |
| 4054 | /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. |
| 4055 | /// |
| 4056 | /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle |
| 4057 | /// ambiguity and overloaded. |
| 4058 | NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, |
| 4059 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4060 | LookupNameKind NameKind, |
| 4061 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
| 4062 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
| 4063 | bool LookupBuiltin(LookupResult &R); |
| 4064 | void LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(Scope *S, unsigned ID); |
| 4065 | bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, |
| 4066 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); |
| 4067 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
| 4068 | bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); |
| 4069 | bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, |
| 4070 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 4071 | bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4072 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, |
| 4073 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
| 4074 | ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4075 | RedeclarationKind Redecl |
| 4076 | = NotForRedeclaration); |
| 4077 | bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4078 | |
| 4079 | void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, |
| 4080 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
| 4081 | |
| 4082 | LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 4083 | SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 4084 | |
| 4085 | DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4086 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4087 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 4088 | unsigned Quals); |
| 4089 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
| 4090 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
| 4091 | CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 4092 | unsigned Quals); |
| 4093 | CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, |
| 4094 | bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); |
| 4095 | CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id); |
| 4098 | LiteralOperatorLookupResult |
| 4099 | LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, |
| 4100 | bool AllowRaw, bool AllowTemplate, |
| 4101 | bool AllowStringTemplate, bool DiagnoseMissing, |
| 4102 | StringLiteral *StringLit = nullptr); |
| 4103 | bool isKnownName(StringRef name); |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | /// Status of the function emission on the CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device attrs. |
| 4106 | enum class FunctionEmissionStatus { |
| 4107 | Emitted, |
| 4108 | CUDADiscarded, // Discarded due to CUDA/HIP hostness |
| 4109 | OMPDiscarded, // Discarded due to OpenMP hostness |
| 4110 | TemplateDiscarded, // Discarded due to uninstantiated templates |
| 4111 | Unknown, |
| 4112 | }; |
| 4113 | FunctionEmissionStatus getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *Decl, |
| 4114 | bool Final = false); |
| 4115 | |
| 4116 | // Whether the callee should be ignored in CUDA/HIP/OpenMP host/device check. |
| 4117 | bool shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 4118 | |
| 4119 | void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4120 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions); |
| 4121 | |
| 4122 | void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, |
| 4123 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
| 4124 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
| 4125 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
| 4126 | void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, |
| 4127 | VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, |
| 4128 | bool IncludeGlobalScope = true, |
| 4129 | bool IncludeDependentBases = false, |
| 4130 | bool LoadExternal = true); |
| 4131 | |
| 4132 | enum CorrectTypoKind { |
| 4133 | CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation. |
| 4134 | CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery. |
| 4135 | }; |
| 4136 | |
| 4137 | TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 4138 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, |
| 4139 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4140 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 4141 | CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
| 4142 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
| 4143 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
| 4144 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr, |
| 4145 | bool RecordFailure = true); |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 | TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, |
| 4148 | Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S, |
| 4149 | CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 4150 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 4151 | TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG, |
| 4152 | TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode, |
| 4153 | DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr, |
| 4154 | bool EnteringContext = false, |
| 4155 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr); |
| 4156 | |
| 4157 | /// Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children, |
| 4158 | /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there |
| 4159 | /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or |
| 4160 | /// more typos could not be corrected. |
| 4161 | /// |
| 4162 | /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs. |
| 4163 | /// |
| 4164 | /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its |
| 4165 | /// initializer. |
| 4166 | /// |
| 4167 | /// \param RecoverUncorrectedTypos If true, when typo correction fails, it |
| 4168 | /// will rebuild the given Expr with all TypoExprs degraded to RecoveryExprs. |
| 4169 | /// |
| 4170 | /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if |
| 4171 | /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo |
| 4172 | /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different |
| 4173 | /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted. |
| 4174 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
| 4175 | Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
| 4176 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
| 4177 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
| 4178 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }); |
| 4179 | |
| 4180 | ExprResult CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( |
| 4181 | ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr, |
| 4182 | bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos = false, |
| 4183 | llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter = |
| 4184 | [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) { |
| 4185 | return ER.isInvalid() |
| 4186 | ? ER |
| 4187 | : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), InitDecl, |
| 4188 | RecoverUncorrectedTypos, Filter); |
| 4189 | } |
| 4190 | |
| 4191 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
| 4192 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
| 4193 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction, |
| 4196 | const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag, |
| 4197 | const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote, |
| 4198 | bool ErrorRecovery = true); |
| 4199 | |
| 4200 | void MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F); |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, |
| 4203 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 4204 | AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, |
| 4205 | AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); |
| 4206 | |
| 4207 | void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, |
| 4208 | bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace); |
| 4209 | |
| 4210 | bool CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old); |
| 4211 | |
| 4212 | void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); |
| 4213 | //@} |
| 4214 | |
| 4215 | /// Attempts to produce a RecoveryExpr after some AST node cannot be created. |
| 4216 | ExprResult CreateRecoveryExpr(SourceLocation Begin, SourceLocation End, |
| 4217 | ArrayRef<Expr *> SubExprs, |
| 4218 | QualType T = QualType()); |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, |
| 4221 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4222 | bool TypoCorrection = false); |
| 4223 | FunctionDecl *CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type, unsigned ID, |
| 4224 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4225 | NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, |
| 4226 | Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, |
| 4227 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4228 | NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 4229 | Scope *S); |
| 4230 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction( |
| 4231 | FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4232 | void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 | // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 4237 | // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
| 4238 | void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD); |
| 4239 | // Helper for delayed processing of attributes. |
| 4240 | void ProcessDeclAttributeDelayed(Decl *D, |
| 4241 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 4242 | void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const ParsedAttributesView &AL, |
| 4243 | bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); |
| 4244 | bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, |
| 4245 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 4246 | |
| 4247 | void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); |
| 4248 | |
| 4249 | /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar |
| 4250 | /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by |
| 4251 | /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference |
| 4252 | /// type as valid. |
| 4253 | bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false); |
| 4254 | |
| 4255 | bool CheckRegparmAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, unsigned &value); |
| 4256 | bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const ParsedAttr &attr, CallingConv &CC, |
| 4257 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 4258 | bool CheckAttrTarget(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
| 4259 | bool CheckAttrNoArgs(const ParsedAttr &CurrAttr); |
| 4260 | bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const ParsedAttr &Attr, unsigned ArgNum, |
| 4261 | StringRef &Str, |
| 4262 | SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr); |
| 4263 | bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
| 4264 | bool checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str); |
| 4265 | bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition( |
| 4266 | CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase, |
| 4267 | MSInheritanceModel SemanticSpelling); |
| 4268 | |
| 4269 | void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); |
| 4270 | |
| 4271 | /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it |
| 4272 | /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from |
| 4273 | /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments. |
| 4274 | void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor, |
| 4275 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4276 | |
| 4277 | // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens. |
| 4278 | // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not |
| 4279 | // one that came from a typedef. |
| 4280 | bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType T); |
| 4281 | |
| 4282 | /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention. |
| 4283 | /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs. |
| 4284 | const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const; |
| 4285 | |
| 4286 | /// Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. |
| 4287 | StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, |
| 4288 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, |
| 4289 | SourceRange Range); |
| 4290 | |
| 4291 | void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4292 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
| 4293 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 4294 | |
| 4295 | void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4296 | ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, |
| 4297 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 4298 | |
| 4299 | /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method |
| 4300 | /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. |
| 4301 | void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4302 | ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, |
| 4303 | bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); |
| 4304 | |
| 4305 | typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; |
| 4306 | |
| 4307 | /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables |
| 4308 | /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. |
| 4309 | void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, |
| 4310 | ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, |
| 4311 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4312 | |
| 4313 | /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method |
| 4314 | /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. |
| 4315 | void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4316 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
| 4317 | bool IncompleteImpl = false); |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties |
| 4320 | /// which must be implemented by this implementation. |
| 4321 | void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4322 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
| 4323 | bool SynthesizeProperties); |
| 4324 | |
| 4325 | /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters. |
| 4326 | void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl); |
| 4327 | |
| 4328 | /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all |
| 4329 | /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. |
| 4330 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl *IMPDecl, |
| 4331 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
| 4332 | SourceLocation AtEnd); |
| 4333 | void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D, SourceLocation AtEnd); |
| 4334 | |
| 4335 | /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is |
| 4336 | /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor |
| 4337 | /// declared in class 'IFace'. |
| 4338 | bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, |
| 4339 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
| 4340 | |
| 4341 | /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which |
| 4342 | /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor. |
| 4343 | void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S, |
| 4344 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD); |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and |
| 4347 | /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL. |
| 4348 | /// It also returns ivar's property on success. |
| 4349 | ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4350 | const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const; |
| 4351 | |
| 4352 | /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in |
| 4353 | /// class extensions. |
| 4354 | ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, |
| 4355 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 4356 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4357 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
| 4358 | Selector GetterSel, |
| 4359 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
| 4360 | Selector SetterSel, |
| 4361 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
| 4362 | const bool isReadWrite, |
| 4363 | unsigned &Attributes, |
| 4364 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
| 4365 | QualType T, |
| 4366 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 4367 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); |
| 4368 | |
| 4369 | /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to |
| 4370 | /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. |
| 4371 | ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, |
| 4372 | ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, |
| 4373 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 4374 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4375 | FieldDeclarator &FD, |
| 4376 | Selector GetterSel, |
| 4377 | SourceLocation GetterNameLoc, |
| 4378 | Selector SetterSel, |
| 4379 | SourceLocation SetterNameLoc, |
| 4380 | const bool isReadWrite, |
| 4381 | const unsigned Attributes, |
| 4382 | const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, |
| 4383 | QualType T, |
| 4384 | TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 4385 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 4386 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via |
| 4389 | /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared |
| 4390 | /// setter or getter. |
| 4391 | void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4392 | ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl); |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 | void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides( |
| 4397 | const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD, |
| 4398 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD); |
| 4399 | |
| 4400 | void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | enum MethodMatchStrategy { |
| 4403 | MMS_loose, |
| 4404 | MMS_strict |
| 4405 | }; |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns |
| 4408 | /// true, or false, accordingly. |
| 4409 | bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 4410 | const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, |
| 4411 | MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); |
| 4412 | |
| 4413 | /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or |
| 4414 | /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. |
| 4415 | void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, |
| 4416 | const SelectorSet &ClsMap, |
| 4417 | SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, |
| 4418 | SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, |
| 4419 | ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, |
| 4420 | ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, |
| 4421 | bool &IncompleteImpl, |
| 4422 | bool ImmediateClass, |
| 4423 | bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); |
| 4424 | |
| 4425 | /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in |
| 4426 | /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and |
| 4427 | /// warns each time an exact match is found. |
| 4428 | void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); |
| 4429 | |
| 4430 | /// Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. |
| 4431 | void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | /// Returns default addr space for method qualifiers. |
| 4434 | LangAS getDefaultCXXMethodAddrSpace() const; |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | private: |
| 4437 | /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global |
| 4438 | /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. |
| 4439 | void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and |
| 4442 | /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. |
| 4443 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4444 | bool receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4445 | bool instance); |
| 4446 | |
| 4447 | public: |
| 4448 | /// - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for |
| 4449 | /// given selector. It checks the desired kind first, if none is found, and |
| 4450 | /// parameter checkTheOther is set, it then checks the other kind. If no such |
| 4451 | /// method or only one method is found, function returns false; otherwise, it |
| 4452 | /// returns true. |
| 4453 | bool |
| 4454 | CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, |
| 4455 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods, |
| 4456 | bool InstanceFirst, bool CheckTheOther, |
| 4457 | const ObjCObjectType *TypeBound = nullptr); |
| 4458 | |
| 4459 | bool |
| 4460 | AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod, |
| 4461 | SourceRange R, bool receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4462 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
| 4463 | |
| 4464 | void |
| 4465 | DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods, |
| 4466 | Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4467 | bool receiverIdOrClass); |
| 4468 | |
| 4469 | private: |
| 4470 | /// - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or |
| 4471 | /// nullptr if none could be found |
| 4472 | ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, |
| 4473 | bool IsInstance, |
| 4474 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods); |
| 4475 | |
| 4476 | |
| 4477 | /// Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction. |
| 4478 | TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc, |
| 4479 | bool RecordFailure = true) { |
| 4480 | if (RecordFailure) |
| 4481 | TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc); |
| 4482 | return TypoCorrection(); |
| 4483 | } |
| 4484 | |
| 4485 | public: |
| 4486 | /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation |
| 4487 | /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate |
| 4488 | /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking |
| 4489 | /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). |
| 4490 | void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
| 4491 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); |
| 4492 | } |
| 4493 | |
| 4494 | /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. |
| 4495 | void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { |
| 4496 | AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); |
| 4497 | } |
| 4498 | |
| 4499 | /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global |
| 4500 | /// pool. |
| 4501 | void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); |
| 4502 | |
| 4503 | /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
| 4504 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
| 4505 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4506 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
| 4507 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4508 | /*instance*/true); |
| 4509 | } |
| 4510 | |
| 4511 | /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if |
| 4512 | /// there are multiple signatures. |
| 4513 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, |
| 4514 | bool receiverIdOrClass=false) { |
| 4515 | return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, |
| 4516 | /*instance*/false); |
| 4517 | } |
| 4518 | |
| 4519 | const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel, |
| 4520 | QualType ObjectType=QualType()); |
| 4521 | /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an |
| 4522 | /// implementation. |
| 4523 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require |
| 4526 | /// initialization. |
| 4527 | void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, |
| 4528 | SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); |
| 4529 | |
| 4530 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4531 | // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. |
| 4532 | public: |
| 4533 | class FullExprArg { |
| 4534 | public: |
| 4535 | FullExprArg() : E(nullptr) { } |
| 4536 | FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { } |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 | ExprResult release() { |
| 4539 | return E; |
| 4540 | } |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | Expr *get() const { return E; } |
| 4543 | |
| 4544 | Expr *operator->() { |
| 4545 | return E; |
| 4546 | } |
| 4547 | |
| 4548 | private: |
| 4549 | // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just |
| 4550 | // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. |
| 4551 | friend class Sema; |
| 4552 | |
| 4553 | explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} |
| 4554 | |
| 4555 | Expr *E; |
| 4556 | }; |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
| 4559 | return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); |
| 4560 | } |
| 4561 | FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { |
| 4562 | return FullExprArg( |
| 4563 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC, /*DiscardedValue*/ false).get()); |
| 4564 | } |
| 4565 | FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { |
| 4566 | ExprResult FE = |
| 4567 | ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), |
| 4568 | /*DiscardedValue*/ true); |
| 4569 | return FullExprArg(FE.get()); |
| 4570 | } |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg, bool DiscardedValue = true); |
| 4573 | StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); |
| 4574 | |
| 4575 | StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, |
| 4576 | bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(bool IsStmtExpr); |
| 4579 | void ActOnAfterCompoundStatementLeadingPragmas(); |
| 4580 | void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
| 4581 | StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, |
| 4582 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr); |
| 4583 | |
| 4584 | /// A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. |
| 4585 | class CompoundScopeRAII { |
| 4586 | public: |
| 4587 | CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S, bool IsStmtExpr = false) : S(S) { |
| 4588 | S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(IsStmtExpr); |
| 4589 | } |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | ~CompoundScopeRAII() { |
| 4592 | S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); |
| 4593 | } |
| 4594 | |
| 4595 | private: |
| 4596 | Sema &S; |
| 4597 | }; |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit. |
| 4600 | struct FunctionScopeRAII { |
| 4601 | Sema &S; |
| 4602 | bool Active; |
| 4603 | FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {} |
| 4604 | ~FunctionScopeRAII() { |
| 4605 | if (Active) |
| 4606 | S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); |
| 4607 | } |
| 4608 | void disable() { Active = false; } |
| 4609 | }; |
| 4610 | |
| 4611 | StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, |
| 4612 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 4613 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4614 | void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); |
| 4615 | StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); |
| 4616 | ExprResult ActOnCaseExpr(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult Val); |
| 4617 | StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, ExprResult LHS, |
| 4618 | SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, ExprResult RHS, |
| 4619 | SourceLocation ColonLoc); |
| 4620 | void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4621 | |
| 4622 | StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 4623 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 4624 | Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4625 | StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, |
| 4626 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4627 | |
| 4628 | StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, |
| 4629 | ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, |
| 4630 | Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 4631 | |
| 4632 | class ConditionResult; |
| 4633 | StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
| 4634 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4635 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4636 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
| 4637 | StmtResult BuildIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, bool IsConstexpr, |
| 4638 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4639 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4640 | Stmt *ThenVal, SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); |
| 4641 | StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
| 4642 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4643 | ConditionResult Cond, |
| 4644 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4645 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, |
| 4646 | Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); |
| 4647 | StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4648 | ConditionResult Cond, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4649 | Stmt *Body); |
| 4650 | StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 4651 | SourceLocation WhileLoc, SourceLocation CondLParen, |
| 4652 | Expr *Cond, SourceLocation CondRParen); |
| 4653 | |
| 4654 | StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 4655 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 4656 | Stmt *First, |
| 4657 | ConditionResult Second, |
| 4658 | FullExprArg Third, |
| 4659 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4660 | Stmt *Body); |
| 4661 | ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, |
| 4662 | Expr *collection); |
| 4663 | StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, |
| 4664 | Stmt *First, Expr *collection, |
| 4665 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4666 | StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); |
| 4667 | |
| 4668 | enum BuildForRangeKind { |
| 4669 | /// Initial building of a for-range statement. |
| 4670 | BFRK_Build, |
| 4671 | /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't |
| 4672 | /// attempt any typo-correction. |
| 4673 | BFRK_Rebuild, |
| 4674 | /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any |
| 4675 | /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. |
| 4676 | BFRK_Check |
| 4677 | }; |
| 4678 | |
| 4679 | StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 4680 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
| 4681 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4682 | Stmt *LoopVar, |
| 4683 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, |
| 4684 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4685 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
| 4686 | StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, |
| 4687 | SourceLocation CoawaitLoc, |
| 4688 | Stmt *InitStmt, |
| 4689 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 4690 | Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *Begin, Stmt *End, |
| 4691 | Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, |
| 4692 | Stmt *LoopVarDecl, |
| 4693 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 4694 | BuildForRangeKind Kind); |
| 4695 | StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); |
| 4696 | |
| 4697 | StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
| 4698 | SourceLocation LabelLoc, |
| 4699 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
| 4700 | StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, |
| 4701 | SourceLocation StarLoc, |
| 4702 | Expr *DestExp); |
| 4703 | StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4704 | StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 4707 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); |
| 4708 | typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType; |
| 4709 | void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 4710 | CapturedRegionKind Kind, |
| 4711 | ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params, |
| 4712 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel = 0); |
| 4713 | StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); |
| 4714 | void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); |
| 4715 | RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, |
| 4716 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4717 | unsigned NumParams); |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 | enum CopyElisionSemanticsKind { |
| 4720 | CES_Strict = 0, |
| 4721 | CES_AllowParameters = 1, |
| 4722 | CES_AllowDifferentTypes = 2, |
| 4723 | CES_AllowExceptionVariables = 4, |
| 4724 | CES_FormerDefault = (CES_AllowParameters), |
| 4725 | CES_Default = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes), |
| 4726 | CES_AsIfByStdMove = (CES_AllowParameters | CES_AllowDifferentTypes | |
| 4727 | CES_AllowExceptionVariables), |
| 4728 | }; |
| 4729 | |
| 4730 | VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, |
| 4731 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
| 4732 | bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD, |
| 4733 | CopyElisionSemanticsKind CESK); |
| 4734 | |
| 4735 | StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp, |
| 4736 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 4737 | StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
| 4738 | StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); |
| 4739 | |
| 4740 | StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, |
| 4741 | bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, |
| 4742 | unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, |
| 4743 | MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 4744 | Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, |
| 4745 | unsigned NumLabels, |
| 4746 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 4747 | |
| 4748 | void FillInlineAsmIdentifierInfo(Expr *Res, |
| 4749 | llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info); |
| 4750 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 4751 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 4752 | UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 4753 | bool IsUnevaluatedContext); |
| 4754 | bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, |
| 4755 | unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
| 4756 | ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member, |
| 4757 | SourceLocation AsmLoc); |
| 4758 | StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 4759 | ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, |
| 4760 | StringRef AsmString, |
| 4761 | unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, |
| 4762 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, |
| 4763 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, |
| 4764 | ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, |
| 4765 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 4766 | LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName, |
| 4767 | SourceLocation Location, |
| 4768 | bool AlwaysCreate); |
| 4769 | |
| 4770 | VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, |
| 4771 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 4772 | SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 4773 | bool Invalid = false); |
| 4774 | |
| 4775 | Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 4776 | |
| 4777 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, |
| 4778 | Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
| 4781 | |
| 4782 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, |
| 4783 | MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); |
| 4784 | |
| 4785 | StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); |
| 4786 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, |
| 4787 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 4788 | ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, |
| 4789 | Expr *operand); |
| 4790 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 4791 | Expr *SynchExpr, |
| 4792 | Stmt *SynchBody); |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); |
| 4795 | |
| 4796 | VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 4797 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 4798 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 4799 | IdentifierInfo *Id); |
| 4800 | |
| 4801 | Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, |
| 4804 | Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); |
| 4805 | StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
| 4806 | ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers); |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? |
| 4809 | SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, |
| 4810 | Stmt *Handler); |
| 4811 | StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4812 | Expr *FilterExpr, |
| 4813 | Stmt *Block); |
| 4814 | void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock(); |
| 4815 | void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock(); |
| 4816 | StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block); |
| 4817 | StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); |
| 4820 | |
| 4821 | bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; |
| 4822 | |
| 4823 | /// If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track |
| 4824 | /// of it. |
| 4825 | void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 | /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression |
| 4828 | /// whose result is unused, warn. |
| 4829 | void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); |
| 4830 | void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D); |
| 4831 | void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 | /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null |
| 4834 | /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. |
| 4835 | /// |
| 4836 | /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: |
| 4837 | /// if (condition); |
| 4838 | /// do_stuff(); |
| 4839 | void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 4840 | const Stmt *Body, |
| 4841 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by |
| 4844 | /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. |
| 4845 | void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, |
| 4846 | const Stmt *PossibleBody); |
| 4847 | |
| 4848 | /// Warn if a value is moved to itself. |
| 4849 | void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr, |
| 4850 | SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | /// Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a |
| 4853 | /// _Nonnull one. |
| 4854 | void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 4855 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4856 | |
| 4857 | /// Warn when implicitly casting 0 to nullptr. |
| 4858 | void diagnoseZeroToNullptrConversion(CastKind Kind, const Expr *E); |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { |
| 4861 | return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); |
| 4862 | } |
| 4863 | void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); |
| 4864 | |
| 4865 | typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; |
| 4866 | ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { |
| 4867 | ParsingClassDepth++; |
| 4868 | return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); |
| 4869 | } |
| 4870 | void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { |
| 4871 | ParsingClassDepth--; |
| 4872 | DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); |
| 4873 | } |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 | void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); |
| 4876 | |
| 4877 | void DiagnoseAvailabilityOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
| 4878 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, |
| 4879 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess, |
| 4880 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
| 4881 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReceiver = nullptr); |
| 4882 | |
| 4883 | bool (SourceLocation loc, |
| 4884 | UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason); |
| 4885 | |
| 4886 | /// Issue any -Wunguarded-availability warnings in \c FD |
| 4887 | void DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(Decl *FD); |
| 4888 | |
| 4889 | void handleDelayedAvailabilityCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
| 4890 | |
| 4891 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 4892 | // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. |
| 4893 | |
| 4894 | bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D, bool TreatUnavailableAsInvalid); |
| 4895 | bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<SourceLocation> Locs, |
| 4896 | const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass = nullptr, |
| 4897 | bool ObjCPropertyAccess = false, |
| 4898 | bool AvoidPartialAvailabilityChecks = false, |
| 4899 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassReciever = nullptr); |
| 4900 | void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 4901 | void NoteDeletedInheritingConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
| 4902 | bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, |
| 4903 | ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, |
| 4904 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 4905 | void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4906 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
| 4907 | |
| 4908 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 4909 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
| 4910 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
| 4911 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
| 4912 | enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; |
| 4913 | void PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 4914 | ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
| 4915 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind Type = |
| 4916 | ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other); |
| 4917 | void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); |
| 4922 | ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | ExprResult CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E); |
| 4925 | void CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Expr *E); |
| 4926 | |
| 4927 | ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 | // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also |
| 4930 | // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or |
| 4931 | // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants |
| 4932 | // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking |
| 4933 | // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the |
| 4934 | // named expressions. |
| 4935 | // |
| 4936 | // MightBeOdrUse indicates whether the use could possibly be an odr-use, and |
| 4937 | // should usually be true. This only needs to be set to false if the lack of |
| 4938 | // odr-use cannot be determined from the current context (for instance, |
| 4939 | // because the name denotes a virtual function and was written without an |
| 4940 | // explicit nested-name-specifier). |
| 4941 | void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool MightBeOdrUse); |
| 4942 | void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func, |
| 4943 | bool MightBeOdrUse = true); |
| 4944 | void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); |
| 4945 | void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E, const Expr *Base = nullptr); |
| 4946 | void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); |
| 4947 | void MarkFunctionParmPackReferenced(FunctionParmPackExpr *E); |
| 4948 | void MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(VarDecl *Capture, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4949 | unsigned CapturingScopeIndex); |
| 4950 | |
| 4951 | ExprResult CheckLValueToRValueConversionOperand(Expr *E); |
| 4952 | void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); |
| 4953 | |
| 4954 | enum TryCaptureKind { |
| 4955 | TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef |
| 4956 | }; |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
| 4959 | /// |
| 4960 | /// \param Var The variable to capture. |
| 4961 | /// |
| 4962 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. |
| 4963 | /// |
| 4964 | /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a |
| 4965 | /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). |
| 4966 | /// |
| 4967 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in |
| 4968 | /// an explicit lambda capture. |
| 4969 | /// |
| 4970 | /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the |
| 4971 | /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether |
| 4972 | /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining |
| 4973 | /// if the variable cannot be captured. |
| 4974 | /// |
| 4975 | /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture |
| 4976 | /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the |
| 4977 | /// variable can be captured. |
| 4978 | /// |
| 4979 | /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture |
| 4980 | /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be |
| 4981 | /// captured. |
| 4982 | /// |
| 4983 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
| 4984 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
| 4985 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
| 4986 | /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
| 4987 | /// a nested generic lambda. |
| 4988 | /// |
| 4989 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be |
| 4990 | /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. |
| 4991 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, |
| 4992 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, |
| 4993 | QualType &CaptureType, |
| 4994 | QualType &DeclRefType, |
| 4995 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt); |
| 4996 | |
| 4997 | /// Try to capture the given variable. |
| 4998 | bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 4999 | TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, |
| 5000 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 | /// Checks if the variable must be captured. |
| 5003 | bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | /// Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that |
| 5006 | /// variable will have in the given scope. |
| 5007 | QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5008 | |
| 5009 | /// Mark all of the declarations referenced within a particular AST node as |
| 5010 | /// referenced. Used when template instantiation instantiates a non-dependent |
| 5011 | /// type -- entities referenced by the type are now referenced. |
| 5012 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 5013 | void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, |
| 5014 | bool SkipLocalVariables = false); |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | /// Try to recover by turning the given expression into a |
| 5017 | /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was |
| 5018 | /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. |
| 5019 | bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 5020 | bool ForceComplain = false, |
| 5021 | bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr); |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | /// Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. |
| 5024 | bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, |
| 5025 | UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); |
| 5026 | |
| 5027 | /// Try to convert an expression \p E to type \p Ty. Returns the result of the |
| 5028 | /// conversion. |
| 5029 | ExprResult tryConvertExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Ty); |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | /// Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current |
| 5032 | /// evaluation context. |
| 5033 | /// |
| 5034 | /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the |
| 5035 | /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic |
| 5036 | /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. |
| 5037 | /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. |
| 5038 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, |
| 5039 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
| 5040 | /// Similar, but diagnostic is only produced if all the specified statements |
| 5041 | /// are reachable. |
| 5042 | bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<const Stmt*> Stmts, |
| 5043 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD); |
| 5044 | |
| 5045 | // Primary Expressions. |
| 5046 | SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; |
| 5047 | |
| 5048 | ExprResult ActOnIdExpression( |
| 5049 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5050 | UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, |
| 5051 | CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = nullptr, |
| 5052 | bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr); |
| 5053 | |
| 5054 | void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, |
| 5055 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, |
| 5056 | DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5057 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | bool DiagnoseDependentMemberLookup(LookupResult &R); |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | bool |
| 5062 | DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, |
| 5063 | CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, |
| 5064 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 5065 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr); |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 | DeclResult LookupIvarInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S, |
| 5068 | IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 5069 | ExprResult BuildIvarRefExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); |
| 5070 | |
| 5071 | ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, |
| 5072 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 5073 | bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); |
| 5074 | |
| 5075 | ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5076 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5077 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5078 | bool isAddressOfOperand, |
| 5079 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 5080 | |
| 5081 | /// If \p D cannot be odr-used in the current expression evaluation context, |
| 5082 | /// return a reason explaining why. Otherwise, return NOUR_None. |
| 5083 | NonOdrUseReason getNonOdrUseReasonInCurrentContext(ValueDecl *D); |
| 5084 | |
| 5085 | DeclRefExpr *BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 5086 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5087 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
| 5088 | DeclRefExpr * |
| 5089 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 5090 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5091 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr, |
| 5092 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 5093 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 5094 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5095 | DeclRefExpr * |
| 5096 | BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 5097 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5098 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
| 5099 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 5100 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 5101 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 | ExprResult |
| 5104 | BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference( |
| 5105 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5106 | SourceLocation nameLoc, |
| 5107 | IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, |
| 5108 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none), |
| 5109 | Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr, |
| 5110 | SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( |
| 5113 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, LookupResult &R, |
| 5114 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, const Scope *S, |
| 5115 | UnresolvedLookupExpr *AsULE = nullptr); |
| 5116 | ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5117 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5118 | LookupResult &R, |
| 5119 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 5120 | bool IsDefiniteInstance, |
| 5121 | const Scope *S); |
| 5122 | bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5123 | const LookupResult &R, |
| 5124 | bool HasTrailingLParen); |
| 5125 | |
| 5126 | ExprResult |
| 5127 | BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5128 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5129 | bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S, |
| 5130 | TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr); |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5133 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5134 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5135 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 5136 | |
| 5137 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5138 | LookupResult &R, |
| 5139 | bool NeedsADL, |
| 5140 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
| 5141 | ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr( |
| 5142 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D, |
| 5143 | NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr, |
| 5144 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr, |
| 5145 | bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false); |
| 5146 | |
| 5147 | ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, |
| 5148 | DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, |
| 5149 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5150 | SourceLocation LitEndLoc, |
| 5151 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5154 | PredefinedExpr::IdentKind IK); |
| 5155 | ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 5156 | ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 5161 | ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, |
| 5162 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 5163 | ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); |
| 5164 | ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, |
| 5165 | SourceLocation R, |
| 5166 | MultiExprArg Val); |
| 5167 | |
| 5168 | /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string |
| 5169 | /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). |
| 5170 | ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks, |
| 5171 | Scope *UDLScope = nullptr); |
| 5172 | |
| 5173 | ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 5174 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 5175 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5176 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
| 5177 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes, |
| 5178 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs); |
| 5179 | ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 5180 | SourceLocation DefaultLoc, |
| 5181 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5182 | Expr *ControllingExpr, |
| 5183 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types, |
| 5184 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs); |
| 5185 | |
| 5186 | // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. |
| 5187 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 5188 | Expr *InputExpr); |
| 5189 | ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5190 | UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); |
| 5191 | ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5192 | tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 | bool isQualifiedMemberAccess(Expr *E); |
| 5195 | QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc); |
| 5196 | |
| 5197 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5198 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5199 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
| 5200 | SourceRange R); |
| 5201 | ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5202 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 5203 | ExprResult |
| 5204 | ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5205 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, |
| 5206 | bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, |
| 5207 | SourceRange ArgRange); |
| 5208 | |
| 5209 | ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); |
| 5210 | bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); |
| 5211 | |
| 5212 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 5213 | bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5214 | SourceRange ExprRange, |
| 5215 | UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); |
| 5216 | ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, |
| 5217 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5218 | IdentifierInfo &Name, |
| 5219 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5220 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5221 | ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5222 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); |
| 5223 | |
| 5224 | ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 5225 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
| 5226 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, |
| 5227 | Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); |
| 5228 | |
| 5229 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinMatrixSubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, Expr *RowIdx, |
| 5230 | Expr *ColumnIdx, |
| 5231 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
| 5232 | |
| 5233 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc, |
| 5234 | Expr *LowerBound, |
| 5235 | SourceLocation ColonLocFirst, |
| 5236 | SourceLocation ColonLocSecond, |
| 5237 | Expr *Length, Expr *Stride, |
| 5238 | SourceLocation RBLoc); |
| 5239 | ExprResult ActOnOMPArrayShapingExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5240 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5241 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Dims, |
| 5242 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> Brackets); |
| 5243 | |
| 5244 | /// Data structure for iterator expression. |
| 5245 | struct OMPIteratorData { |
| 5246 | IdentifierInfo *DeclIdent = nullptr; |
| 5247 | SourceLocation DeclIdentLoc; |
| 5248 | ParsedType Type; |
| 5249 | OMPIteratorExpr::IteratorRange Range; |
| 5250 | SourceLocation AssignLoc; |
| 5251 | SourceLocation ColonLoc; |
| 5252 | SourceLocation SecColonLoc; |
| 5253 | }; |
| 5254 | |
| 5255 | ExprResult ActOnOMPIteratorExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation IteratorKwLoc, |
| 5256 | SourceLocation LLoc, SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 5257 | ArrayRef<OMPIteratorData> Data); |
| 5258 | |
| 5259 | // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow |
| 5260 | // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after |
| 5261 | // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the |
| 5262 | // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class |
| 5263 | // defines a custom operator->). |
| 5264 | struct { |
| 5265 | Scope *; |
| 5266 | UnqualifiedId &; |
| 5267 | Decl *; |
| 5268 | }; |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr( |
| 5271 | Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 5272 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5273 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5274 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 5275 | const Scope *S, |
| 5276 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs * = nullptr); |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | ExprResult |
| 5279 | BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5280 | bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5281 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5282 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R, |
| 5283 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 5284 | const Scope *S, |
| 5285 | bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, |
| 5286 | ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs * = nullptr); |
| 5287 | |
| 5288 | ExprResult BuildFieldReferenceExpr(Expr *BaseExpr, bool IsArrow, |
| 5289 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5290 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, FieldDecl *Field, |
| 5291 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 5292 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo); |
| 5293 | |
| 5294 | ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 | bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, |
| 5297 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5298 | const LookupResult &R); |
| 5299 | |
| 5300 | ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, |
| 5301 | bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5302 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5303 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5304 | NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, |
| 5305 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5306 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 5307 | |
| 5308 | ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 5309 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5310 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 5311 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5312 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5313 | UnqualifiedId &Member, |
| 5314 | Decl *ObjCImpDecl); |
| 5315 | |
| 5316 | MemberExpr * |
| 5317 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5318 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5319 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 5320 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 5321 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
| 5322 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
| 5323 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5324 | MemberExpr * |
| 5325 | BuildMemberExpr(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5326 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 5327 | ValueDecl *Member, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 5328 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 5329 | const DeclarationNameInfo &MemberNameInfo, QualType Ty, |
| 5330 | ExprValueKind VK, ExprObjectKind OK, |
| 5331 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr); |
| 5332 | |
| 5333 | void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); |
| 5334 | bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, |
| 5335 | FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 5336 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 5337 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 5338 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5339 | bool ExecConfig = false); |
| 5340 | void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 5341 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 5342 | const Expr *ArgExpr); |
| 5343 | |
| 5344 | /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. |
| 5345 | /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma |
| 5346 | /// locations. |
| 5347 | ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5348 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5349 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr); |
| 5350 | ExprResult BuildCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5351 | MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5352 | Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr, |
| 5353 | bool IsExecConfig = false, |
| 5354 | bool AllowRecovery = false); |
| 5355 | enum class AtomicArgumentOrder { API, AST }; |
| 5356 | ExprResult |
| 5357 | BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange, |
| 5358 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args, |
| 5359 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op, |
| 5360 | AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder = AtomicArgumentOrder::API); |
| 5361 | ExprResult |
| 5362 | BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5363 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5364 | Expr *Config = nullptr, bool IsExecConfig = false, |
| 5365 | ADLCallKind UsesADL = ADLCallKind::NotADL); |
| 5366 | |
| 5367 | ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, |
| 5368 | MultiExprArg ExecConfig, |
| 5369 | SourceLocation GGGLoc); |
| 5370 | |
| 5371 | ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5372 | Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, |
| 5373 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); |
| 5374 | ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5375 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| 5376 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5377 | Expr *Op); |
| 5378 | CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); |
| 5379 | |
| 5380 | /// Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. |
| 5381 | ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5382 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, |
| 5383 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); |
| 5386 | |
| 5387 | ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5388 | ParsedType Ty, |
| 5389 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5390 | Expr *InitExpr); |
| 5391 | |
| 5392 | ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 5393 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5394 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 5395 | Expr *LiteralExpr); |
| 5396 | |
| 5397 | ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 5398 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
| 5399 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 5400 | |
| 5401 | ExprResult BuildInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, |
| 5402 | MultiExprArg InitArgList, |
| 5403 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 5404 | |
| 5405 | ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, |
| 5406 | SourceLocation EqualOrColonLoc, |
| 5407 | bool GNUSyntax, |
| 5408 | ExprResult Init); |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | private: |
| 5411 | static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 5412 | |
| 5413 | public: |
| 5414 | ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, |
| 5415 | tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5416 | ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 5417 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5418 | ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 5419 | Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5420 | void LookupBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, |
| 5421 | UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); |
| 5422 | |
| 5423 | void DiagnoseCommaOperator(const Expr *LHS, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null |
| 5426 | /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. |
| 5427 | ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, |
| 5428 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 5429 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". |
| 5432 | ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, |
| 5433 | LabelDecl *TheDecl); |
| 5434 | |
| 5435 | void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); |
| 5436 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
| 5437 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5438 | ExprResult BuildStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, |
| 5439 | SourceLocation RPLoc, unsigned TemplateDepth); |
| 5440 | // Handle the final expression in a statement expression. |
| 5441 | ExprResult ActOnStmtExprResult(ExprResult E); |
| 5442 | void ActOnStmtExprError(); |
| 5443 | |
| 5444 | // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) |
| 5445 | struct OffsetOfComponent { |
| 5446 | SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; |
| 5447 | bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident |
| 5448 | union { |
| 5449 | IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; |
| 5450 | Expr *E; |
| 5451 | } U; |
| 5452 | }; |
| 5453 | |
| 5454 | /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) |
| 5455 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5456 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 5457 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
| 5458 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5459 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, |
| 5460 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5461 | SourceLocation TypeLoc, |
| 5462 | ParsedType ParsedArgTy, |
| 5463 | ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components, |
| 5464 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5465 | |
| 5466 | // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) |
| 5467 | ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5468 | Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, |
| 5469 | Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5470 | |
| 5471 | // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) |
| 5472 | ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, |
| 5473 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5474 | ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, |
| 5475 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5476 | |
| 5477 | // __builtin_LINE(), __builtin_FUNCTION(), __builtin_FILE(), |
| 5478 | // __builtin_COLUMN() |
| 5479 | ExprResult ActOnSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
| 5480 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5481 | SourceLocation RPLoc); |
| 5482 | |
| 5483 | // Build a potentially resolved SourceLocExpr. |
| 5484 | ExprResult BuildSourceLocExpr(SourceLocExpr::IdentKind Kind, |
| 5485 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, SourceLocation RPLoc, |
| 5486 | DeclContext *ParentContext); |
| 5487 | |
| 5488 | // __null |
| 5489 | ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); |
| 5490 | |
| 5491 | bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 | /// Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. |
| 5494 | enum IfExistsResult { |
| 5495 | /// The symbol exists. |
| 5496 | IER_Exists, |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | /// The symbol does not exist. |
| 5499 | IER_DoesNotExist, |
| 5500 | |
| 5501 | /// The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ |
| 5502 | /// from one instantiation to the next. |
| 5503 | IER_Dependent, |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | /// An error occurred. |
| 5506 | IER_Error |
| 5507 | }; |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 | IfExistsResult |
| 5510 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5511 | const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | IfExistsResult |
| 5514 | CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 5515 | bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5516 | UnqualifiedId &Name); |
| 5517 | |
| 5518 | StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 5519 | bool IsIfExists, |
| 5520 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 5521 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
| 5522 | Stmt *Nested); |
| 5523 | StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 5524 | bool IsIfExists, |
| 5525 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 5526 | Stmt *Nested); |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// |
| 5529 | |
| 5530 | /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is |
| 5531 | /// started. |
| 5532 | void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 5533 | |
| 5534 | /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. |
| 5535 | /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. |
| 5536 | void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, |
| 5537 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 5538 | |
| 5539 | /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback |
| 5540 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. |
| 5541 | void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 | /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement |
| 5544 | /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} |
| 5545 | ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 5546 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 5547 | |
| 5548 | //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===// |
| 5549 | |
| 5550 | /// __builtin_convertvector(...) |
| 5551 | ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
| 5552 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5553 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5554 | |
| 5555 | //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | /// __builtin_astype(...) |
| 5558 | ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, |
| 5559 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 5560 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 | //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | // Act on C++ namespaces |
| 5565 | Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, |
| 5566 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
| 5567 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, IdentifierInfo *Ident, |
| 5568 | SourceLocation LBrace, |
| 5569 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
| 5570 | UsingDirectiveDecl *&UsingDecl); |
| 5571 | void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); |
| 5572 | |
| 5573 | NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; |
| 5574 | NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | NamespaceDecl *lookupStdExperimentalNamespace(); |
| 5577 | |
| 5578 | CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; |
| 5579 | EnumDecl *getStdAlignValT() const; |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | private: |
| 5582 | // A cache representing if we've fully checked the various comparison category |
| 5583 | // types stored in ASTContext. The bit-index corresponds to the integer value |
| 5584 | // of a ComparisonCategoryType enumerator. |
| 5585 | llvm::SmallBitVector FullyCheckedComparisonCategories; |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | ValueDecl *tryLookupCtorInitMemberDecl(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 5588 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5589 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 5590 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase); |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | public: |
| 5593 | enum class ComparisonCategoryUsage { |
| 5594 | /// The '<=>' operator was used in an expression and a builtin operator |
| 5595 | /// was selected. |
| 5596 | OperatorInExpression, |
| 5597 | /// A defaulted 'operator<=>' needed the comparison category. This |
| 5598 | /// typically only applies to 'std::strong_ordering', due to the implicit |
| 5599 | /// fallback return value. |
| 5600 | DefaultedOperator, |
| 5601 | }; |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 | /// Lookup the specified comparison category types in the standard |
| 5604 | /// library, an check the VarDecls possibly returned by the operator<=> |
| 5605 | /// builtins for that type. |
| 5606 | /// |
| 5607 | /// \return The type of the comparison category type corresponding to the |
| 5608 | /// specified Kind, or a null type if an error occurs |
| 5609 | QualType CheckComparisonCategoryType(ComparisonCategoryType Kind, |
| 5610 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5611 | ComparisonCategoryUsage Usage); |
| 5612 | |
| 5613 | /// Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if |
| 5614 | /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. |
| 5615 | bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | /// Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it |
| 5618 | /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. |
| 5619 | /// |
| 5620 | /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. |
| 5621 | QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 5622 | |
| 5623 | /// Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as |
| 5624 | /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. |
| 5625 | bool isInitListConstructor(const FunctionDecl *Ctor); |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5628 | SourceLocation NamespcLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5629 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 5630 | IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, |
| 5631 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 | void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, |
| 5636 | SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, |
| 5637 | SourceLocation AliasLoc, |
| 5638 | IdentifierInfo *Alias, |
| 5639 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5640 | SourceLocation IdentLoc, |
| 5641 | IdentifierInfo *Ident); |
| 5642 | |
| 5643 | void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); |
| 5644 | bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, |
| 5645 | const LookupResult &PreviousDecls, |
| 5646 | UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow); |
| 5647 | UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, |
| 5648 | NamedDecl *Target, |
| 5649 | UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl); |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5652 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, |
| 5653 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5654 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5655 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 5656 | bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5657 | bool HasTypename, |
| 5658 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5659 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 5660 | SourceLocation NameLoc); |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration( |
| 5663 | Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5664 | bool HasTypenameKeyword, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5665 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 5666 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, bool IsInstantiation); |
| 5667 | NamedDecl *BuildUsingPackDecl(NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom, |
| 5668 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Expansions); |
| 5669 | |
| 5670 | bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); |
| 5671 | |
| 5672 | /// Given a derived-class using shadow declaration for a constructor and the |
| 5673 | /// correspnding base class constructor, find or create the implicit |
| 5674 | /// synthesized derived class constructor to use for this initialization. |
| 5675 | CXXConstructorDecl * |
| 5676 | findInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor, |
| 5677 | ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *DerivedShadow); |
| 5678 | |
| 5679 | Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 5680 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, |
| 5681 | SourceLocation TypenameLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5682 | UnqualifiedId &Name, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 5683 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 5684 | Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 5685 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, |
| 5686 | SourceLocation UsingLoc, UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 5687 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, |
| 5688 | TypeResult Type, Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec); |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 | /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, |
| 5691 | /// including handling of its default argument expressions. |
| 5692 | /// |
| 5693 | /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind |
| 5694 | ExprResult |
| 5695 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 5696 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 5697 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 5698 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
| 5699 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
| 5700 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
| 5701 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | /// Build a CXXConstructExpr whose constructor has already been resolved if |
| 5704 | /// it denotes an inherited constructor. |
| 5705 | ExprResult |
| 5706 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 5707 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
| 5708 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 5709 | bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, |
| 5710 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, |
| 5711 | bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, |
| 5712 | SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if |
| 5715 | // the constructor can be elidable? |
| 5716 | ExprResult |
| 5717 | BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, |
| 5718 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 5719 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, |
| 5720 | MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, |
| 5721 | bool IsListInitialization, |
| 5722 | bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, |
| 5723 | unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field); |
| 5726 | |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | /// Instantiate or parse a C++ default argument expression as necessary. |
| 5729 | /// Return true on error. |
| 5730 | bool CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 5731 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 5732 | |
| 5733 | /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating |
| 5734 | /// the default expr if needed. |
| 5735 | ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, |
| 5736 | FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 5737 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 5738 | |
| 5739 | /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the |
| 5740 | /// constructed variable. |
| 5741 | void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); |
| 5742 | |
| 5743 | /// Helper class that collects exception specifications for |
| 5744 | /// implicitly-declared special member functions. |
| 5745 | class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { |
| 5746 | // Pointer to allow copying |
| 5747 | Sema *Self; |
| 5748 | // We order exception specifications thus: |
| 5749 | // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. |
| 5750 | // throw() comes next. |
| 5751 | // Then a throw(collected exceptions) |
| 5752 | // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). |
| 5753 | // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. |
| 5754 | ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; |
| 5755 | llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; |
| 5756 | SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 | void ClearExceptions() { |
| 5759 | ExceptionsSeen.clear(); |
| 5760 | Exceptions.clear(); |
| 5761 | } |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 | public: |
| 5764 | explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) |
| 5765 | : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { |
| 5766 | if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) |
| 5767 | ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; |
| 5768 | } |
| 5769 | |
| 5770 | /// Get the computed exception specification type. |
| 5771 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
| 5772 | assert(!isComputedNoexcept(ComputedEST) && |
| 5773 | "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result" ); |
| 5774 | return ComputedEST; |
| 5775 | } |
| 5776 | |
| 5777 | /// The number of exceptions in the exception specification. |
| 5778 | unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | /// The set of exceptions in the exception specification. |
| 5781 | const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 | /// Integrate another called method into the collected data. |
| 5784 | void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 | /// Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. |
| 5787 | void CalledExpr(Expr *E) { CalledStmt(E); } |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 | /// Integrate an invoked statement into the collected data. |
| 5790 | void CalledStmt(Stmt *S); |
| 5791 | |
| 5792 | /// Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this |
| 5793 | /// computed exception specification. |
| 5794 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const { |
| 5795 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI; |
| 5796 | ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
| 5797 | if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
| 5798 | ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions; |
| 5799 | } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) { |
| 5800 | /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: |
| 5801 | /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of |
| 5802 | /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" |
| 5803 | ESI.Type = EST_NoexceptFalse; |
| 5804 | ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), |
| 5805 | tok::kw_false).get(); |
| 5806 | } |
| 5807 | return ESI; |
| 5808 | } |
| 5809 | }; |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | /// Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted |
| 5812 | /// special member function. |
| 5813 | void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | /// Check the given noexcept-specifier, convert its expression, and compute |
| 5816 | /// the appropriate ExceptionSpecificationType. |
| 5817 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptSpec(SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
| 5818 | ExceptionSpecificationType &EST); |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | /// Check the given exception-specification and update the |
| 5821 | /// exception specification information with the results. |
| 5822 | void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel, |
| 5823 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
| 5824 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
| 5825 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
| 5826 | Expr *NoexceptExpr, |
| 5827 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, |
| 5828 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI); |
| 5829 | |
| 5830 | /// Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly |
| 5831 | /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug. |
| 5832 | bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D); |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | /// Add an exception-specification to the given member function |
| 5835 | /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed |
| 5836 | /// after the method itself was declared. |
| 5837 | void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method, |
| 5838 | ExceptionSpecificationType EST, |
| 5839 | SourceRange SpecificationRange, |
| 5840 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, |
| 5841 | ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, |
| 5842 | Expr *NoexceptExpr); |
| 5843 | |
| 5844 | class InheritedConstructorInfo; |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | /// Determine if a special member function should have a deleted |
| 5847 | /// definition when it is defaulted. |
| 5848 | bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 5849 | InheritedConstructorInfo *ICI = nullptr, |
| 5850 | bool Diagnose = false); |
| 5851 | |
| 5852 | /// Produce notes explaining why a defaulted function was defined as deleted. |
| 5853 | void DiagnoseDeletedDefaultedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 5854 | |
| 5855 | /// Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. |
| 5856 | /// |
| 5857 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5858 | /// default constructor will be added. |
| 5859 | /// |
| 5860 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. |
| 5861 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( |
| 5862 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5863 | |
| 5864 | /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5865 | /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. |
| 5866 | void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5867 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5868 | |
| 5869 | /// Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. |
| 5870 | /// |
| 5871 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5872 | /// destructor will be added. |
| 5873 | /// |
| 5874 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. |
| 5875 | CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5878 | /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. |
| 5879 | void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5880 | CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 5881 | |
| 5882 | /// Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. |
| 5883 | /// |
| 5884 | /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one |
| 5885 | /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. |
| 5886 | void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 5887 | |
| 5888 | /// Define the specified inheriting constructor. |
| 5889 | void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 5890 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 | /// Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. |
| 5893 | /// |
| 5894 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5895 | /// copy constructor will be added. |
| 5896 | /// |
| 5897 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. |
| 5898 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 | /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5901 | /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. |
| 5902 | void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5903 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | /// Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. |
| 5906 | /// |
| 5907 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5908 | /// move constructor will be added. |
| 5909 | /// |
| 5910 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't |
| 5911 | /// declared. |
| 5912 | CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5913 | |
| 5914 | /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of |
| 5915 | /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. |
| 5916 | void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5917 | CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 5918 | |
| 5919 | /// Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. |
| 5920 | /// |
| 5921 | /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5922 | /// copy assignment operator will be added. |
| 5923 | /// |
| 5924 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
| 5925 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. |
| 5928 | void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5929 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
| 5930 | |
| 5931 | /// Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. |
| 5932 | /// |
| 5933 | /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit |
| 5934 | /// move assignment operator will be added. |
| 5935 | /// |
| 5936 | /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it |
| 5937 | /// wasn't declared. |
| 5938 | CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 5939 | |
| 5940 | /// Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. |
| 5941 | void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 5942 | CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); |
| 5943 | |
| 5944 | /// Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this |
| 5945 | /// class. |
| 5946 | void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 5947 | |
| 5948 | /// Check a completed declaration of an implicit special member. |
| 5949 | void CheckImplicitSpecialMemberDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 | /// Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted |
| 5952 | /// special member function. |
| 5953 | bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member |
| 5956 | /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. |
| 5957 | /// |
| 5958 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
| 5959 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 | /// Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static |
| 5962 | /// member function. |
| 5963 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | /// Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given |
| 5966 | /// static member function. |
| 5967 | /// |
| 5968 | /// \returns true if an error occurred. |
| 5969 | bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with |
| 5972 | /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise |
| 5973 | /// it simply returns the passed in expression. |
| 5974 | ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); |
| 5975 | |
| 5976 | /// Wrap the expression in a ConstantExpr if it is a potential immediate |
| 5977 | /// invocation. |
| 5978 | ExprResult CheckForImmediateInvocation(ExprResult E, FunctionDecl *Decl); |
| 5979 | |
| 5980 | bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
| 5981 | MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, |
| 5982 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 5983 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, |
| 5984 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
| 5985 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 | ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5988 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5989 | IdentifierInfo &Name); |
| 5990 | |
| 5991 | ParsedType getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5992 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5993 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 5994 | ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 5995 | IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 5996 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 5997 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
| 5998 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 5999 | |
| 6000 | ParsedType getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6001 | ParsedType ObjectType); |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 | // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. |
| 6004 | void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, |
| 6005 | bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); |
| 6006 | |
| 6007 | /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse |
| 6008 | /// {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const,addrspace}_cast's. |
| 6009 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6010 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 6011 | SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, |
| 6012 | Declarator &D, |
| 6013 | SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, |
| 6014 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6015 | Expr *E, |
| 6016 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6017 | |
| 6018 | ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6019 | tok::TokenKind Kind, |
| 6020 | TypeSourceInfo *Ty, |
| 6021 | Expr *E, |
| 6022 | SourceRange AngleBrackets, |
| 6023 | SourceRange Parens); |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 | ExprResult ActOnBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, Declarator &Dcl, |
| 6026 | ExprResult Operand, |
| 6027 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6028 | |
| 6029 | ExprResult BuildBuiltinBitCastExpr(SourceLocation KWLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 6030 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6031 | |
| 6032 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6033 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6034 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
| 6035 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6036 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6037 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6038 | Expr *Operand, |
| 6039 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6040 | |
| 6041 | /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). |
| 6042 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6043 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
| 6044 | void *TyOrExpr, |
| 6045 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6046 | |
| 6047 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6048 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6049 | TypeSourceInfo *Operand, |
| 6050 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6051 | ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, |
| 6052 | SourceLocation TypeidLoc, |
| 6053 | Expr *Operand, |
| 6054 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6055 | |
| 6056 | /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). |
| 6057 | ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6058 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, |
| 6059 | void *TyOrExpr, |
| 6060 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 | /// Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ). |
| 6063 | ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
| 6064 | tok::TokenKind Operator, |
| 6065 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
| 6066 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6067 | ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(UnresolvedLookupExpr *Callee, |
| 6068 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS, |
| 6069 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator, |
| 6070 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS, |
| 6071 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6072 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 6073 | ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6074 | BinaryOperatorKind Operator); |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. |
| 6077 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); |
| 6078 | |
| 6079 | /// Build a CXXThisExpr and mark it referenced in the current context. |
| 6080 | Expr *BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type, bool IsImplicit); |
| 6081 | void MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This); |
| 6082 | |
| 6083 | /// Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. |
| 6084 | /// |
| 6085 | /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. |
| 6086 | QualType getCurrentThisType(); |
| 6087 | |
| 6088 | /// When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the |
| 6089 | /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, |
| 6090 | /// this provides the type used for 'this'. |
| 6091 | QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 6092 | |
| 6093 | /// RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression |
| 6094 | /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. |
| 6095 | class CXXThisScopeRAII { |
| 6096 | Sema &S; |
| 6097 | QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; |
| 6098 | bool Enabled; |
| 6099 | |
| 6100 | public: |
| 6101 | /// Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), |
| 6102 | /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a |
| 6103 | /// class) along with the given qualifiers. |
| 6104 | /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. |
| 6105 | CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals, |
| 6106 | bool Enabled = true); |
| 6107 | |
| 6108 | ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); |
| 6109 | }; |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | /// Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current |
| 6112 | /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. |
| 6113 | /// |
| 6114 | /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. |
| 6115 | /// |
| 6116 | /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda |
| 6117 | /// capture list. |
| 6118 | /// |
| 6119 | /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index |
| 6120 | /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture. |
| 6121 | /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture |
| 6122 | /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of |
| 6123 | /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to |
| 6124 | /// a non-static member function or a static function). |
| 6125 | /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success. |
| 6126 | bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false, |
| 6127 | bool BuildAndDiagnose = true, |
| 6128 | const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr, |
| 6129 | bool ByCopy = false); |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | /// Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used |
| 6132 | /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently |
| 6133 | /// being defined. |
| 6134 | bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. |
| 6137 | ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 6138 | |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 | /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. |
| 6141 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 | ExprResult |
| 6144 | ActOnObjCAvailabilityCheckExpr(llvm::ArrayRef<AvailabilitySpec> AvailSpecs, |
| 6145 | SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 | /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. |
| 6148 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 | //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. |
| 6151 | ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); |
| 6152 | ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, |
| 6153 | bool IsThrownVarInScope); |
| 6154 | bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E); |
| 6155 | |
| 6156 | /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. |
| 6157 | /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") |
| 6158 | /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") |
| 6159 | /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). |
| 6160 | ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, |
| 6161 | SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc, |
| 6162 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 6163 | SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc, |
| 6164 | bool ListInitialization); |
| 6165 | |
| 6166 | ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, |
| 6167 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6168 | MultiExprArg Exprs, |
| 6169 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6170 | bool ListInitialization); |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. |
| 6173 | ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, |
| 6174 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
| 6175 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
| 6176 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
| 6177 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, |
| 6178 | Expr *Initializer); |
| 6179 | ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, |
| 6180 | SourceLocation PlacementLParen, |
| 6181 | MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, |
| 6182 | SourceLocation PlacementRParen, |
| 6183 | SourceRange TypeIdParens, |
| 6184 | QualType AllocType, |
| 6185 | TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, |
| 6186 | Optional<Expr *> ArraySize, |
| 6187 | SourceRange DirectInitRange, |
| 6188 | Expr *Initializer); |
| 6189 | |
| 6190 | /// Determine whether \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
| 6191 | /// function that is unavailable. |
| 6192 | bool isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const; |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 | /// Produce diagnostics if \p FD is an aligned allocation or deallocation |
| 6195 | /// function that is unavailable. |
| 6196 | void diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD, |
| 6197 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 6198 | |
| 6199 | bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6200 | SourceRange R); |
| 6201 | |
| 6202 | /// The scope in which to find allocation functions. |
| 6203 | enum AllocationFunctionScope { |
| 6204 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the global scope. |
| 6205 | AFS_Global, |
| 6206 | /// Only look for allocation functions in the scope of the |
| 6207 | /// allocated class. |
| 6208 | AFS_Class, |
| 6209 | /// Look for allocation functions in both the global scope |
| 6210 | /// and in the scope of the allocated class. |
| 6211 | AFS_Both |
| 6212 | }; |
| 6213 | |
| 6214 | /// Finds the overloads of operator new and delete that are appropriate |
| 6215 | /// for the allocation. |
| 6216 | bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, |
| 6217 | AllocationFunctionScope NewScope, |
| 6218 | AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope, |
| 6219 | QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, |
| 6220 | bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, |
| 6221 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, |
| 6222 | FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete, |
| 6223 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 6224 | void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); |
| 6225 | void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, |
| 6226 | ArrayRef<QualType> Params); |
| 6227 | |
| 6228 | bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 6229 | DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, |
| 6230 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 6231 | FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 6232 | bool CanProvideSize, |
| 6233 | bool Overaligned, |
| 6234 | DeclarationName Name); |
| 6235 | FunctionDecl *FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 6236 | CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 | /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression |
| 6239 | ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 6240 | bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, |
| 6241 | Expr *Operand); |
| 6242 | void CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6243 | bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, |
| 6244 | bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, |
| 6245 | SourceLocation DtorLoc); |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 | ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, |
| 6248 | Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6249 | ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, |
| 6250 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6251 | |
| 6252 | /// Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. |
| 6253 | ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6254 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, |
| 6255 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6256 | ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6257 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, |
| 6258 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 | /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the binary type trait support |
| 6261 | /// pseudo-functions. |
| 6262 | ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
| 6263 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6264 | ParsedType LhsTy, |
| 6265 | Expr *DimExpr, |
| 6266 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, |
| 6269 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6270 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 6271 | Expr *DimExpr, |
| 6272 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 | /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support |
| 6275 | /// pseudo-functions. |
| 6276 | ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
| 6277 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6278 | Expr *Queried, |
| 6279 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6280 | |
| 6281 | ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, |
| 6282 | SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 6283 | Expr *Queried, |
| 6284 | SourceLocation RParen); |
| 6285 | |
| 6286 | ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, |
| 6287 | Expr *Base, |
| 6288 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6289 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6290 | ParsedType &ObjectType, |
| 6291 | bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); |
| 6292 | |
| 6293 | ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, |
| 6294 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6295 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6296 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6297 | TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, |
| 6298 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 6299 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6300 | PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType); |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 6303 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6304 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6305 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6306 | UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, |
| 6307 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 6308 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6309 | UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName); |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, |
| 6312 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 6313 | tok::TokenKind OpKind, |
| 6314 | SourceLocation TildeLoc, |
| 6315 | const DeclSpec& DS); |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression |
| 6318 | /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. |
| 6319 | /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. |
| 6320 | Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); |
| 6321 | Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); |
| 6322 | ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); |
| 6323 | |
| 6324 | MaterializeTemporaryExpr * |
| 6325 | CreateMaterializeTemporaryExpr(QualType T, Expr *Temporary, |
| 6326 | bool BoundToLvalueReference); |
| 6327 | |
| 6328 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, bool DiscardedValue) { |
| 6329 | return ActOnFinishFullExpr( |
| 6330 | Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), DiscardedValue); |
| 6331 | } |
| 6332 | ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, |
| 6333 | bool DiscardedValue, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 6334 | StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 | // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. |
| 6337 | bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); |
| 6338 | |
| 6339 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); |
| 6340 | DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6341 | bool EnteringContext = false); |
| 6342 | bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6343 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
| 6344 | |
| 6345 | /// The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. |
| 6346 | /// |
| 6347 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
| 6348 | /// |
| 6349 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
| 6350 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
| 6351 | /// |
| 6352 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6353 | bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | /// The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier. |
| 6356 | /// |
| 6357 | /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword. |
| 6358 | /// |
| 6359 | /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'. |
| 6360 | /// |
| 6361 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place |
| 6362 | /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. |
| 6363 | /// |
| 6364 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6365 | bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 6366 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6367 | |
| 6368 | bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD, |
| 6369 | bool *CanCorrect = nullptr); |
| 6370 | NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | /// Keeps information about an identifier in a nested-name-spec. |
| 6373 | /// |
| 6374 | struct NestedNameSpecInfo { |
| 6375 | /// The type of the object, if we're parsing nested-name-specifier in |
| 6376 | /// a member access expression. |
| 6377 | ParsedType ObjectType; |
| 6378 | |
| 6379 | /// The identifier preceding the '::'. |
| 6380 | IdentifierInfo *Identifier; |
| 6381 | |
| 6382 | /// The location of the identifier. |
| 6383 | SourceLocation IdentifierLoc; |
| 6384 | |
| 6385 | /// The location of the '::'. |
| 6386 | SourceLocation CCLoc; |
| 6387 | |
| 6388 | /// Creates info object for the most typical case. |
| 6389 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6390 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType()) |
| 6391 | : ObjectType(ObjectType), Identifier(II), IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), |
| 6392 | CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
| 6393 | } |
| 6394 | |
| 6395 | NestedNameSpecInfo(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6396 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, QualType ObjectType) |
| 6397 | : ObjectType(ParsedType::make(ObjectType)), Identifier(II), |
| 6398 | IdentifierLoc(IdLoc), CCLoc(ColonColonLoc) { |
| 6399 | } |
| 6400 | }; |
| 6401 | |
| 6402 | bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6403 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo); |
| 6404 | |
| 6405 | bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
| 6406 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
| 6407 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 6408 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6409 | NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, |
| 6410 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup, |
| 6411 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
| 6412 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. |
| 6415 | /// |
| 6416 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
| 6417 | /// |
| 6418 | /// \param IdInfo Parser information about an identifier in the |
| 6419 | /// nested-name-spec. |
| 6420 | /// |
| 6421 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by |
| 6422 | /// this nested-name-specifier. |
| 6423 | /// |
| 6424 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
| 6425 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
| 6426 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
| 6427 | /// including this new type). |
| 6428 | /// |
| 6429 | /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve |
| 6430 | /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message. |
| 6431 | /// |
| 6432 | /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':' |
| 6433 | /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true' |
| 6434 | /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'. |
| 6435 | /// |
| 6436 | /// \param OnlyNamespace If true, only considers namespaces in lookup. |
| 6437 | /// |
| 6438 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6439 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
| 6440 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
| 6441 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 6442 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6443 | bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false, |
| 6444 | bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr, |
| 6445 | bool OnlyNamespace = false); |
| 6446 | |
| 6447 | ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); |
| 6448 | |
| 6449 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6450 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6451 | SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6454 | NestedNameSpecInfo &IdInfo, |
| 6455 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 | /// The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier |
| 6458 | /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. |
| 6459 | /// |
| 6460 | /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. |
| 6461 | /// |
| 6462 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input |
| 6463 | /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an |
| 6464 | /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, |
| 6465 | /// including this new type). |
| 6466 | /// |
| 6467 | /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
| 6468 | /// \param TemplateName the template name. |
| 6469 | /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. |
| 6470 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
| 6471 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
| 6472 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
| 6473 | /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. |
| 6474 | /// |
| 6475 | /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the |
| 6476 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 6477 | /// |
| 6478 | /// |
| 6479 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6480 | bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, |
| 6481 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6482 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 6483 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
| 6484 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
| 6485 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 6486 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
| 6487 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 6488 | SourceLocation CCLoc, |
| 6489 | bool EnteringContext); |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 | /// Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value |
| 6492 | /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given |
| 6493 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 6494 | /// |
| 6495 | /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. |
| 6496 | /// |
| 6497 | /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the |
| 6498 | /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. |
| 6499 | void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6500 | |
| 6501 | /// Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore |
| 6502 | /// the nested-name-specifier structure. |
| 6503 | /// |
| 6504 | /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by |
| 6505 | /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). |
| 6506 | /// |
| 6507 | /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. |
| 6508 | /// |
| 6509 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents |
| 6510 | /// of the annotation pointer. |
| 6511 | void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, |
| 6512 | SourceRange AnnotationRange, |
| 6513 | CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 | bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6516 | |
| 6517 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global |
| 6518 | /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. |
| 6519 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be |
| 6520 | /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and |
| 6521 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. |
| 6522 | /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. |
| 6523 | bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6524 | |
| 6525 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously |
| 6526 | /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same |
| 6527 | /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. |
| 6528 | /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the |
| 6529 | /// defining scope. |
| 6530 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 | /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an |
| 6533 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
| 6534 | /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a |
| 6535 | /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of |
| 6536 | /// class X. |
| 6537 | void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an |
| 6540 | /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. |
| 6541 | void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 | /// Create a new lambda closure type. |
| 6544 | CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
| 6545 | TypeSourceInfo *Info, |
| 6546 | bool KnownDependent, |
| 6547 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault); |
| 6548 | |
| 6549 | /// Start the definition of a lambda expression. |
| 6550 | CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 6551 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
| 6552 | TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, |
| 6553 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 6554 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
| 6555 | ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, |
| 6556 | Expr *TrailingRequiresClause); |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 | /// Number lambda for linkage purposes if necessary. |
| 6559 | void handleLambdaNumbering( |
| 6560 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXMethodDecl *Method, |
| 6561 | Optional<std::tuple<bool, unsigned, unsigned, Decl *>> Mangling = None); |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 | /// Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties. |
| 6564 | void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, |
| 6565 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, |
| 6566 | SourceRange IntroducerRange, |
| 6567 | LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, |
| 6568 | SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc, |
| 6569 | bool ExplicitParams, |
| 6570 | bool ExplicitResultType, |
| 6571 | bool Mutable); |
| 6572 | |
| 6573 | /// Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform |
| 6574 | /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if |
| 6575 | /// not being used to initialize a reference. |
| 6576 | ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
| 6577 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6578 | IdentifierInfo *Id, LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) { |
| 6579 | return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
| 6580 | Loc, ByRef, EllipsisLoc, None, Id, |
| 6581 | InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init)); |
| 6582 | } |
| 6583 | QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization( |
| 6584 | SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6585 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, IdentifierInfo *Id, bool DirectInit, |
| 6586 | Expr *&Init); |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 | /// Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's |
| 6589 | /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture. |
| 6590 | /// |
| 6591 | /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy |
| 6592 | /// variables appropriately. |
| 6593 | VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6594 | QualType InitCaptureType, |
| 6595 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 6596 | IdentifierInfo *Id, |
| 6597 | unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init); |
| 6598 | |
| 6599 | /// Add an init-capture to a lambda scope. |
| 6600 | void addInitCapture(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var); |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 | /// Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the |
| 6603 | /// given lambda. |
| 6604 | void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 6605 | |
| 6606 | /// \brief This is called after parsing the explicit template parameter list |
| 6607 | /// on a lambda (if it exists) in C++2a. |
| 6608 | void ActOnLambdaExplicitTemplateParameterList(SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 6609 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> TParams, |
| 6610 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 6611 | ExprResult RequiresClause); |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 | /// Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. |
| 6614 | void addLambdaParameters( |
| 6615 | ArrayRef<LambdaIntroducer::LambdaCapture> Captures, |
| 6616 | CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); |
| 6617 | |
| 6618 | /// Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return |
| 6619 | /// statements present in the body. |
| 6620 | void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); |
| 6621 | |
| 6622 | /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start |
| 6623 | /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and |
| 6624 | /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the |
| 6625 | /// lambda. |
| 6626 | void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
| 6627 | Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); |
| 6628 | |
| 6629 | /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback |
| 6630 | /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. |
| 6631 | void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, |
| 6632 | bool IsInstantiation = false); |
| 6633 | |
| 6634 | /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression |
| 6635 | /// was successfully completed. |
| 6636 | ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, |
| 6637 | Scope *CurScope); |
| 6638 | |
| 6639 | /// Does copying/destroying the captured variable have side effects? |
| 6640 | bool CaptureHasSideEffects(const sema::Capture &From); |
| 6641 | |
| 6642 | /// Diagnose if an explicit lambda capture is unused. Returns true if a |
| 6643 | /// diagnostic is emitted. |
| 6644 | bool DiagnoseUnusedLambdaCapture(SourceRange CaptureRange, |
| 6645 | const sema::Capture &From); |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 | /// Build a FieldDecl suitable to hold the given capture. |
| 6648 | FieldDecl *BuildCaptureField(RecordDecl *RD, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
| 6649 | |
| 6650 | /// Initialize the given capture with a suitable expression. |
| 6651 | ExprResult BuildCaptureInit(const sema::Capture &Capture, |
| 6652 | SourceLocation ImplicitCaptureLoc, |
| 6653 | bool IsOpenMPMapping = false); |
| 6654 | |
| 6655 | /// Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the |
| 6656 | /// lambda body. |
| 6657 | ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 6658 | sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 | /// Get the return type to use for a lambda's conversion function(s) to |
| 6661 | /// function pointer type, given the type of the call operator. |
| 6662 | QualType |
| 6663 | getLambdaConversionFunctionResultType(const FunctionProtoType *CallOpType, |
| 6664 | CallingConv CC); |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
| 6667 | /// function pointer. |
| 6668 | /// |
| 6669 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
| 6670 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
| 6671 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
| 6672 | /// block pointer conversion. |
| 6673 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( |
| 6674 | SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
| 6675 | |
| 6676 | /// Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a |
| 6677 | /// block pointer. |
| 6678 | /// |
| 6679 | /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills |
| 6680 | /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into |
| 6681 | /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the |
| 6682 | /// block pointer conversion. |
| 6683 | void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, |
| 6684 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv); |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 | ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 6687 | SourceLocation ConvLocation, |
| 6688 | CXXConversionDecl *Conv, |
| 6689 | Expr *Src); |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 | /// Check whether the given expression is a valid constraint expression. |
| 6692 | /// A diagnostic is emitted if it is not, false is returned, and |
| 6693 | /// PossibleNonPrimary will be set to true if the failure might be due to a |
| 6694 | /// non-primary expression being used as an atomic constraint. |
| 6695 | bool CheckConstraintExpression(const Expr *CE, Token NextToken = Token(), |
| 6696 | bool *PossibleNonPrimary = nullptr, |
| 6697 | bool IsTrailingRequiresClause = false); |
| 6698 | |
| 6699 | private: |
| 6700 | /// Caches pairs of template-like decls whose associated constraints were |
| 6701 | /// checked for subsumption and whether or not the first's constraints did in |
| 6702 | /// fact subsume the second's. |
| 6703 | llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<NamedDecl *, NamedDecl *>, bool> SubsumptionCache; |
| 6704 | /// Caches the normalized associated constraints of declarations (concepts or |
| 6705 | /// constrained declarations). If an error occurred while normalizing the |
| 6706 | /// associated constraints of the template or concept, nullptr will be cached |
| 6707 | /// here. |
| 6708 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, NormalizedConstraint *> |
| 6709 | NormalizationCache; |
| 6710 | |
| 6711 | llvm::ContextualFoldingSet<ConstraintSatisfaction, const ASTContext &> |
| 6712 | SatisfactionCache; |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 | public: |
| 6715 | const NormalizedConstraint * |
| 6716 | getNormalizedAssociatedConstraints( |
| 6717 | NamedDecl *ConstrainedDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AssociatedConstraints); |
| 6718 | |
| 6719 | /// \brief Check whether the given declaration's associated constraints are |
| 6720 | /// at least as constrained than another declaration's according to the |
| 6721 | /// partial ordering of constraints. |
| 6722 | /// |
| 6723 | /// \param Result If no error occurred, receives the result of true if D1 is |
| 6724 | /// at least constrained than D2, and false otherwise. |
| 6725 | /// |
| 6726 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6727 | bool IsAtLeastAsConstrained(NamedDecl *D1, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, |
| 6728 | NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2, |
| 6729 | bool &Result); |
| 6730 | |
| 6731 | /// If D1 was not at least as constrained as D2, but would've been if a pair |
| 6732 | /// of atomic constraints involved had been declared in a concept and not |
| 6733 | /// repeated in two separate places in code. |
| 6734 | /// \returns true if such a diagnostic was emitted, false otherwise. |
| 6735 | bool MaybeEmitAmbiguousAtomicConstraintsDiagnostic(NamedDecl *D1, |
| 6736 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC1, NamedDecl *D2, ArrayRef<const Expr *> AC2); |
| 6737 | |
| 6738 | /// \brief Check whether the given list of constraint expressions are |
| 6739 | /// satisfied (as if in a 'conjunction') given template arguments. |
| 6740 | /// \param Template the template-like entity that triggered the constraints |
| 6741 | /// check (either a concept or a constrained entity). |
| 6742 | /// \param ConstraintExprs a list of constraint expressions, treated as if |
| 6743 | /// they were 'AND'ed together. |
| 6744 | /// \param TemplateArgs the list of template arguments to substitute into the |
| 6745 | /// constraint expression. |
| 6746 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
| 6747 | /// caused the constraints check. |
| 6748 | /// \param Satisfaction if true is returned, will contain details of the |
| 6749 | /// satisfaction, with enough information to diagnose an unsatisfied |
| 6750 | /// expression. |
| 6751 | /// \returns true if an error occurred and satisfaction could not be checked, |
| 6752 | /// false otherwise. |
| 6753 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction( |
| 6754 | const NamedDecl *Template, ArrayRef<const Expr *> ConstraintExprs, |
| 6755 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 6756 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange, ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
| 6757 | |
| 6758 | /// \brief Check whether the given non-dependent constraint expression is |
| 6759 | /// satisfied. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the satisfaction |
| 6760 | /// verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if an error |
| 6761 | /// occured and satisfaction could not be determined. |
| 6762 | /// |
| 6763 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6764 | bool CheckConstraintSatisfaction(const Expr *ConstraintExpr, |
| 6765 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
| 6766 | |
| 6767 | /// Check whether the given function decl's trailing requires clause is |
| 6768 | /// satisfied, if any. Returns false and updates Satisfaction with the |
| 6769 | /// satisfaction verdict if successful, emits a diagnostic and returns true if |
| 6770 | /// an error occured and satisfaction could not be determined. |
| 6771 | /// |
| 6772 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 6773 | bool CheckFunctionConstraints(const FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 6774 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
| 6775 | SourceLocation UsageLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 6776 | |
| 6777 | |
| 6778 | /// \brief Ensure that the given template arguments satisfy the constraints |
| 6779 | /// associated with the given template, emitting a diagnostic if they do not. |
| 6780 | /// |
| 6781 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
| 6782 | /// provided. |
| 6783 | /// |
| 6784 | /// \param TemplateArgs The converted, canonicalized template arguments. |
| 6785 | /// |
| 6786 | /// \param TemplateIDRange The source range of the template id that |
| 6787 | /// caused the constraints check. |
| 6788 | /// |
| 6789 | /// \returns true if the constrains are not satisfied or could not be checked |
| 6790 | /// for satisfaction, false if the constraints are satisfied. |
| 6791 | bool EnsureTemplateArgumentListConstraints(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 6792 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 6793 | SourceRange TemplateIDRange); |
| 6794 | |
| 6795 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
| 6796 | /// unsatisfied. |
| 6797 | /// \param First whether this is the first time an unsatisfied constraint is |
| 6798 | /// diagnosed for this error. |
| 6799 | void |
| 6800 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
| 6801 | bool First = true); |
| 6802 | |
| 6803 | /// \brief Emit diagnostics explaining why a constraint expression was deemed |
| 6804 | /// unsatisfied. |
| 6805 | void |
| 6806 | DiagnoseUnsatisfiedConstraint(const ASTConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction, |
| 6807 | bool First = true); |
| 6808 | |
| 6809 | // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. |
| 6810 | ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, |
| 6811 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings); |
| 6812 | |
| 6813 | ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); |
| 6814 | |
| 6815 | /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
| 6816 | /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" |
| 6817 | /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. |
| 6818 | ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); |
| 6819 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, |
| 6820 | bool Value); |
| 6821 | ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 | /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the |
| 6824 | /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will |
| 6825 | /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type |
| 6826 | /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *", |
| 6827 | /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'. |
| 6828 | ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); |
| 6829 | |
| 6830 | ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, |
| 6831 | Expr *IndexExpr, |
| 6832 | ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, |
| 6833 | ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); |
| 6834 | |
| 6835 | ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, |
| 6836 | MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements); |
| 6837 | |
| 6838 | ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6839 | TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, |
| 6840 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6841 | ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, |
| 6842 | CXXConversionDecl *Method, |
| 6843 | bool HadMultipleCandidates); |
| 6844 | |
| 6845 | ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6846 | SourceLocation EncodeLoc, |
| 6847 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6848 | ParsedType Ty, |
| 6849 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6850 | |
| 6851 | /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector |
| 6852 | ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, |
| 6853 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6854 | SourceLocation SelLoc, |
| 6855 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6856 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6857 | bool WarnMultipleSelectors); |
| 6858 | |
| 6859 | /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol |
| 6860 | ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, |
| 6861 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 6862 | SourceLocation ProtoLoc, |
| 6863 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6864 | SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, |
| 6865 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 6866 | |
| 6867 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6868 | // C++ Declarations |
| 6869 | // |
| 6870 | Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
| 6871 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
| 6872 | Expr *LangStr, |
| 6873 | SourceLocation LBraceLoc); |
| 6874 | Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, |
| 6875 | Decl *LinkageSpec, |
| 6876 | SourceLocation RBraceLoc); |
| 6877 | |
| 6878 | |
| 6879 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 6880 | // C++ Classes |
| 6881 | // |
| 6882 | CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentClass(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
| 6883 | bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, |
| 6884 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr); |
| 6885 | bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS); |
| 6886 | |
| 6887 | bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, SourceLocation ASLoc, |
| 6888 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 6889 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
| 6890 | |
| 6891 | NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 6892 | Declarator &D, |
| 6893 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 6894 | Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, |
| 6895 | InClassInitStyle InitStyle); |
| 6896 | |
| 6897 | void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer(); |
| 6898 | void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, |
| 6899 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 6900 | Expr *Init); |
| 6901 | |
| 6902 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
| 6903 | Scope *S, |
| 6904 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6905 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
| 6906 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 6907 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6908 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6909 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 6910 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 6911 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 6912 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 6913 | |
| 6914 | MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
| 6915 | Scope *S, |
| 6916 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6917 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
| 6918 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 6919 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6920 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6921 | Expr *InitList, |
| 6922 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 6923 | |
| 6924 | MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, |
| 6925 | Scope *S, |
| 6926 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 6927 | IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, |
| 6928 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 6929 | const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 6930 | SourceLocation IdLoc, |
| 6931 | Expr *Init, |
| 6932 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 6933 | |
| 6934 | MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, |
| 6935 | Expr *Init, |
| 6936 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
| 6937 | |
| 6938 | MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, |
| 6939 | TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, |
| 6940 | Expr *Init, |
| 6941 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 6942 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 6943 | |
| 6944 | MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 6945 | Expr *Init, |
| 6946 | CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 6947 | |
| 6948 | bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, |
| 6949 | CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); |
| 6950 | |
| 6951 | bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, |
| 6952 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); |
| 6953 | |
| 6954 | void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); |
| 6955 | |
| 6956 | |
| 6957 | /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, |
| 6958 | /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as |
| 6959 | /// referenced. |
| 6960 | void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 6961 | CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
| 6962 | |
| 6963 | /// Mark destructors of virtual bases of this class referenced. In the Itanium |
| 6964 | /// C++ ABI, this is done when emitting a destructor for any non-abstract |
| 6965 | /// class. In the Microsoft C++ ABI, this is done any time a class's |
| 6966 | /// destructor is referenced. |
| 6967 | void MarkVirtualBaseDestructorsReferenced( |
| 6968 | SourceLocation Location, CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 6969 | llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const RecordType *> *DirectVirtualBases = nullptr); |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 | /// Do semantic checks to allow the complete destructor variant to be emitted |
| 6972 | /// when the destructor is defined in another translation unit. In the Itanium |
| 6973 | /// C++ ABI, destructor variants are emitted together. In the MS C++ ABI, they |
| 6974 | /// can be emitted in separate TUs. To emit the complete variant, run a subset |
| 6975 | /// of the checks performed when emitting a regular destructor. |
| 6976 | void CheckCompleteDestructorVariant(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, |
| 6977 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor); |
| 6978 | |
| 6979 | /// The list of classes whose vtables have been used within |
| 6980 | /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the |
| 6981 | /// first use occurred. |
| 6982 | typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; |
| 6983 | |
| 6984 | /// The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been |
| 6985 | /// materialized. |
| 6986 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; |
| 6987 | |
| 6988 | /// The set of classes whose vtables have been used within |
| 6989 | /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is |
| 6990 | /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed |
| 6991 | /// by code generation). |
| 6992 | llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; |
| 6993 | |
| 6994 | /// Load any externally-stored vtable uses. |
| 6995 | void LoadExternalVTableUses(); |
| 6996 | |
| 6997 | /// Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the |
| 6998 | /// given location. |
| 6999 | void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 7000 | bool DefinitionRequired = false); |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 | /// Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions |
| 7003 | /// in the given class as needed. |
| 7004 | void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7005 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 7006 | |
| 7007 | /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given |
| 7008 | /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. |
| 7009 | void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 7010 | bool ConstexprOnly = false); |
| 7011 | |
| 7012 | /// Define all of the vtables that have been used in this |
| 7013 | /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those |
| 7014 | /// vtables. |
| 7015 | /// |
| 7016 | /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. |
| 7017 | bool DefineUsedVTables(); |
| 7018 | |
| 7019 | void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); |
| 7020 | |
| 7021 | void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
| 7022 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 7023 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, |
| 7024 | bool AnyErrors); |
| 7025 | |
| 7026 | /// Check class-level dllimport/dllexport attribute. The caller must |
| 7027 | /// ensure that referenceDLLExportedClassMethods is called some point later |
| 7028 | /// when all outer classes of Class are complete. |
| 7029 | void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 7030 | void checkClassLevelCodeSegAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class); |
| 7031 | |
| 7032 | void referenceDLLExportedClassMethods(); |
| 7033 | |
| 7034 | void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate( |
| 7035 | CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr, |
| 7036 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec, |
| 7037 | SourceLocation BaseLoc); |
| 7038 | |
| 7039 | /// Add gsl::Pointer attribute to std::container::iterator |
| 7040 | /// \param ND The declaration that introduces the name |
| 7041 | /// std::container::iterator. \param UnderlyingRecord The record named by ND. |
| 7042 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(NamedDecl *ND, CXXRecordDecl *UnderlyingRecord); |
| 7043 | |
| 7044 | /// Add [[gsl::Owner]] and [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
| 7045 | void inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
| 7046 | |
| 7047 | /// Add [[gsl::Pointer]] attributes for std:: types. |
| 7048 | void inferGslPointerAttribute(TypedefNameDecl *TD); |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 | void CheckCompletedCXXClass(Scope *S, CXXRecordDecl *Record); |
| 7051 | |
| 7052 | /// Check that the C++ class annoated with "trivial_abi" satisfies all the |
| 7053 | /// conditions that are needed for the attribute to have an effect. |
| 7054 | void checkIllFormedTrivialABIStruct(CXXRecordDecl &RD); |
| 7055 | |
| 7056 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope *S, SourceLocation RLoc, |
| 7057 | Decl *TagDecl, SourceLocation LBrac, |
| 7058 | SourceLocation RBrac, |
| 7059 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 7060 | void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); |
| 7061 | void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(); |
| 7062 | |
| 7063 | void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 7064 | unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Decl *Template, |
| 7065 | llvm::function_ref<Scope *()> EnterScope); |
| 7066 | void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
| 7067 | void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
| 7068 | void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); |
| 7069 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); |
| 7070 | void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); |
| 7071 | void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); |
| 7072 | void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD, |
| 7073 | CachedTokens &Toks); |
| 7074 | void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 7075 | bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); |
| 7076 | |
| 7077 | Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
| 7078 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
| 7079 | Expr *AssertMessageExpr, |
| 7080 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 7081 | Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, |
| 7082 | Expr *AssertExpr, |
| 7083 | StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, |
| 7084 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 7085 | bool Failed); |
| 7086 | |
| 7087 | FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, |
| 7088 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, |
| 7089 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); |
| 7090 | Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, |
| 7091 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
| 7092 | NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 7093 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); |
| 7094 | |
| 7095 | QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
| 7096 | StorageClass& SC); |
| 7097 | void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); |
| 7098 | QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, |
| 7099 | StorageClass& SC); |
| 7100 | bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); |
| 7101 | void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
| 7102 | StorageClass& SC); |
| 7103 | Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); |
| 7104 | void CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, |
| 7105 | StorageClass &SC); |
| 7106 | void CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *TD); |
| 7107 | |
| 7108 | void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedFunction(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD); |
| 7109 | |
| 7110 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, |
| 7111 | CXXSpecialMember CSM); |
| 7112 | void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs(); |
| 7113 | |
| 7114 | bool CheckExplicitlyDefaultedComparison(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *MD, |
| 7115 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
| 7116 | void DeclareImplicitEqualityComparison(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 7117 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
| 7118 | void DefineDefaultedComparison(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 7119 | DefaultedComparisonKind DCK); |
| 7120 | |
| 7121 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7122 | // C++ Derived Classes |
| 7123 | // |
| 7124 | |
| 7125 | /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier |
| 7126 | CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 7127 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
| 7128 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
| 7129 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 7130 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7131 | |
| 7132 | BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, |
| 7133 | SourceRange SpecifierRange, |
| 7134 | ParsedAttributes &Attrs, |
| 7135 | bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, |
| 7136 | ParsedType basetype, |
| 7137 | SourceLocation BaseLoc, |
| 7138 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7139 | |
| 7140 | bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, |
| 7141 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
| 7142 | void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, |
| 7143 | MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases); |
| 7144 | |
| 7145 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base); |
| 7146 | bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
| 7147 | CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
| 7148 | |
| 7149 | // FIXME: I don't like this name. |
| 7150 | void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); |
| 7151 | |
| 7152 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
| 7153 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 7154 | CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
| 7155 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
| 7156 | bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, |
| 7157 | unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, |
| 7158 | unsigned AmbiguousBaseConvID, |
| 7159 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 7160 | DeclarationName Name, |
| 7161 | CXXCastPath *BasePath, |
| 7162 | bool IgnoreAccess = false); |
| 7163 | |
| 7164 | std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); |
| 7165 | |
| 7166 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7167 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7168 | |
| 7169 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are |
| 7170 | /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. |
| 7171 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7172 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7173 | |
| 7174 | /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception |
| 7175 | /// spec is a subset of base spec. |
| 7176 | bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7177 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 | bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); |
| 7180 | |
| 7181 | /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. |
| 7182 | void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D); |
| 7183 | |
| 7184 | /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was |
| 7185 | /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method. |
| 7186 | void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D, bool Inconsistent); |
| 7187 | |
| 7188 | /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function |
| 7189 | /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to |
| 7190 | /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. |
| 7191 | bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, |
| 7192 | const CXXMethodDecl *Old); |
| 7193 | |
| 7194 | |
| 7195 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7196 | // C++ Access Control |
| 7197 | // |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 | enum AccessResult { |
| 7200 | AR_accessible, |
| 7201 | AR_inaccessible, |
| 7202 | AR_dependent, |
| 7203 | AR_delayed |
| 7204 | }; |
| 7205 | |
| 7206 | bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, |
| 7207 | NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, |
| 7208 | AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); |
| 7209 | |
| 7210 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, |
| 7211 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7212 | AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, |
| 7213 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7214 | AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, |
| 7215 | SourceRange PlacementRange, |
| 7216 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7217 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 7218 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 7219 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7220 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 7221 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 7222 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 7223 | bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); |
| 7224 | AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7225 | CXXConstructorDecl *D, |
| 7226 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, |
| 7227 | const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 7228 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); |
| 7229 | AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7230 | CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, |
| 7231 | const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, |
| 7232 | QualType objectType = QualType()); |
| 7233 | AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); |
| 7234 | AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 7235 | CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7236 | DeclAccessPair Found); |
| 7237 | AccessResult |
| 7238 | CheckStructuredBindingMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc, |
| 7239 | CXXRecordDecl *DecomposedClass, |
| 7240 | DeclAccessPair Field); |
| 7241 | AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7242 | Expr *ObjectExpr, |
| 7243 | Expr *ArgExpr, |
| 7244 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7245 | AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, |
| 7246 | DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); |
| 7247 | AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, |
| 7248 | QualType Base, QualType Derived, |
| 7249 | const CXXBasePath &Path, |
| 7250 | unsigned DiagID, |
| 7251 | bool ForceCheck = false, |
| 7252 | bool ForceUnprivileged = false); |
| 7253 | void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); |
| 7254 | bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *Decl, CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7255 | QualType BaseType); |
| 7256 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7257 | DeclAccessPair Found, QualType ObjectType, |
| 7258 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7259 | const PartialDiagnostic &Diag); |
| 7260 | bool isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, |
| 7261 | DeclAccessPair Found, |
| 7262 | QualType ObjectType) { |
| 7263 | return isMemberAccessibleForDeletion(NamingClass, Found, ObjectType, |
| 7264 | SourceLocation(), PDiag()); |
| 7265 | } |
| 7266 | |
| 7267 | void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, |
| 7268 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 7269 | void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, |
| 7270 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 7271 | |
| 7272 | void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); |
| 7273 | |
| 7274 | /// When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE |
| 7275 | /// failures rather than hard errors. |
| 7276 | bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 | enum AbstractDiagSelID { |
| 7279 | AbstractNone = -1, |
| 7280 | AbstractReturnType, |
| 7281 | AbstractParamType, |
| 7282 | AbstractVariableType, |
| 7283 | AbstractFieldType, |
| 7284 | AbstractIvarType, |
| 7285 | AbstractSynthesizedIvarType, |
| 7286 | AbstractArrayType |
| 7287 | }; |
| 7288 | |
| 7289 | bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 7290 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, |
| 7291 | TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); |
| 7292 | template <typename... Ts> |
| 7293 | bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, |
| 7294 | const Ts &...Args) { |
| 7295 | BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...); |
| 7296 | return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); |
| 7297 | } |
| 7298 | |
| 7299 | void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); |
| 7300 | |
| 7301 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7302 | // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] |
| 7303 | // |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 | bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
| 7306 | |
| 7307 | bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); |
| 7308 | |
| 7309 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7310 | // C++ Templates [C++ 14] |
| 7311 | // |
| 7312 | void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
| 7313 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
| 7314 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
| 7315 | bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, |
| 7316 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
| 7317 | bool AllowDependent = true, |
| 7318 | bool AllowNonTemplateFunctions = false); |
| 7319 | /// Try to interpret the lookup result D as a template-name. |
| 7320 | /// |
| 7321 | /// \param D A declaration found by name lookup. |
| 7322 | /// \param AllowFunctionTemplates Whether function templates should be |
| 7323 | /// considered valid results. |
| 7324 | /// \param AllowDependent Whether unresolved using declarations (that might |
| 7325 | /// name templates) should be considered valid results. |
| 7326 | static NamedDecl *getAsTemplateNameDecl(NamedDecl *D, |
| 7327 | bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true, |
| 7328 | bool AllowDependent = true); |
| 7329 | |
| 7330 | enum TemplateNameIsRequiredTag { TemplateNameIsRequired }; |
| 7331 | /// Whether and why a template name is required in this lookup. |
| 7332 | class RequiredTemplateKind { |
| 7333 | public: |
| 7334 | /// Template name is required if TemplateKWLoc is valid. |
| 7335 | RequiredTemplateKind(SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = SourceLocation()) |
| 7336 | : TemplateKW(TemplateKWLoc) {} |
| 7337 | /// Template name is unconditionally required. |
| 7338 | RequiredTemplateKind(TemplateNameIsRequiredTag) : TemplateKW() {} |
| 7339 | |
| 7340 | SourceLocation getTemplateKeywordLoc() const { |
| 7341 | return TemplateKW.getValueOr(SourceLocation()); |
| 7342 | } |
| 7343 | bool hasTemplateKeyword() const { return getTemplateKeywordLoc().isValid(); } |
| 7344 | bool isRequired() const { return TemplateKW != SourceLocation(); } |
| 7345 | explicit operator bool() const { return isRequired(); } |
| 7346 | |
| 7347 | private: |
| 7348 | llvm::Optional<SourceLocation> TemplateKW; |
| 7349 | }; |
| 7350 | |
| 7351 | enum class AssumedTemplateKind { |
| 7352 | /// This is not assumed to be a template name. |
| 7353 | None, |
| 7354 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found nothing. |
| 7355 | FoundNothing, |
| 7356 | /// This is assumed to be a template name because lookup found one or more |
| 7357 | /// functions (but no function templates). |
| 7358 | FoundFunctions, |
| 7359 | }; |
| 7360 | bool LookupTemplateName( |
| 7361 | LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType ObjectType, |
| 7362 | bool EnteringContext, bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
| 7363 | RequiredTemplateKind RequiredTemplate = SourceLocation(), |
| 7364 | AssumedTemplateKind *ATK = nullptr, bool AllowTypoCorrection = true); |
| 7365 | |
| 7366 | TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, |
| 7367 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7368 | bool hasTemplateKeyword, |
| 7369 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, |
| 7370 | ParsedType ObjectType, |
| 7371 | bool EnteringContext, |
| 7372 | TemplateTy &Template, |
| 7373 | bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization, |
| 7374 | bool Disambiguation = false); |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 | /// Try to resolve an undeclared template name as a type template. |
| 7377 | /// |
| 7378 | /// Sets II to the identifier corresponding to the template name, and updates |
| 7379 | /// Name to a corresponding (typo-corrected) type template name and TNK to |
| 7380 | /// the corresponding kind, if possible. |
| 7381 | void ActOnUndeclaredTypeTemplateName(Scope *S, TemplateTy &Name, |
| 7382 | TemplateNameKind &TNK, |
| 7383 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7384 | IdentifierInfo *&II); |
| 7385 | |
| 7386 | bool resolveAssumedTemplateNameAsType(Scope *S, TemplateName &Name, |
| 7387 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7388 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 7389 | |
| 7390 | /// Determine whether a particular identifier might be the name in a C++1z |
| 7391 | /// deduction-guide declaration. |
| 7392 | bool isDeductionGuideName(Scope *S, const IdentifierInfo &Name, |
| 7393 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7394 | ParsedTemplateTy *Template = nullptr); |
| 7395 | |
| 7396 | bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7397 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 7398 | Scope *S, |
| 7399 | const CXXScopeSpec *SS, |
| 7400 | TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, |
| 7401 | TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); |
| 7402 | |
| 7403 | bool DiagnoseUninstantiableTemplate(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 7404 | NamedDecl *Instantiation, |
| 7405 | bool InstantiatedFromMember, |
| 7406 | const NamedDecl *Pattern, |
| 7407 | const NamedDecl *PatternDef, |
| 7408 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 7409 | bool Complain = true); |
| 7410 | |
| 7411 | void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); |
| 7412 | TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); |
| 7413 | |
| 7414 | NamedDecl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, |
| 7415 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 7416 | SourceLocation KeyLoc, |
| 7417 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
| 7418 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
| 7419 | unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, |
| 7420 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7421 | ParsedType DefaultArg, bool HasTypeConstraint); |
| 7422 | |
| 7423 | bool ActOnTypeConstraint(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7424 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, |
| 7425 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7426 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7427 | |
| 7428 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NS, |
| 7429 | DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, |
| 7430 | ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
| 7431 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, |
| 7432 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7433 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 | bool AttachTypeConstraint(AutoTypeLoc TL, |
| 7436 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *ConstrainedParameter, |
| 7437 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 7438 | |
| 7439 | bool RequireStructuralType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7440 | |
| 7441 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(TypeSourceInfo *&TSI, |
| 7442 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7443 | QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7444 | |
| 7445 | NamedDecl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, |
| 7446 | unsigned Depth, |
| 7447 | unsigned Position, |
| 7448 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7449 | Expr *DefaultArg); |
| 7450 | NamedDecl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, |
| 7451 | SourceLocation TmpLoc, |
| 7452 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7453 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 7454 | IdentifierInfo *ParamName, |
| 7455 | SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, |
| 7456 | unsigned Depth, |
| 7457 | unsigned Position, |
| 7458 | SourceLocation EqualLoc, |
| 7459 | ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); |
| 7460 | |
| 7461 | TemplateParameterList * |
| 7462 | ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, |
| 7463 | SourceLocation ExportLoc, |
| 7464 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7465 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7466 | ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> Params, |
| 7467 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7468 | Expr *RequiresClause); |
| 7469 | |
| 7470 | /// The context in which we are checking a template parameter list. |
| 7471 | enum TemplateParamListContext { |
| 7472 | TPC_ClassTemplate, |
| 7473 | TPC_VarTemplate, |
| 7474 | TPC_FunctionTemplate, |
| 7475 | TPC_ClassTemplateMember, |
| 7476 | TPC_FriendClassTemplate, |
| 7477 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, |
| 7478 | TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, |
| 7479 | TPC_TypeAliasTemplate |
| 7480 | }; |
| 7481 | |
| 7482 | bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, |
| 7483 | TemplateParameterList *OldParams, |
| 7484 | TemplateParamListContext TPC, |
| 7485 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 7486 | TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( |
| 7487 | SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc, |
| 7488 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId, |
| 7489 | ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists, |
| 7490 | bool IsFriend, bool &IsMemberSpecialization, bool &Invalid, |
| 7491 | bool SuppressDiagnostic = false); |
| 7492 | |
| 7493 | DeclResult CheckClassTemplate( |
| 7494 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 7495 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7496 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
| 7497 | AccessSpecifier AS, SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, |
| 7498 | SourceLocation FriendLoc, unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, |
| 7499 | TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists, |
| 7500 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTrivialTemplateArgumentLoc(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 7503 | QualType NTTPType, |
| 7504 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7505 | |
| 7506 | /// Get a template argument mapping the given template parameter to itself, |
| 7507 | /// e.g. for X in \c template<int X>, this would return an expression template |
| 7508 | /// argument referencing X. |
| 7509 | TemplateArgumentLoc getIdentityTemplateArgumentLoc(NamedDecl *Param, |
| 7510 | SourceLocation Location); |
| 7511 | |
| 7512 | void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, |
| 7513 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnTemplateTypeArgument(TypeResult ParsedType); |
| 7516 | |
| 7517 | void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); |
| 7518 | |
| 7519 | QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, |
| 7520 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7521 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
| 7522 | |
| 7523 | TypeResult |
| 7524 | ActOnTemplateIdType(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7525 | TemplateTy Template, IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
| 7526 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7527 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7528 | bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, bool IsClassName = false); |
| 7529 | |
| 7530 | /// Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, |
| 7531 | /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. |
| 7532 | TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, |
| 7533 | TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, |
| 7534 | SourceLocation TagLoc, |
| 7535 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7536 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7537 | TemplateTy TemplateD, |
| 7538 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7539 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7540 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, |
| 7541 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
| 7542 | |
| 7543 | DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( |
| 7544 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI, |
| 7545 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, |
| 7546 | StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization); |
| 7547 | |
| 7548 | /// Get the specialization of the given variable template corresponding to |
| 7549 | /// the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result if the arguments |
| 7550 | /// are dependent. |
| 7551 | DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7552 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7553 | SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
| 7554 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); |
| 7555 | |
| 7556 | /// Form a reference to the specialization of the given variable template |
| 7557 | /// corresponding to the specified argument list, or a null-but-valid result |
| 7558 | /// if the arguments are dependent. |
| 7559 | ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7560 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 7561 | VarTemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7562 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7563 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7564 | |
| 7565 | ExprResult |
| 7566 | CheckConceptTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7567 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7568 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ConceptNameInfo, |
| 7569 | NamedDecl *FoundDecl, ConceptDecl *NamedConcept, |
| 7570 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7571 | |
| 7572 | void diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateName Name, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7573 | |
| 7574 | ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7575 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7576 | LookupResult &R, |
| 7577 | bool RequiresADL, |
| 7578 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7579 | |
| 7580 | ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7581 | SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7582 | const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 7583 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 | TemplateNameKind ActOnTemplateName( |
| 7586 | Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, |
| 7587 | const UnqualifiedId &Name, ParsedType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, |
| 7588 | TemplateTy &Template, bool AllowInjectedClassName = false); |
| 7589 | |
| 7590 | DeclResult ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization( |
| 7591 | Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 7592 | SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7593 | TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr, |
| 7594 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7595 | SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr); |
| 7596 | |
| 7597 | bool CheckTemplatePartialSpecializationArgs(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7598 | TemplateDecl *PrimaryTemplate, |
| 7599 | unsigned NumExplicitArgs, |
| 7600 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
| 7601 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
| 7602 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
| 7603 | void CheckTemplatePartialSpecialization( |
| 7604 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial); |
| 7605 | |
| 7606 | Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, |
| 7607 | MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7608 | Declarator &D); |
| 7609 | |
| 7610 | bool |
| 7611 | CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, |
| 7612 | TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, |
| 7613 | NamedDecl *PrevDecl, |
| 7614 | TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, |
| 7615 | SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, |
| 7616 | bool &SuppressNew); |
| 7617 | |
| 7618 | bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 7619 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 7620 | LookupResult &Previous); |
| 7621 | |
| 7622 | bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( |
| 7623 | FunctionDecl *FD, TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 7624 | LookupResult &Previous, bool QualifiedFriend = false); |
| 7625 | bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 7626 | void CompleteMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation( |
| 7629 | Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7630 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7631 | TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, |
| 7632 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
| 7633 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
| 7634 | |
| 7635 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
| 7636 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7637 | unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation KWLoc, |
| 7638 | CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 7639 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7640 | const ParsedAttributesView &Attr); |
| 7641 | |
| 7642 | DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, |
| 7643 | SourceLocation ExternLoc, |
| 7644 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7645 | Declarator &D); |
| 7646 | |
| 7647 | TemplateArgumentLoc |
| 7648 | SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7649 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7650 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7651 | Decl *Param, |
| 7652 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> |
| 7653 | &Converted, |
| 7654 | bool &HasDefaultArg); |
| 7655 | |
| 7656 | /// Specifies the context in which a particular template |
| 7657 | /// argument is being checked. |
| 7658 | enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { |
| 7659 | /// The template argument was specified in the code or was |
| 7660 | /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. |
| 7661 | CTAK_Specified, |
| 7662 | |
| 7663 | /// The template argument was deduced via template argument |
| 7664 | /// deduction. |
| 7665 | CTAK_Deduced, |
| 7666 | |
| 7667 | /// The template argument was deduced from an array bound |
| 7668 | /// via template argument deduction. |
| 7669 | CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound |
| 7670 | }; |
| 7671 | |
| 7672 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, |
| 7673 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
| 7674 | NamedDecl *Template, |
| 7675 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7676 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc, |
| 7677 | unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, |
| 7678 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
| 7679 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
| 7680 | |
| 7681 | /// Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to |
| 7682 | /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. |
| 7683 | /// |
| 7684 | /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being |
| 7685 | /// provided. |
| 7686 | /// |
| 7687 | /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. |
| 7688 | /// |
| 7689 | /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is |
| 7690 | /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of |
| 7691 | /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template |
| 7692 | /// arguments. |
| 7693 | /// |
| 7694 | /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is |
| 7695 | /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial |
| 7696 | /// set of template arguments. |
| 7697 | /// |
| 7698 | /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template |
| 7699 | /// arguments. |
| 7700 | /// |
| 7701 | /// \param UpdateArgsWithConversions If \c true, update \p TemplateArgs to |
| 7702 | /// contain the converted forms of the template arguments as written. |
| 7703 | /// Otherwise, \p TemplateArgs will not be modified. |
| 7704 | /// |
| 7705 | /// \param ConstraintsNotSatisfied If provided, and an error occured, will |
| 7706 | /// receive true if the cause for the error is the associated constraints of |
| 7707 | /// the template not being satisfied by the template arguments. |
| 7708 | /// |
| 7709 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 7710 | bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 7711 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7712 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, |
| 7713 | bool PartialTemplateArgs, |
| 7714 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
| 7715 | bool UpdateArgsWithConversions = true, |
| 7716 | bool *ConstraintsNotSatisfied = nullptr); |
| 7717 | |
| 7718 | bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
| 7719 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, |
| 7720 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); |
| 7721 | |
| 7722 | bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, |
| 7723 | TypeSourceInfo *Arg); |
| 7724 | ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 7725 | QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, |
| 7726 | TemplateArgument &Converted, |
| 7727 | CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); |
| 7728 | bool CheckTemplateTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 7729 | TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7730 | TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 | ExprResult |
| 7733 | BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 7734 | QualType ParamType, |
| 7735 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7736 | ExprResult |
| 7737 | BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 7738 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 7739 | |
| 7740 | /// Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared |
| 7741 | /// for equality. |
| 7742 | enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { |
| 7743 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates |
| 7744 | /// that might be redeclarations. |
| 7745 | /// |
| 7746 | /// \code |
| 7747 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
| 7748 | /// template<typename T> struct X; |
| 7749 | /// \endcode |
| 7750 | TPL_TemplateMatch, |
| 7751 | |
| 7752 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of two template |
| 7753 | /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists |
| 7754 | /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. |
| 7755 | /// |
| 7756 | /// \code |
| 7757 | /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; |
| 7758 | /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; |
| 7759 | /// \endcode |
| 7760 | TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, |
| 7761 | |
| 7762 | /// We are matching the template parameter lists of a template |
| 7763 | /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template |
| 7764 | /// template parameter. |
| 7765 | /// |
| 7766 | /// \code |
| 7767 | /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; |
| 7768 | /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; |
| 7769 | /// X<integer_c> xic; |
| 7770 | /// \endcode |
| 7771 | TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch |
| 7772 | }; |
| 7773 | |
| 7774 | bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, |
| 7775 | TemplateParameterList *Old, |
| 7776 | bool Complain, |
| 7777 | TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, |
| 7778 | SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc |
| 7779 | = SourceLocation()); |
| 7780 | |
| 7781 | bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); |
| 7782 | |
| 7783 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
| 7784 | /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". |
| 7785 | /// |
| 7786 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
| 7787 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
| 7788 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
| 7789 | /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). |
| 7790 | /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. |
| 7791 | TypeResult |
| 7792 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
| 7793 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7794 | SourceLocation IdLoc); |
| 7795 | |
| 7796 | /// Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename |
| 7797 | /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., |
| 7798 | /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". |
| 7799 | /// |
| 7800 | /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. |
| 7801 | /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword |
| 7802 | /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). |
| 7803 | /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. |
| 7804 | /// \param TemplateName The template name. |
| 7805 | /// \param TemplateII The identifier used to name the template. |
| 7806 | /// \param TemplateIILoc The location of the template name. |
| 7807 | /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). |
| 7808 | /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. |
| 7809 | /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). |
| 7810 | TypeResult |
| 7811 | ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, |
| 7812 | const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7813 | SourceLocation TemplateLoc, |
| 7814 | TemplateTy TemplateName, |
| 7815 | IdentifierInfo *TemplateII, |
| 7816 | SourceLocation TemplateIILoc, |
| 7817 | SourceLocation LAngleLoc, |
| 7818 | ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, |
| 7819 | SourceLocation RAngleLoc); |
| 7820 | |
| 7821 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 7822 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 7823 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 7824 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7825 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 7826 | TypeSourceInfo **TSI, |
| 7827 | bool DeducedTSTContext); |
| 7828 | |
| 7829 | QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
| 7830 | SourceLocation KeywordLoc, |
| 7831 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, |
| 7832 | const IdentifierInfo &II, |
| 7833 | SourceLocation IILoc, |
| 7834 | bool DeducedTSTContext = true); |
| 7835 | |
| 7836 | |
| 7837 | TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 7838 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7839 | DeclarationName Name); |
| 7840 | bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); |
| 7841 | |
| 7842 | ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); |
| 7843 | bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( |
| 7844 | TemplateParameterList *Params); |
| 7845 | |
| 7846 | std::string |
| 7847 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7848 | const TemplateArgumentList &Args); |
| 7849 | |
| 7850 | std::string |
| 7851 | getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, |
| 7852 | const TemplateArgument *Args, |
| 7853 | unsigned NumArgs); |
| 7854 | |
| 7855 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7856 | // C++ Concepts |
| 7857 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7858 | Decl *ActOnConceptDefinition( |
| 7859 | Scope *S, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 7860 | IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *ConstraintExpr); |
| 7861 | |
| 7862 | RequiresExprBodyDecl * |
| 7863 | ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
| 7864 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
| 7865 | Scope *BodyScope); |
| 7866 | void ActOnFinishRequiresExpr(); |
| 7867 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E); |
| 7868 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnTypeRequirement( |
| 7869 | SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 7870 | IdentifierInfo *TypeName, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId); |
| 7871 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E, |
| 7872 | SourceLocation NoexceptLoc); |
| 7873 | concepts::Requirement * |
| 7874 | ActOnCompoundRequirement( |
| 7875 | Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 7876 | TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth); |
| 7877 | concepts::Requirement *ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint); |
| 7878 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
| 7879 | BuildExprRequirement( |
| 7880 | Expr *E, bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
| 7881 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
| 7882 | concepts::ExprRequirement * |
| 7883 | BuildExprRequirement( |
| 7884 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstDiag, |
| 7885 | bool IsSatisfied, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, |
| 7886 | concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement); |
| 7887 | concepts::TypeRequirement *BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type); |
| 7888 | concepts::TypeRequirement * |
| 7889 | BuildTypeRequirement( |
| 7890 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
| 7891 | concepts::NestedRequirement *BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *E); |
| 7892 | concepts::NestedRequirement * |
| 7893 | BuildNestedRequirement( |
| 7894 | concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag); |
| 7895 | ExprResult ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc, |
| 7896 | RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body, |
| 7897 | ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters, |
| 7898 | ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements, |
| 7899 | SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc); |
| 7900 | |
| 7901 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7902 | // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) |
| 7903 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 7904 | |
| 7905 | /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this |
| 7906 | /// location. Useful for error recovery. |
| 7907 | bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted(); |
| 7908 | |
| 7909 | /// The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is |
| 7910 | /// being diagnosed. |
| 7911 | /// |
| 7912 | /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first |
| 7913 | /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. |
| 7914 | enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { |
| 7915 | /// An arbitrary expression. |
| 7916 | UPPC_Expression = 0, |
| 7917 | |
| 7918 | /// The base type of a class type. |
| 7919 | UPPC_BaseType, |
| 7920 | |
| 7921 | /// The type of an arbitrary declaration. |
| 7922 | UPPC_DeclarationType, |
| 7923 | |
| 7924 | /// The type of a data member. |
| 7925 | UPPC_DataMemberType, |
| 7926 | |
| 7927 | /// The size of a bit-field. |
| 7928 | UPPC_BitFieldWidth, |
| 7929 | |
| 7930 | /// The expression in a static assertion. |
| 7931 | UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, |
| 7932 | |
| 7933 | /// The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. |
| 7934 | UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, |
| 7935 | |
| 7936 | /// The enumerator value. |
| 7937 | UPPC_EnumeratorValue, |
| 7938 | |
| 7939 | /// A using declaration. |
| 7940 | UPPC_UsingDeclaration, |
| 7941 | |
| 7942 | /// A friend declaration. |
| 7943 | UPPC_FriendDeclaration, |
| 7944 | |
| 7945 | /// A declaration qualifier. |
| 7946 | UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, |
| 7947 | |
| 7948 | /// An initializer. |
| 7949 | UPPC_Initializer, |
| 7950 | |
| 7951 | /// A default argument. |
| 7952 | UPPC_DefaultArgument, |
| 7953 | |
| 7954 | /// The type of a non-type template parameter. |
| 7955 | UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, |
| 7956 | |
| 7957 | /// The type of an exception. |
| 7958 | UPPC_ExceptionType, |
| 7959 | |
| 7960 | /// Partial specialization. |
| 7961 | UPPC_PartialSpecialization, |
| 7962 | |
| 7963 | /// Microsoft __if_exists. |
| 7964 | UPPC_IfExists, |
| 7965 | |
| 7966 | /// Microsoft __if_not_exists. |
| 7967 | UPPC_IfNotExists, |
| 7968 | |
| 7969 | /// Lambda expression. |
| 7970 | UPPC_Lambda, |
| 7971 | |
| 7972 | /// Block expression. |
| 7973 | UPPC_Block, |
| 7974 | |
| 7975 | /// A type constraint. |
| 7976 | UPPC_TypeConstraint, |
| 7977 | |
| 7978 | // A requirement in a requires-expression. |
| 7979 | UPPC_Requirement, |
| 7980 | |
| 7981 | // A requires-clause. |
| 7982 | UPPC_RequiresClause, |
| 7983 | }; |
| 7984 | |
| 7985 | /// Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 7986 | /// |
| 7987 | /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. |
| 7988 | /// |
| 7989 | /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded |
| 7990 | /// parameter packs. |
| 7991 | /// |
| 7992 | /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 7993 | /// |
| 7994 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 7995 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 7996 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, |
| 7997 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); |
| 7998 | |
| 7999 | /// If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
| 8000 | /// diagnose the error. |
| 8001 | /// |
| 8002 | /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. |
| 8003 | /// |
| 8004 | /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter |
| 8005 | /// packs. |
| 8006 | /// |
| 8007 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8008 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 8009 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8010 | |
| 8011 | /// If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter |
| 8012 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
| 8013 | /// |
| 8014 | /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8015 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8016 | /// |
| 8017 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8018 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, |
| 8019 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); |
| 8020 | |
| 8021 | /// If the given requirees-expression contains an unexpanded reference to one |
| 8022 | /// of its own parameter packs, diagnose the error. |
| 8023 | /// |
| 8024 | /// \param RE The requiress-expression that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8025 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8026 | /// |
| 8027 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8028 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RequiresExpr *RE); |
| 8029 | |
| 8030 | /// If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded |
| 8031 | /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. |
| 8032 | /// |
| 8033 | /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for |
| 8034 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8035 | /// |
| 8036 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8037 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, |
| 8038 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8039 | |
| 8040 | /// If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
| 8041 | /// diagnose the error. |
| 8042 | /// |
| 8043 | /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that |
| 8044 | /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8045 | /// |
| 8046 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8047 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 8048 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8049 | |
| 8050 | /// If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, |
| 8051 | /// diagnose the error. |
| 8052 | /// |
| 8053 | /// \param Loc The location of the template name. |
| 8054 | /// |
| 8055 | /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8056 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8057 | /// |
| 8058 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8059 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8060 | TemplateName Template, |
| 8061 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8062 | |
| 8063 | /// If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter |
| 8064 | /// pack, diagnose the error. |
| 8065 | /// |
| 8066 | /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded |
| 8067 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8068 | /// |
| 8069 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 8070 | bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
| 8071 | UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); |
| 8072 | |
| 8073 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8074 | /// template argument. |
| 8075 | /// |
| 8076 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
| 8077 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8078 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, |
| 8079 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8080 | |
| 8081 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8082 | /// template argument. |
| 8083 | /// |
| 8084 | /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find |
| 8085 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8086 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, |
| 8087 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8090 | /// type. |
| 8091 | /// |
| 8092 | /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find |
| 8093 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8094 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, |
| 8095 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8096 | |
| 8097 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8098 | /// type. |
| 8099 | /// |
| 8100 | /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find |
| 8101 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8102 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, |
| 8103 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8104 | |
| 8105 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8106 | /// nested-name-specifier. |
| 8107 | /// |
| 8108 | /// \param NNS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find |
| 8109 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8110 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
| 8111 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8112 | |
| 8113 | /// Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given |
| 8114 | /// name. |
| 8115 | /// |
| 8116 | /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find |
| 8117 | /// unexpanded parameter packs. |
| 8118 | void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 8119 | SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); |
| 8120 | |
| 8121 | /// Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an |
| 8122 | /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. |
| 8123 | /// |
| 8124 | /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which |
| 8125 | /// may already be invalid. |
| 8126 | /// |
| 8127 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8128 | ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, |
| 8129 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 8130 | |
| 8131 | /// Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which |
| 8132 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
| 8133 | /// |
| 8134 | /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
| 8135 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 8136 | /// |
| 8137 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8138 | TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 8139 | |
| 8140 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
| 8141 | /// expansion. |
| 8142 | TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, |
| 8143 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8144 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 8145 | |
| 8146 | /// Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack |
| 8147 | /// expansion. |
| 8148 | QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, |
| 8149 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
| 8150 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8151 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 8152 | |
| 8153 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
| 8154 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
| 8155 | /// |
| 8156 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
| 8157 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 8158 | /// |
| 8159 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8160 | ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); |
| 8161 | |
| 8162 | /// Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which |
| 8163 | /// creates a pack expansion. |
| 8164 | /// |
| 8165 | /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become |
| 8166 | /// the pattern of the pack expansion. |
| 8167 | /// |
| 8168 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. |
| 8169 | ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8170 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); |
| 8171 | |
| 8172 | /// Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the |
| 8173 | /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly |
| 8174 | /// transforming the pattern. |
| 8175 | /// |
| 8176 | /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the |
| 8177 | /// pack expansion. |
| 8178 | /// |
| 8179 | /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of |
| 8180 | /// the pack expansion. |
| 8181 | /// |
| 8182 | /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the |
| 8183 | /// pattern. |
| 8184 | /// |
| 8185 | /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should |
| 8186 | /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When |
| 8187 | /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. |
| 8188 | /// |
| 8189 | /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded |
| 8190 | /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used |
| 8191 | /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per |
| 8192 | /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. |
| 8193 | /// |
| 8194 | /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in |
| 8195 | /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an |
| 8196 | /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the |
| 8197 | /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) |
| 8198 | /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. |
| 8199 | /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may |
| 8200 | /// set this value in other cases. |
| 8201 | /// |
| 8202 | /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs |
| 8203 | /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false |
| 8204 | /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) |
| 8205 | /// must be set. |
| 8206 | bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, |
| 8207 | SourceRange PatternRange, |
| 8208 | ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, |
| 8209 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8210 | bool &ShouldExpand, |
| 8211 | bool &RetainExpansion, |
| 8212 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); |
| 8213 | |
| 8214 | /// Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion |
| 8215 | /// type. |
| 8216 | /// |
| 8217 | /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is |
| 8218 | /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. |
| 8219 | /// |
| 8220 | /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. |
| 8221 | Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, |
| 8222 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 8223 | |
| 8224 | /// Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded |
| 8225 | /// parameter packs. |
| 8226 | /// |
| 8227 | /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators |
| 8228 | /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., |
| 8229 | /// |
| 8230 | /// \code |
| 8231 | /// void f(T...); |
| 8232 | /// \endcode |
| 8233 | /// |
| 8234 | /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or |
| 8235 | /// a variadic function. |
| 8236 | /// |
| 8237 | /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, |
| 8238 | /// false otherwise. |
| 8239 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); |
| 8240 | |
| 8241 | /// Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument. |
| 8242 | /// |
| 8243 | /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand. |
| 8244 | /// |
| 8245 | /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis. |
| 8246 | /// |
| 8247 | /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will |
| 8248 | /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori. |
| 8249 | TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern( |
| 8250 | TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc, |
| 8251 | SourceLocation &Ellipsis, |
| 8252 | Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const; |
| 8253 | |
| 8254 | /// Given a template argument that contains an unexpanded parameter pack, but |
| 8255 | /// which has already been substituted, attempt to determine the number of |
| 8256 | /// elements that will be produced once this argument is fully-expanded. |
| 8257 | /// |
| 8258 | /// This is intended for use when transforming 'sizeof...(Arg)' in order to |
| 8259 | /// avoid actually expanding the pack where possible. |
| 8260 | Optional<unsigned> getFullyPackExpandedSize(TemplateArgument Arg); |
| 8261 | |
| 8262 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8263 | // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) |
| 8264 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8265 | |
| 8266 | /// Adjust the type \p ArgFunctionType to match the calling convention, |
| 8267 | /// noreturn, and optionally the exception specification of \p FunctionType. |
| 8268 | /// Deduction often wants to ignore these properties when matching function |
| 8269 | /// types. |
| 8270 | QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType, |
| 8271 | bool AdjustExceptionSpec = false); |
| 8272 | |
| 8273 | /// Describes the result of template argument deduction. |
| 8274 | /// |
| 8275 | /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of |
| 8276 | /// template argument deduction, as returned from |
| 8277 | /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo |
| 8278 | /// structure provides additional information about the results of |
| 8279 | /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument |
| 8280 | /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or |
| 8281 | /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. |
| 8282 | enum TemplateDeductionResult { |
| 8283 | /// Template argument deduction was successful. |
| 8284 | TDK_Success = 0, |
| 8285 | /// The declaration was invalid; do nothing. |
| 8286 | TDK_Invalid, |
| 8287 | /// Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template |
| 8288 | /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). |
| 8289 | TDK_InstantiationDepth, |
| 8290 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value |
| 8291 | /// for every template parameter. |
| 8292 | TDK_Incomplete, |
| 8293 | /// Template argument deduction did not deduce a value for every |
| 8294 | /// expansion of an expanded template parameter pack. |
| 8295 | TDK_IncompletePack, |
| 8296 | /// Template argument deduction produced inconsistent |
| 8297 | /// deduced values for the given template parameter. |
| 8298 | TDK_Inconsistent, |
| 8299 | /// Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent |
| 8300 | /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would |
| 8301 | /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" |
| 8302 | /// but were given a non-const "X". |
| 8303 | TDK_Underqualified, |
| 8304 | /// Substitution of the deduced template argument values |
| 8305 | /// resulted in an error. |
| 8306 | TDK_SubstitutionFailure, |
| 8307 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, a dependent |
| 8308 | /// parameter type did not match the corresponding argument. |
| 8309 | TDK_DeducedMismatch, |
| 8310 | /// After substituting deduced template arguments, an element of |
| 8311 | /// a dependent parameter type did not match the corresponding element |
| 8312 | /// of the corresponding argument (when deducing from an initializer list). |
| 8313 | TDK_DeducedMismatchNested, |
| 8314 | /// A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the |
| 8315 | /// corresponding component of the argument. |
| 8316 | TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, |
| 8317 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
| 8318 | /// template, there were too many call arguments. |
| 8319 | TDK_TooManyArguments, |
| 8320 | /// When performing template argument deduction for a function |
| 8321 | /// template, there were too few call arguments. |
| 8322 | TDK_TooFewArguments, |
| 8323 | /// The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid |
| 8324 | /// template arguments for the given template. |
| 8325 | TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, |
| 8326 | /// Checking non-dependent argument conversions failed. |
| 8327 | TDK_NonDependentConversionFailure, |
| 8328 | /// The deduced arguments did not satisfy the constraints associated |
| 8329 | /// with the template. |
| 8330 | TDK_ConstraintsNotSatisfied, |
| 8331 | /// Deduction failed; that's all we know. |
| 8332 | TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure, |
| 8333 | /// CUDA Target attributes do not match. |
| 8334 | TDK_CUDATargetMismatch |
| 8335 | }; |
| 8336 | |
| 8337 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8338 | DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
| 8339 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8340 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8341 | |
| 8342 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8343 | DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, |
| 8344 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8345 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8346 | |
| 8347 | TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments( |
| 8348 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8349 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 8350 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
| 8351 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType, |
| 8352 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8353 | |
| 8354 | /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument |
| 8355 | // deduction for a call. |
| 8356 | struct OriginalCallArg { |
| 8357 | OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, bool DecomposedParam, |
| 8358 | unsigned ArgIdx, QualType OriginalArgType) |
| 8359 | : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), |
| 8360 | DecomposedParam(DecomposedParam), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), |
| 8361 | OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) {} |
| 8362 | |
| 8363 | QualType OriginalParamType; |
| 8364 | bool DecomposedParam; |
| 8365 | unsigned ArgIdx; |
| 8366 | QualType OriginalArgType; |
| 8367 | }; |
| 8368 | |
| 8369 | TemplateDeductionResult FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction( |
| 8370 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8371 | SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, |
| 8372 | unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8373 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8374 | SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr, |
| 8375 | bool PartialOverloading = false, |
| 8376 | llvm::function_ref<bool()> CheckNonDependent = []{ return false; }); |
| 8377 | |
| 8378 | TemplateDeductionResult DeduceTemplateArguments( |
| 8379 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8380 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 8381 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8382 | bool PartialOverloading, |
| 8383 | llvm::function_ref<bool(ArrayRef<QualType>)> CheckNonDependent); |
| 8384 | |
| 8385 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8386 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8387 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 8388 | QualType ArgFunctionType, |
| 8389 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8390 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8391 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
| 8392 | |
| 8393 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8394 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8395 | QualType ToType, |
| 8396 | CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8397 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8398 | |
| 8399 | TemplateDeductionResult |
| 8400 | DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8401 | TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, |
| 8402 | FunctionDecl *&Specialization, |
| 8403 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, |
| 8404 | bool IsAddressOfFunction = false); |
| 8405 | |
| 8406 | /// Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto |
| 8407 | QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
| 8408 | /// Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto |
| 8409 | TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
| 8410 | QualType Replacement); |
| 8411 | /// Completely replace the \c auto in \p TypeWithAuto by |
| 8412 | /// \p Replacement. This does not retain any \c auto type sugar. |
| 8413 | QualType ReplaceAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); |
| 8414 | TypeSourceInfo *ReplaceAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto, |
| 8415 | QualType Replacement); |
| 8416 | |
| 8417 | /// Result type of DeduceAutoType. |
| 8418 | enum DeduceAutoResult { |
| 8419 | DAR_Succeeded, |
| 8420 | DAR_Failed, |
| 8421 | DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed |
| 8422 | }; |
| 8423 | |
| 8424 | DeduceAutoResult |
| 8425 | DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
| 8426 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
| 8427 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
| 8428 | DeduceAutoResult |
| 8429 | DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, QualType &Result, |
| 8430 | Optional<unsigned> DependentDeductionDepth = None, |
| 8431 | bool IgnoreConstraints = false); |
| 8432 | void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); |
| 8433 | bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8434 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 8435 | |
| 8436 | /// Declare implicit deduction guides for a class template if we've |
| 8437 | /// not already done so. |
| 8438 | void DeclareImplicitDeductionGuides(TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8439 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8440 | |
| 8441 | QualType DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer( |
| 8442 | TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, const InitializedEntity &Entity, |
| 8443 | const InitializationKind &Kind, MultiExprArg Init); |
| 8444 | |
| 8445 | QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name, |
| 8446 | QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI, |
| 8447 | SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, |
| 8448 | Expr *Init); |
| 8449 | |
| 8450 | TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const; |
| 8451 | |
| 8452 | bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 8453 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
| 8454 | Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); |
| 8455 | |
| 8456 | FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate( |
| 8457 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8458 | TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, unsigned NumCallArguments1, |
| 8459 | unsigned NumCallArguments2, bool Reversed = false); |
| 8460 | UnresolvedSetIterator |
| 8461 | getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, |
| 8462 | TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates, |
| 8463 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 8464 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, |
| 8465 | const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, |
| 8466 | const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, |
| 8467 | bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType()); |
| 8468 | |
| 8469 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * |
| 8470 | getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
| 8471 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
| 8472 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, |
| 8473 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8474 | |
| 8475 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
| 8476 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8477 | |
| 8478 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( |
| 8479 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, |
| 8480 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 | bool isMoreSpecializedThanPrimary(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *T, |
| 8483 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 8484 | |
| 8485 | bool isTemplateTemplateParameterAtLeastAsSpecializedAs( |
| 8486 | TemplateParameterList *PParam, TemplateDecl *AArg, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 8487 | |
| 8488 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const Expr *E, bool OnlyDeduced, |
| 8489 | unsigned Depth, llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
| 8490 | |
| 8491 | void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 8492 | bool OnlyDeduced, |
| 8493 | unsigned Depth, |
| 8494 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); |
| 8495 | void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( |
| 8496 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8497 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { |
| 8498 | return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); |
| 8499 | } |
| 8500 | static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, |
| 8501 | const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8502 | llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); |
| 8503 | |
| 8504 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 8505 | // C++ Template Instantiation |
| 8506 | // |
| 8507 | |
| 8508 | MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList |
| 8509 | getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, |
| 8510 | const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr, |
| 8511 | bool RelativeToPrimary = false, |
| 8512 | const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr); |
| 8513 | |
| 8514 | /// A context in which code is being synthesized (where a source location |
| 8515 | /// alone is not sufficient to identify the context). This covers template |
| 8516 | /// instantiation and various forms of implicitly-generated functions. |
| 8517 | struct CodeSynthesisContext { |
| 8518 | /// The kind of template instantiation we are performing |
| 8519 | enum SynthesisKind { |
| 8520 | /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is |
| 8521 | /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). |
| 8522 | TemplateInstantiation, |
| 8523 | |
| 8524 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template |
| 8525 | /// parameter. The Entity is the template parameter whose argument is |
| 8526 | /// being instantiated, the Template is the template, and the |
| 8527 | /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provide the template arguments as |
| 8528 | /// specified. |
| 8529 | DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, |
| 8530 | |
| 8531 | /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. |
| 8532 | /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs |
| 8533 | /// provides the template arguments as specified. |
| 8534 | DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, |
| 8535 | |
| 8536 | /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for |
| 8537 | /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. |
| 8538 | ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
| 8539 | |
| 8540 | /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of |
| 8541 | /// template argument deduction for either a class template |
| 8542 | /// partial specialization or a function template. The |
| 8543 | /// Entity is either a {Class|Var}TemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or |
| 8544 | /// a TemplateDecl. |
| 8545 | DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
| 8546 | |
| 8547 | /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new |
| 8548 | /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a |
| 8549 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. |
| 8550 | PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, |
| 8551 | |
| 8552 | /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that |
| 8553 | /// has been used when naming a template-id. |
| 8554 | DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, |
| 8555 | |
| 8556 | /// We are computing the exception specification for a defaulted special |
| 8557 | /// member function. |
| 8558 | ExceptionSpecEvaluation, |
| 8559 | |
| 8560 | /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function |
| 8561 | /// template which was deferred until it was needed. |
| 8562 | ExceptionSpecInstantiation, |
| 8563 | |
| 8564 | /// We are instantiating a requirement of a requires expression. |
| 8565 | RequirementInstantiation, |
| 8566 | |
| 8567 | /// We are checking the satisfaction of a nested requirement of a requires |
| 8568 | /// expression. |
| 8569 | NestedRequirementConstraintsCheck, |
| 8570 | |
| 8571 | /// We are declaring an implicit special member function. |
| 8572 | DeclaringSpecialMember, |
| 8573 | |
| 8574 | /// We are declaring an implicit 'operator==' for a defaulted |
| 8575 | /// 'operator<=>'. |
| 8576 | DeclaringImplicitEqualityComparison, |
| 8577 | |
| 8578 | /// We are defining a synthesized function (such as a defaulted special |
| 8579 | /// member). |
| 8580 | DefiningSynthesizedFunction, |
| 8581 | |
| 8582 | // We are checking the constraints associated with a constrained entity or |
| 8583 | // the constraint expression of a concept. This includes the checks that |
| 8584 | // atomic constraints have the type 'bool' and that they can be constant |
| 8585 | // evaluated. |
| 8586 | ConstraintsCheck, |
| 8587 | |
| 8588 | // We are substituting template arguments into a constraint expression. |
| 8589 | ConstraintSubstitution, |
| 8590 | |
| 8591 | // We are normalizing a constraint expression. |
| 8592 | ConstraintNormalization, |
| 8593 | |
| 8594 | // We are substituting into the parameter mapping of an atomic constraint |
| 8595 | // during normalization. |
| 8596 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, |
| 8597 | |
| 8598 | /// We are rewriting a comparison operator in terms of an operator<=>. |
| 8599 | RewritingOperatorAsSpaceship, |
| 8600 | |
| 8601 | /// We are initializing a structured binding. |
| 8602 | InitializingStructuredBinding, |
| 8603 | |
| 8604 | /// We are marking a class as __dllexport. |
| 8605 | MarkingClassDllexported, |
| 8606 | |
| 8607 | /// Added for Template instantiation observation. |
| 8608 | /// Memoization means we are _not_ instantiating a template because |
| 8609 | /// it is already instantiated (but we entered a context where we |
| 8610 | /// would have had to if it was not already instantiated). |
| 8611 | Memoization |
| 8612 | } Kind; |
| 8613 | |
| 8614 | /// Was the enclosing context a non-instantiation SFINAE context? |
| 8615 | bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 | /// The point of instantiation or synthesis within the source code. |
| 8618 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; |
| 8619 | |
| 8620 | /// The entity that is being synthesized. |
| 8621 | Decl *Entity; |
| 8622 | |
| 8623 | /// The template (or partial specialization) in which we are |
| 8624 | /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template |
| 8625 | /// arguments. |
| 8626 | NamedDecl *Template; |
| 8627 | |
| 8628 | /// The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they |
| 8629 | /// are not part of the entity. |
| 8630 | const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; |
| 8631 | |
| 8632 | // FIXME: Wrap this union around more members, or perhaps store the |
| 8633 | // kind-specific members in the RAII object owning the context. |
| 8634 | union { |
| 8635 | /// The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. |
| 8636 | unsigned NumTemplateArgs; |
| 8637 | |
| 8638 | /// The special member being declared or defined. |
| 8639 | CXXSpecialMember SpecialMember; |
| 8640 | }; |
| 8641 | |
| 8642 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
| 8643 | assert(Kind != DeclaringSpecialMember); |
| 8644 | return {TemplateArgs, NumTemplateArgs}; |
| 8645 | } |
| 8646 | |
| 8647 | /// The template deduction info object associated with the |
| 8648 | /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. |
| 8649 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; |
| 8650 | |
| 8651 | /// The source range that covers the construct that cause |
| 8652 | /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class |
| 8653 | /// template instantiation. |
| 8654 | SourceRange InstantiationRange; |
| 8655 | |
| 8656 | CodeSynthesisContext() |
| 8657 | : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), |
| 8658 | SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(false), Entity(nullptr), |
| 8659 | Template(nullptr), TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), |
| 8660 | DeductionInfo(nullptr) {} |
| 8661 | |
| 8662 | /// Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation |
| 8663 | /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. |
| 8664 | bool isInstantiationRecord() const; |
| 8665 | }; |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 | /// List of active code synthesis contexts. |
| 8668 | /// |
| 8669 | /// This vector is treated as a stack. As synthesis of one entity requires |
| 8670 | /// synthesis of another, additional contexts are pushed onto the stack. |
| 8671 | SmallVector<CodeSynthesisContext, 16> CodeSynthesisContexts; |
| 8672 | |
| 8673 | /// Specializations whose definitions are currently being instantiated. |
| 8674 | llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<Decl *, unsigned>> InstantiatingSpecializations; |
| 8675 | |
| 8676 | /// Non-dependent types used in templates that have already been instantiated |
| 8677 | /// by some template instantiation. |
| 8678 | llvm::DenseSet<QualType> InstantiatedNonDependentTypes; |
| 8679 | |
| 8680 | /// Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template |
| 8681 | /// instantiation. Computed lazily. |
| 8682 | SmallVector<Module*, 16> CodeSynthesisContextLookupModules; |
| 8683 | |
| 8684 | /// Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup |
| 8685 | /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use |
| 8686 | /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set. |
| 8687 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache; |
| 8688 | |
| 8689 | /// Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during |
| 8690 | /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a |
| 8691 | /// template defined within it. |
| 8692 | llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules(); |
| 8693 | |
| 8694 | /// Map from the most recent declaration of a namespace to the most |
| 8695 | /// recent visible declaration of that namespace. |
| 8696 | llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, NamedDecl*> VisibleNamespaceCache; |
| 8697 | |
| 8698 | /// Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with |
| 8699 | /// template instantiation. |
| 8700 | /// |
| 8701 | /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside |
| 8702 | /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. |
| 8703 | bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 8704 | |
| 8705 | /// The number of \p CodeSynthesisContexts that are not template |
| 8706 | /// instantiations and, therefore, should not be counted as part of the |
| 8707 | /// instantiation depth. |
| 8708 | /// |
| 8709 | /// When the instantiation depth reaches the user-configurable limit |
| 8710 | /// \p LangOptions::InstantiationDepth we will abort instantiation. |
| 8711 | // FIXME: Should we have a similar limit for other forms of synthesis? |
| 8712 | unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; |
| 8713 | |
| 8714 | /// The depth of the context stack at the point when the most recent |
| 8715 | /// error or warning was produced. |
| 8716 | /// |
| 8717 | /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant context stacks |
| 8718 | /// when there are multiple errors or warnings in the same instantiation. |
| 8719 | // FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough to implement it anywhere else. |
| 8720 | unsigned LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = 0; |
| 8721 | |
| 8722 | /// The template instantiation callbacks to trace or track |
| 8723 | /// instantiations (objects can be chained). |
| 8724 | /// |
| 8725 | /// This callbacks is used to print, trace or track template |
| 8726 | /// instantiations as they are being constructed. |
| 8727 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<TemplateInstantiationCallback>> |
| 8728 | TemplateInstCallbacks; |
| 8729 | |
| 8730 | /// The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be |
| 8731 | /// used for substitution of parameter packs. |
| 8732 | /// |
| 8733 | /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs |
| 8734 | /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies |
| 8735 | /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. |
| 8736 | int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8737 | |
| 8738 | /// RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index |
| 8739 | /// within a \c Sema object. |
| 8740 | /// |
| 8741 | /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. |
| 8742 | class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { |
| 8743 | Sema &Self; |
| 8744 | int OldSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 | public: |
| 8747 | ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) |
| 8748 | : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { |
| 8749 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8750 | } |
| 8751 | |
| 8752 | ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { |
| 8753 | Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; |
| 8754 | } |
| 8755 | }; |
| 8756 | |
| 8757 | friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; |
| 8758 | |
| 8759 | /// For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the |
| 8760 | /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument |
| 8761 | /// deduction. |
| 8762 | /// |
| 8763 | /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. |
| 8764 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > |
| 8765 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap; |
| 8766 | SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics; |
| 8767 | |
| 8768 | /// A stack object to be created when performing template |
| 8769 | /// instantiation. |
| 8770 | /// |
| 8771 | /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate |
| 8772 | /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active |
| 8773 | /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum |
| 8774 | /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction |
| 8775 | /// produces an error and evaluates true. |
| 8776 | /// |
| 8777 | /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off |
| 8778 | /// the stack. |
| 8779 | struct InstantiatingTemplate { |
| 8780 | /// Note that we are instantiating a class template, |
| 8781 | /// function template, variable template, alias template, |
| 8782 | /// or a member thereof. |
| 8783 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8784 | Decl *Entity, |
| 8785 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8786 | |
| 8787 | struct ExceptionSpecification {}; |
| 8788 | /// Note that we are instantiating an exception specification |
| 8789 | /// of a function template. |
| 8790 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8791 | FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, |
| 8792 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8793 | |
| 8794 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a |
| 8795 | /// template-id. |
| 8796 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8797 | TemplateParameter Param, TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8798 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8799 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8800 | |
| 8801 | /// Note that we are substituting either explicitly-specified or |
| 8802 | /// deduced template arguments during function template argument deduction. |
| 8803 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8804 | FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, |
| 8805 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8806 | CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
| 8807 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8808 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8809 | |
| 8810 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
| 8811 | /// argument deduction for a class template declaration. |
| 8812 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8813 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8814 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8815 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8816 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8817 | |
| 8818 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
| 8819 | /// argument deduction for a class template partial |
| 8820 | /// specialization. |
| 8821 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8822 | ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
| 8823 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8824 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8825 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 | /// Note that we are instantiating as part of template |
| 8828 | /// argument deduction for a variable template partial |
| 8829 | /// specialization. |
| 8830 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8831 | VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, |
| 8832 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8833 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8834 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8835 | |
| 8836 | /// Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function |
| 8837 | /// parameter. |
| 8838 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8839 | ParmVarDecl *Param, |
| 8840 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8841 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8842 | |
| 8843 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
| 8844 | /// non-type parameter. |
| 8845 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8846 | NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8847 | NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 8848 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8849 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8850 | |
| 8851 | /// Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a |
| 8852 | /// template template parameter. |
| 8853 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8854 | NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8855 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, |
| 8856 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8857 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8858 | |
| 8859 | /// Note that we are checking the default template argument |
| 8860 | /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. |
| 8861 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8862 | TemplateDecl *Template, |
| 8863 | NamedDecl *Param, |
| 8864 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8865 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 | struct ConstraintsCheck {}; |
| 8868 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the constraints associated with some |
| 8869 | /// constrained entity (a concept declaration or a template with associated |
| 8870 | /// constraints). |
| 8871 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8872 | ConstraintsCheck, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8873 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 8874 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8875 | |
| 8876 | struct ConstraintSubstitution {}; |
| 8877 | /// \brief Note that we are checking a constraint expression associated |
| 8878 | /// with a template declaration or as part of the satisfaction check of a |
| 8879 | /// concept. |
| 8880 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8881 | ConstraintSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8882 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8883 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8884 | |
| 8885 | struct ConstraintNormalization {}; |
| 8886 | /// \brief Note that we are normalizing a constraint expression. |
| 8887 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8888 | ConstraintNormalization, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8889 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8890 | |
| 8891 | struct ParameterMappingSubstitution {}; |
| 8892 | /// \brief Note that we are subtituting into the parameter mapping of an |
| 8893 | /// atomic constraint during constraint normalization. |
| 8894 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8895 | ParameterMappingSubstitution, NamedDecl *Template, |
| 8896 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8897 | |
| 8898 | /// \brief Note that we are substituting template arguments into a part of |
| 8899 | /// a requirement of a requires expression. |
| 8900 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8901 | concepts::Requirement *Req, |
| 8902 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, |
| 8903 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8904 | |
| 8905 | /// \brief Note that we are checking the satisfaction of the constraint |
| 8906 | /// expression inside of a nested requirement. |
| 8907 | InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8908 | concepts::NestedRequirement *Req, ConstraintsCheck, |
| 8909 | SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); |
| 8910 | |
| 8911 | /// Note that we have finished instantiating this template. |
| 8912 | void Clear(); |
| 8913 | |
| 8914 | ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } |
| 8915 | |
| 8916 | /// Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum |
| 8917 | /// recursive template instantiations. |
| 8918 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
| 8919 | |
| 8920 | /// Determine whether we are already instantiating this |
| 8921 | /// specialization in some surrounding active instantiation. |
| 8922 | bool isAlreadyInstantiating() const { return AlreadyInstantiating; } |
| 8923 | |
| 8924 | private: |
| 8925 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 8926 | bool Invalid; |
| 8927 | bool AlreadyInstantiating; |
| 8928 | bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 8929 | SourceRange InstantiationRange); |
| 8930 | |
| 8931 | InstantiatingTemplate( |
| 8932 | Sema &SemaRef, CodeSynthesisContext::SynthesisKind Kind, |
| 8933 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange, |
| 8934 | Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr, |
| 8935 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None, |
| 8936 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr); |
| 8937 | |
| 8938 | InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
| 8939 | |
| 8940 | InstantiatingTemplate& |
| 8941 | operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete; |
| 8942 | }; |
| 8943 | |
| 8944 | void pushCodeSynthesisContext(CodeSynthesisContext Ctx); |
| 8945 | void popCodeSynthesisContext(); |
| 8946 | |
| 8947 | /// Determine whether we are currently performing template instantiation. |
| 8948 | bool inTemplateInstantiation() const { |
| 8949 | return CodeSynthesisContexts.size() > NonInstantiationEntries; |
| 8950 | } |
| 8951 | |
| 8952 | void PrintContextStack() { |
| 8953 | if (!CodeSynthesisContexts.empty() && |
| 8954 | CodeSynthesisContexts.size() != LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth) { |
| 8955 | PrintInstantiationStack(); |
| 8956 | LastEmittedCodeSynthesisContextDepth = CodeSynthesisContexts.size(); |
| 8957 | } |
| 8958 | if (PragmaAttributeCurrentTargetDecl) |
| 8959 | PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
| 8960 | } |
| 8961 | void PrintInstantiationStack(); |
| 8962 | |
| 8963 | void PrintPragmaAttributeInstantiationPoint(); |
| 8964 | |
| 8965 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context where |
| 8966 | /// template argument substitution failures are not considered |
| 8967 | /// errors. |
| 8968 | /// |
| 8969 | /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. |
| 8970 | /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest |
| 8971 | /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture |
| 8972 | /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. |
| 8973 | Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; |
| 8974 | |
| 8975 | /// Determines whether we are currently in a context that |
| 8976 | /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. |
| 8977 | bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { |
| 8978 | assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && |
| 8979 | "Must be in an expression evaluation context" ); |
| 8980 | return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); |
| 8981 | } |
| 8982 | |
| 8983 | /// RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has |
| 8984 | /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument |
| 8985 | /// deduction. |
| 8986 | class SFINAETrap { |
| 8987 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 8988 | unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; |
| 8989 | bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 8990 | bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 8991 | bool PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored; |
| 8992 | |
| 8993 | public: |
| 8994 | explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) |
| 8995 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), |
| 8996 | PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( |
| 8997 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), |
| 8998 | PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE), |
| 8999 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
| 9000 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().isLastDiagnosticIgnored()) |
| 9001 | { |
| 9002 | if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) |
| 9003 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; |
| 9004 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 9005 | } |
| 9006 | |
| 9007 | ~SFINAETrap() { |
| 9008 | SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; |
| 9009 | SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext |
| 9010 | = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; |
| 9011 | SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; |
| 9012 | SemaRef.getDiagnostics().setLastDiagnosticIgnored( |
| 9013 | PrevLastDiagnosticIgnored); |
| 9014 | } |
| 9015 | |
| 9016 | /// Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. |
| 9017 | bool hasErrorOccurred() const { |
| 9018 | return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; |
| 9019 | } |
| 9020 | }; |
| 9021 | |
| 9022 | /// RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional |
| 9023 | /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so |
| 9024 | /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within |
| 9025 | /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed. |
| 9026 | class TentativeAnalysisScope { |
| 9027 | Sema &SemaRef; |
| 9028 | // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack. |
| 9029 | SFINAETrap Trap; |
| 9030 | bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
| 9031 | public: |
| 9032 | explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef) |
| 9033 | : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true), |
| 9034 | PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) { |
| 9035 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; |
| 9036 | } |
| 9037 | ~TentativeAnalysisScope() { |
| 9038 | SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection; |
| 9039 | } |
| 9040 | }; |
| 9041 | |
| 9042 | /// The current instantiation scope used to store local |
| 9043 | /// variables. |
| 9044 | LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; |
| 9045 | |
| 9046 | /// Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is |
| 9047 | /// disabled. |
| 9048 | bool DisableTypoCorrection; |
| 9049 | |
| 9050 | /// The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. |
| 9051 | unsigned TyposCorrected; |
| 9052 | |
| 9053 | typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet; |
| 9054 | typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations; |
| 9055 | |
| 9056 | /// A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and |
| 9057 | /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a |
| 9058 | /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it. |
| 9059 | IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures; |
| 9060 | |
| 9061 | /// Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. |
| 9062 | sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; |
| 9063 | threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache; |
| 9064 | |
| 9065 | /// An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. |
| 9066 | /// |
| 9067 | /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in |
| 9068 | /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily |
| 9069 | /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the |
| 9070 | /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), |
| 9071 | /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, |
| 9072 | /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. |
| 9073 | typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; |
| 9074 | |
| 9075 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
| 9076 | /// but have not yet been performed. |
| 9077 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 | /// Queue of implicit template instantiations that cannot be performed |
| 9080 | /// eagerly. |
| 9081 | SmallVector<PendingImplicitInstantiation, 1> LateParsedInstantiations; |
| 9082 | |
| 9083 | class GlobalEagerInstantiationScope { |
| 9084 | public: |
| 9085 | GlobalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S, bool Enabled) |
| 9086 | : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) { |
| 9087 | if (!Enabled) return; |
| 9088 | |
| 9089 | SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations); |
| 9090 | SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses); |
| 9091 | } |
| 9092 | |
| 9093 | void perform() { |
| 9094 | if (Enabled) { |
| 9095 | S.DefineUsedVTables(); |
| 9096 | S.PerformPendingInstantiations(); |
| 9097 | } |
| 9098 | } |
| 9099 | |
| 9100 | ~GlobalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
| 9101 | if (!Enabled) return; |
| 9102 | |
| 9103 | // Restore the set of pending vtables. |
| 9104 | assert(S.VTableUses.empty() && |
| 9105 | "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded." ); |
| 9106 | S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses); |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 | // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations. |
| 9109 | if (S.TUKind != TU_Prefix || !S.LangOpts.PCHInstantiateTemplates) { |
| 9110 | assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() && |
| 9111 | "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded." ); |
| 9112 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
| 9113 | } else { |
| 9114 | // Template instantiations in the PCH may be delayed until the TU. |
| 9115 | S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations); |
| 9116 | S.PendingInstantiations.insert(S.PendingInstantiations.end(), |
| 9117 | SavedPendingInstantiations.begin(), |
| 9118 | SavedPendingInstantiations.end()); |
| 9119 | } |
| 9120 | } |
| 9121 | |
| 9122 | private: |
| 9123 | Sema &S; |
| 9124 | SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses; |
| 9125 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations; |
| 9126 | bool Enabled; |
| 9127 | }; |
| 9128 | |
| 9129 | /// The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required |
| 9130 | /// and must be performed within the current local scope. |
| 9131 | /// |
| 9132 | /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in |
| 9133 | /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their |
| 9134 | /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local |
| 9135 | /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. |
| 9136 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
| 9137 | |
| 9138 | class LocalEagerInstantiationScope { |
| 9139 | public: |
| 9140 | LocalEagerInstantiationScope(Sema &S) : S(S) { |
| 9141 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
| 9142 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
| 9143 | } |
| 9144 | |
| 9145 | void perform() { S.PerformPendingInstantiations(/*LocalOnly=*/true); } |
| 9146 | |
| 9147 | ~LocalEagerInstantiationScope() { |
| 9148 | assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() && |
| 9149 | "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations" ); |
| 9150 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap( |
| 9151 | S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations); |
| 9152 | } |
| 9153 | |
| 9154 | private: |
| 9155 | Sema &S; |
| 9156 | std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> |
| 9157 | SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; |
| 9158 | }; |
| 9159 | |
| 9160 | /// A helper class for building up ExtParameterInfos. |
| 9161 | class ExtParameterInfoBuilder { |
| 9162 | SmallVector<FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo, 16> Infos; |
| 9163 | bool HasInteresting = false; |
| 9164 | |
| 9165 | public: |
| 9166 | /// Set the ExtParameterInfo for the parameter at the given index, |
| 9167 | /// |
| 9168 | void set(unsigned index, FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo info) { |
| 9169 | assert(Infos.size() <= index); |
| 9170 | Infos.resize(index); |
| 9171 | Infos.push_back(info); |
| 9172 | |
| 9173 | if (!HasInteresting) |
| 9174 | HasInteresting = (info != FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo()); |
| 9175 | } |
| 9176 | |
| 9177 | /// Return a pointer (suitable for setting in an ExtProtoInfo) to the |
| 9178 | /// ExtParameterInfo array we've built up. |
| 9179 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo * |
| 9180 | getPointerOrNull(unsigned numParams) { |
| 9181 | if (!HasInteresting) return nullptr; |
| 9182 | Infos.resize(numParams); |
| 9183 | return Infos.data(); |
| 9184 | } |
| 9185 | }; |
| 9186 | |
| 9187 | void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); |
| 9188 | |
| 9189 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 9190 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9191 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, |
| 9192 | bool AllowDeducedTST = false); |
| 9193 | |
| 9194 | QualType SubstType(QualType T, |
| 9195 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9196 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 9197 | |
| 9198 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, |
| 9199 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9200 | SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); |
| 9201 | |
| 9202 | TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 9203 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9204 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9205 | DeclarationName Entity, |
| 9206 | CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, |
| 9207 | Qualifiers ThisTypeQuals); |
| 9208 | void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 9209 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
| 9210 | bool SubstExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9211 | FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI, |
| 9212 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionStorage, |
| 9213 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args); |
| 9214 | ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, |
| 9215 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9216 | int indexAdjustment, |
| 9217 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, |
| 9218 | bool ExpectParameterPack); |
| 9219 | bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, |
| 9220 | const FunctionProtoType::ExtParameterInfo *ExtParamInfos, |
| 9221 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9222 | SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, |
| 9223 | SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams, |
| 9224 | ExtParameterInfoBuilder &ParamInfos); |
| 9225 | ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, |
| 9226 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9227 | |
| 9228 | /// Substitute the given template arguments into a list of |
| 9229 | /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. |
| 9230 | /// |
| 9231 | /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. |
| 9232 | /// |
| 9233 | /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case |
| 9234 | /// default arguments will be dropped. |
| 9235 | /// |
| 9236 | /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. |
| 9237 | /// |
| 9238 | /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. |
| 9239 | /// |
| 9240 | /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. |
| 9241 | bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall, |
| 9242 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9243 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); |
| 9244 | |
| 9245 | StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, |
| 9246 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9247 | |
| 9248 | TemplateParameterList * |
| 9249 | SubstTemplateParams(TemplateParameterList *Params, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 9250 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9251 | |
| 9252 | bool |
| 9253 | SubstTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
| 9254 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9255 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Outputs); |
| 9256 | |
| 9257 | |
| 9258 | Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, |
| 9259 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9260 | |
| 9261 | /// Substitute the name and return type of a defaulted 'operator<=>' to form |
| 9262 | /// an implicit 'operator=='. |
| 9263 | FunctionDecl *SubstSpaceshipAsEqualEqual(CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 9264 | FunctionDecl *Spaceship); |
| 9265 | |
| 9266 | ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, |
| 9267 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9268 | bool CXXDirectInit); |
| 9269 | |
| 9270 | bool |
| 9271 | SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
| 9272 | CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
| 9273 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9274 | |
| 9275 | bool |
| 9276 | InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9277 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, |
| 9278 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9279 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 9280 | bool Complain = true); |
| 9281 | |
| 9282 | bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9283 | EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, |
| 9284 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9285 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 9286 | |
| 9287 | bool InstantiateInClassInitializer( |
| 9288 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation, |
| 9289 | FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9290 | |
| 9291 | struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { |
| 9292 | const Attr *TmplAttr; |
| 9293 | LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; |
| 9294 | Decl *NewDecl; |
| 9295 | |
| 9296 | LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, |
| 9297 | Decl *D) |
| 9298 | : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) |
| 9299 | { } |
| 9300 | }; |
| 9301 | typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 | void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9304 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
| 9305 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
| 9306 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 | void |
| 9309 | InstantiateAttrsForDecl(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9310 | const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, |
| 9311 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
| 9312 | LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr); |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 | void InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); |
| 9315 | |
| 9316 | bool usesPartialOrExplicitSpecialization( |
| 9317 | SourceLocation Loc, ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec); |
| 9318 | |
| 9319 | bool |
| 9320 | InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9321 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
| 9322 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, |
| 9323 | bool Complain = true); |
| 9324 | |
| 9325 | void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9326 | CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, |
| 9327 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9328 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 9329 | |
| 9330 | void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( |
| 9331 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9332 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, |
| 9333 | TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); |
| 9334 | |
| 9335 | NestedNameSpecifierLoc |
| 9336 | SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, |
| 9337 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9338 | |
| 9339 | DeclarationNameInfo |
| 9340 | SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, |
| 9341 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9342 | TemplateName |
| 9343 | SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, |
| 9344 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9345 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9346 | bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, |
| 9347 | TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, |
| 9348 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9349 | |
| 9350 | bool InstantiateDefaultArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 9351 | ParmVarDecl *Param); |
| 9352 | void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9353 | FunctionDecl *Function); |
| 9354 | bool CheckInstantiatedFunctionTemplateConstraints( |
| 9355 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FunctionDecl *Decl, |
| 9356 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, |
| 9357 | ConstraintSatisfaction &Satisfaction); |
| 9358 | FunctionDecl *InstantiateFunctionDeclaration(FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD, |
| 9359 | const TemplateArgumentList *Args, |
| 9360 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 9361 | void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9362 | FunctionDecl *Function, |
| 9363 | bool Recursive = false, |
| 9364 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
| 9365 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
| 9366 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation( |
| 9367 | VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar, |
| 9368 | const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList, |
| 9369 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo, |
| 9370 | SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, |
| 9371 | SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9372 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr, |
| 9373 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr); |
| 9374 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl( |
| 9375 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl, |
| 9376 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9377 | void |
| 9378 | BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar, |
| 9379 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9380 | LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs, |
| 9381 | DeclContext *Owner, |
| 9382 | LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope, |
| 9383 | bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false, |
| 9384 | VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *PrevVTSD = nullptr); |
| 9385 | |
| 9386 | void InstantiateVariableInitializer( |
| 9387 | VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar, |
| 9388 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9389 | void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, |
| 9390 | VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false, |
| 9391 | bool DefinitionRequired = false, |
| 9392 | bool AtEndOfTU = false); |
| 9393 | |
| 9394 | void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, |
| 9395 | const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, |
| 9396 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9397 | |
| 9398 | NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, |
| 9399 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, |
| 9400 | bool FindingInstantiatedContext = false); |
| 9401 | DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, |
| 9402 | const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); |
| 9403 | |
| 9404 | // Objective-C declarations. |
| 9405 | enum ObjCContainerKind { |
| 9406 | OCK_None = -1, |
| 9407 | OCK_Interface = 0, |
| 9408 | OCK_Protocol, |
| 9409 | OCK_Category, |
| 9410 | OCK_ClassExtension, |
| 9411 | OCK_Implementation, |
| 9412 | OCK_CategoryImplementation |
| 9413 | }; |
| 9414 | ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; |
| 9415 | |
| 9416 | DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S, |
| 9417 | ObjCTypeParamVariance variance, |
| 9418 | SourceLocation varianceLoc, |
| 9419 | unsigned index, |
| 9420 | IdentifierInfo *paramName, |
| 9421 | SourceLocation paramLoc, |
| 9422 | SourceLocation colonLoc, |
| 9423 | ParsedType typeBound); |
| 9424 | |
| 9425 | ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
| 9426 | ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams, |
| 9427 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
| 9428 | void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList); |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 | Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface( |
| 9431 | Scope *S, SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9432 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
| 9433 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9434 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange, |
| 9435 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
| 9436 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
| 9437 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9438 | |
| 9439 | void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S, |
| 9440 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, |
| 9441 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl, |
| 9442 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9443 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
| 9444 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
| 9445 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9446 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs, |
| 9447 | SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange); |
| 9448 | |
| 9449 | void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs, |
| 9450 | SmallVectorImpl<SourceLocation> &ProtocolLocs, |
| 9451 | IdentifierInfo *SuperName, |
| 9452 | SourceLocation SuperLoc); |
| 9453 | |
| 9454 | Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( |
| 9455 | SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, |
| 9456 | IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, |
| 9457 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); |
| 9458 | |
| 9459 | bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( |
| 9460 | IdentifierInfo *PName, |
| 9461 | SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, |
| 9462 | const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); |
| 9463 | |
| 9464 | Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( |
| 9465 | SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, |
| 9466 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, Decl *const *ProtoRefNames, |
| 9467 | unsigned NumProtoRefs, const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, |
| 9468 | SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9469 | |
| 9470 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface( |
| 9471 | SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9472 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList, |
| 9473 | IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, SourceLocation CategoryLoc, |
| 9474 | Decl *const *ProtoRefs, unsigned NumProtoRefs, |
| 9475 | const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, |
| 9476 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9477 | |
| 9478 | Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, |
| 9479 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9480 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
| 9481 | IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, |
| 9482 | SourceLocation SuperClassLoc, |
| 9483 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9484 | |
| 9485 | Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, |
| 9486 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 9487 | SourceLocation ClassLoc, |
| 9488 | IdentifierInfo *CatName, |
| 9489 | SourceLocation CatLoc, |
| 9490 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList); |
| 9491 | |
| 9492 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, |
| 9493 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); |
| 9494 | |
| 9495 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9496 | IdentifierInfo **IdentList, |
| 9497 | SourceLocation *IdentLocs, |
| 9498 | ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists, |
| 9499 | unsigned NumElts); |
| 9500 | |
| 9501 | DeclGroupPtrTy |
| 9502 | ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, |
| 9503 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList, |
| 9504 | const ParsedAttributesView &attrList); |
| 9505 | |
| 9506 | void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer, |
| 9507 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId, |
| 9508 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); |
| 9509 | |
| 9510 | void DiagnoseTypeArgsAndProtocols(IdentifierInfo *ProtocolId, |
| 9511 | SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, |
| 9512 | IdentifierInfo *TypeArgId, |
| 9513 | SourceLocation TypeArgLoc, |
| 9514 | bool SelectProtocolFirst = false); |
| 9515 | |
| 9516 | /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the |
| 9517 | /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type |
| 9518 | /// arguments, as appropriate. |
| 9519 | void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers( |
| 9520 | Scope *S, |
| 9521 | ParsedType baseType, |
| 9522 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
| 9523 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers, |
| 9524 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs, |
| 9525 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc, |
| 9526 | SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc, |
| 9527 | SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs, |
| 9528 | SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc, |
| 9529 | SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9530 | SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols, |
| 9531 | SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc, |
| 9532 | bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols); |
| 9533 | |
| 9534 | /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no |
| 9535 | /// base type was specified. |
| 9536 | TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType( |
| 9537 | SourceLocation lAngleLoc, |
| 9538 | ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols, |
| 9539 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs, |
| 9540 | SourceLocation rAngleLoc); |
| 9541 | |
| 9542 | /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type. |
| 9543 | TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers( |
| 9544 | Scope *S, |
| 9545 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9546 | ParsedType BaseType, |
| 9547 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
| 9548 | ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs, |
| 9549 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
| 9550 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9551 | ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols, |
| 9552 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
| 9553 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc); |
| 9554 | |
| 9555 | /// Build an Objective-C type parameter type. |
| 9556 | QualType BuildObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *Decl, |
| 9557 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9558 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
| 9559 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
| 9560 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
| 9561 | bool FailOnError = false); |
| 9562 | |
| 9563 | /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type. |
| 9564 | QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, |
| 9565 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9566 | SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc, |
| 9567 | ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs, |
| 9568 | SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc, |
| 9569 | SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc, |
| 9570 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols, |
| 9571 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs, |
| 9572 | SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc, |
| 9573 | bool FailOnError = false); |
| 9574 | |
| 9575 | /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. |
| 9576 | /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will |
| 9577 | /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. |
| 9578 | void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, |
| 9579 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9580 | unsigned &Attributes, |
| 9581 | bool propertyInPrimaryClass); |
| 9582 | |
| 9583 | /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the |
| 9584 | /// setters and getters as needed. |
| 9585 | /// \param property The property declaration being processed |
| 9586 | void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property); |
| 9587 | |
| 9588 | |
| 9589 | void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, |
| 9590 | ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, |
| 9591 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 9592 | bool OverridingProtocolProperty); |
| 9593 | |
| 9594 | void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, |
| 9595 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); |
| 9596 | |
| 9597 | Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, |
| 9598 | ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None, |
| 9599 | ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None); |
| 9600 | |
| 9601 | Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 9602 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 9603 | FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, |
| 9604 | Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, |
| 9605 | tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 9606 | DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr); |
| 9607 | |
| 9608 | Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, |
| 9609 | SourceLocation AtLoc, |
| 9610 | SourceLocation PropertyLoc, |
| 9611 | bool ImplKind, |
| 9612 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, |
| 9613 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, |
| 9614 | SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc, |
| 9615 | ObjCPropertyQueryKind QueryKind); |
| 9616 | |
| 9617 | enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { |
| 9618 | OSMK_None, |
| 9619 | OSMK_Alloc, |
| 9620 | OSMK_New, |
| 9621 | OSMK_Copy, |
| 9622 | OSMK_RetainingInit, |
| 9623 | OSMK_NonRetainingInit |
| 9624 | }; |
| 9625 | |
| 9626 | struct ObjCArgInfo { |
| 9627 | IdentifierInfo *Name; |
| 9628 | SourceLocation NameLoc; |
| 9629 | // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid |
| 9630 | // in this case. |
| 9631 | ParsedType Type; |
| 9632 | ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; |
| 9633 | |
| 9634 | /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. |
| 9635 | ParsedAttributesView ArgAttrs; |
| 9636 | }; |
| 9637 | |
| 9638 | Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( |
| 9639 | Scope *S, |
| 9640 | SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. |
| 9641 | SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. |
| 9642 | tok::TokenKind MethodType, ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, |
| 9643 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, |
| 9644 | // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained |
| 9645 | // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). |
| 9646 | ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, |
| 9647 | unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args |
| 9648 | const ParsedAttributesView &AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, |
| 9649 | bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); |
| 9650 | |
| 9651 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, |
| 9652 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 9653 | bool IsInstance); |
| 9654 | ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, |
| 9655 | bool IsInstance); |
| 9656 | |
| 9657 | bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); |
| 9658 | bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); |
| 9659 | |
| 9660 | void deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *decl); |
| 9661 | |
| 9662 | ExprResult |
| 9663 | HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, |
| 9664 | Expr *BaseExpr, |
| 9665 | SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 9666 | DeclarationName MemberName, |
| 9667 | SourceLocation MemberLoc, |
| 9668 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, |
| 9669 | bool Super); |
| 9670 | |
| 9671 | ExprResult |
| 9672 | ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, |
| 9673 | IdentifierInfo &propertyName, |
| 9674 | SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, |
| 9675 | SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); |
| 9676 | |
| 9677 | ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 9678 | |
| 9679 | /// Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message |
| 9680 | /// send that starts with an identifier. |
| 9681 | enum ObjCMessageKind { |
| 9682 | /// The message is sent to 'super'. |
| 9683 | ObjCSuperMessage, |
| 9684 | /// The message is an instance message. |
| 9685 | ObjCInstanceMessage, |
| 9686 | /// The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type |
| 9687 | /// name. |
| 9688 | ObjCClassMessage |
| 9689 | }; |
| 9690 | |
| 9691 | ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, |
| 9692 | IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 9693 | SourceLocation NameLoc, |
| 9694 | bool IsSuper, |
| 9695 | bool HasTrailingDot, |
| 9696 | ParsedType &ReceiverType); |
| 9697 | |
| 9698 | ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9699 | Selector Sel, |
| 9700 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9701 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9702 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9703 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9704 | |
| 9705 | ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, |
| 9706 | QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9707 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9708 | Selector Sel, |
| 9709 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9710 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9711 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9712 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9713 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 9714 | bool isImplicit = false); |
| 9715 | |
| 9716 | ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9717 | bool isSuperReceiver, |
| 9718 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9719 | Selector Sel, |
| 9720 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9721 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9722 | |
| 9723 | ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, |
| 9724 | ParsedType Receiver, |
| 9725 | Selector Sel, |
| 9726 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9727 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9728 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9729 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9730 | |
| 9731 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, |
| 9732 | QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9733 | SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 9734 | Selector Sel, |
| 9735 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9736 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9737 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9738 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9739 | MultiExprArg Args, |
| 9740 | bool isImplicit = false); |
| 9741 | |
| 9742 | ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, |
| 9743 | QualType ReceiverType, |
| 9744 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9745 | Selector Sel, |
| 9746 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, |
| 9747 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9748 | |
| 9749 | ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, |
| 9750 | Expr *Receiver, |
| 9751 | Selector Sel, |
| 9752 | SourceLocation LBracLoc, |
| 9753 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 9754 | SourceLocation RBracLoc, |
| 9755 | MultiExprArg Args); |
| 9756 | |
| 9757 | ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 9758 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
| 9759 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
| 9760 | TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, |
| 9761 | Expr *SubExpr); |
| 9762 | |
| 9763 | ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, |
| 9764 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 9765 | ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, |
| 9766 | SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, |
| 9767 | ParsedType Type, |
| 9768 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, |
| 9769 | Expr *SubExpr); |
| 9770 | |
| 9771 | void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
| 9772 | |
| 9773 | void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr); |
| 9774 | |
| 9775 | bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr, |
| 9776 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 9777 | |
| 9778 | bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9779 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
| 9780 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass, |
| 9781 | ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod, |
| 9782 | ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod, |
| 9783 | TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl, |
| 9784 | bool CfToNs, bool Diagnose = true); |
| 9785 | |
| 9786 | bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9787 | QualType DestType, QualType SrcType, |
| 9788 | Expr *&SrcExpr, bool Diagnose = true); |
| 9789 | |
| 9790 | bool CheckConversionToObjCLiteral(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr, |
| 9791 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 9792 | |
| 9793 | bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); |
| 9794 | |
| 9795 | /// Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the |
| 9796 | /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. |
| 9797 | void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, |
| 9798 | const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); |
| 9799 | |
| 9800 | /// Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. |
| 9801 | enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { |
| 9802 | RTC_Compatible, |
| 9803 | RTC_Incompatible, |
| 9804 | RTC_Unknown |
| 9805 | }; |
| 9806 | |
| 9807 | void CheckObjCMethodDirectOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *method, |
| 9808 | ObjCMethodDecl *overridden); |
| 9809 | |
| 9810 | void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, |
| 9811 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, |
| 9812 | ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); |
| 9813 | |
| 9814 | enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { |
| 9815 | POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native |
| 9816 | POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural |
| 9817 | POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed |
| 9818 | POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power |
| 9819 | POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k |
| 9820 | POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset |
| 9821 | }; |
| 9822 | |
| 9823 | /// ActOnPragmaClangSection - Called on well formed \#pragma clang section |
| 9824 | void ActOnPragmaClangSection(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9825 | PragmaClangSectionAction Action, |
| 9826 | PragmaClangSectionKind SecKind, StringRef SecName); |
| 9827 | |
| 9828 | /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. |
| 9829 | void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, |
| 9830 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 9831 | |
| 9832 | /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). |
| 9833 | void ActOnPragmaPack(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9834 | StringRef SlotLabel, Expr *Alignment); |
| 9835 | |
| 9836 | enum class PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind { |
| 9837 | NonDefaultStateAtInclude, |
| 9838 | ChangedStateAtExit |
| 9839 | }; |
| 9840 | |
| 9841 | void DiagnoseNonDefaultPragmaAlignPack(PragmaAlignPackDiagnoseKind Kind, |
| 9842 | SourceLocation IncludeLoc); |
| 9843 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAlignPack(); |
| 9844 | |
| 9845 | /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. |
| 9846 | void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); |
| 9847 | |
| 9848 | /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed |
| 9849 | /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). |
| 9850 | void (SourceLocation , PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, |
| 9851 | StringRef Arg); |
| 9852 | |
| 9853 | /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma |
| 9854 | /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose |
| 9855 | /// representation]). |
| 9856 | void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers( |
| 9857 | LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind, |
| 9858 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 9859 | |
| 9860 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp(). |
| 9861 | void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9862 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9863 | MSVtorDispMode Value); |
| 9864 | |
| 9865 | enum PragmaSectionKind { |
| 9866 | PSK_DataSeg, |
| 9867 | PSK_BSSSeg, |
| 9868 | PSK_ConstSeg, |
| 9869 | PSK_CodeSeg, |
| 9870 | }; |
| 9871 | |
| 9872 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, int SectionFlags, |
| 9873 | NamedDecl *TheDecl); |
| 9874 | bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName, |
| 9875 | int SectionFlags, |
| 9876 | SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation); |
| 9877 | |
| 9878 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg. |
| 9879 | void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 9880 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9881 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
| 9882 | StringLiteral *SegmentName, |
| 9883 | llvm::StringRef PragmaName); |
| 9884 | |
| 9885 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma section(). |
| 9886 | void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 9887 | int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
| 9888 | |
| 9889 | /// Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg(). |
| 9890 | void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 9891 | StringLiteral *SegmentName); |
| 9892 | |
| 9893 | /// Called on #pragma clang __debug dump II |
| 9894 | void ActOnPragmaDump(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo *II); |
| 9895 | |
| 9896 | /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch |
| 9897 | void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(SourceLocation Loc, StringRef Name, |
| 9898 | StringRef Value); |
| 9899 | |
| 9900 | /// Are precise floating point semantics currently enabled? |
| 9901 | bool isPreciseFPEnabled() { |
| 9902 | return !CurFPFeatures.getAllowFPReassociate() && |
| 9903 | !CurFPFeatures.getNoSignedZero() && |
| 9904 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowReciprocal() && |
| 9905 | !CurFPFeatures.getAllowApproxFunc(); |
| 9906 | } |
| 9907 | |
| 9908 | /// ActOnPragmaFloatControl - Call on well-formed \#pragma float_control |
| 9909 | void ActOnPragmaFloatControl(SourceLocation Loc, PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 9910 | PragmaFloatControlKind Value); |
| 9911 | |
| 9912 | /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. |
| 9913 | void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, |
| 9914 | Scope *curScope, |
| 9915 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 9916 | |
| 9917 | /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . |
| 9918 | void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, |
| 9919 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 9920 | |
| 9921 | NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 9922 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 9923 | void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); |
| 9924 | |
| 9925 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. |
| 9926 | void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
| 9927 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9928 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); |
| 9929 | |
| 9930 | /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed |
| 9931 | /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. |
| 9932 | void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
| 9933 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| 9934 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9935 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
| 9936 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
| 9937 | |
| 9938 | /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. |
| 9939 | void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, |
| 9940 | IdentifierInfo* AliasName, |
| 9941 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9942 | SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, |
| 9943 | SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); |
| 9944 | |
| 9945 | /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed |
| 9946 | /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT and |
| 9947 | /// \#pragma clang fp contract |
| 9948 | void ActOnPragmaFPContract(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPModeKind FPC); |
| 9949 | |
| 9950 | /// Called on well formed |
| 9951 | /// \#pragma clang fp reassociate |
| 9952 | void ActOnPragmaFPReassociate(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
| 9953 | |
| 9954 | /// ActOnPragmaFenvAccess - Called on well formed |
| 9955 | /// \#pragma STDC FENV_ACCESS |
| 9956 | void ActOnPragmaFEnvAccess(SourceLocation Loc, bool IsEnabled); |
| 9957 | |
| 9958 | /// Called on well formed '\#pragma clang fp' that has option 'exceptions'. |
| 9959 | void ActOnPragmaFPExceptions(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 9960 | LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
| 9961 | |
| 9962 | /// Called to set constant rounding mode for floating point operations. |
| 9963 | void setRoundingMode(SourceLocation Loc, llvm::RoundingMode); |
| 9964 | |
| 9965 | /// Called to set exception behavior for floating point operations. |
| 9966 | void setExceptionMode(SourceLocation Loc, LangOptions::FPExceptionModeKind); |
| 9967 | |
| 9968 | /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to |
| 9969 | /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. |
| 9970 | void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
| 9971 | |
| 9972 | /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. |
| 9973 | void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); |
| 9974 | |
| 9975 | /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a |
| 9976 | /// namespace with a visibility attribute. |
| 9977 | void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, |
| 9978 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 9979 | |
| 9980 | /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, |
| 9981 | /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. |
| 9982 | void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); |
| 9983 | |
| 9984 | /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used |
| 9985 | /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. |
| 9986 | void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 9987 | |
| 9988 | /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. |
| 9989 | void FreeVisContext(); |
| 9990 | |
| 9991 | /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within |
| 9992 | /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding |
| 9993 | /// the appropriate attribute. |
| 9994 | void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); |
| 9995 | |
| 9996 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeAttribute(ParsedAttr &Attribute, |
| 9997 | SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 9998 | attr::ParsedSubjectMatchRuleSet Rules); |
| 9999 | void ActOnPragmaAttributeEmptyPush(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10000 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
| 10001 | |
| 10002 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma clang attribute pop'. |
| 10003 | void ActOnPragmaAttributePop(SourceLocation PragmaLoc, |
| 10004 | const IdentifierInfo *Namespace); |
| 10005 | |
| 10006 | /// Adds the attributes that have been specified using the |
| 10007 | /// '\#pragma clang attribute push' directives to the given declaration. |
| 10008 | void AddPragmaAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 10009 | |
| 10010 | void DiagnoseUnterminatedPragmaAttribute(); |
| 10011 | |
| 10012 | /// Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize. |
| 10013 | void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc); |
| 10014 | |
| 10015 | /// Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize |
| 10016 | /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on". |
| 10017 | SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const { |
| 10018 | return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation; |
| 10019 | } |
| 10020 | |
| 10021 | /// Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope |
| 10022 | /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function |
| 10023 | /// with attribute optnone. |
| 10024 | void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 10025 | |
| 10026 | /// Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there |
| 10027 | /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone' |
| 10028 | /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma). |
| 10029 | void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10030 | |
| 10031 | /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. |
| 10032 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
| 10033 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
| 10034 | void AddAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, TypeSourceInfo *T, |
| 10035 | bool IsPackExpansion); |
| 10036 | |
| 10037 | /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular |
| 10038 | /// declaration. |
| 10039 | void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E, |
| 10040 | Expr *OE); |
| 10041 | |
| 10042 | /// AddAllocAlignAttr - Adds an alloc_align attribute to a particular |
| 10043 | /// declaration. |
| 10044 | void AddAllocAlignAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10045 | Expr *ParamExpr); |
| 10046 | |
| 10047 | /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular |
| 10048 | /// declaration. |
| 10049 | void AddAlignValueAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, Expr *E); |
| 10050 | |
| 10051 | /// AddAnnotationAttr - Adds an annotation Annot with Args arguments to D. |
| 10052 | void AddAnnotationAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10053 | StringRef Annot, MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args); |
| 10054 | |
| 10055 | /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular |
| 10056 | /// declaration. |
| 10057 | void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10058 | Expr *MaxThreads, Expr *MinBlocks); |
| 10059 | |
| 10060 | /// AddModeAttr - Adds a mode attribute to a particular declaration. |
| 10061 | void AddModeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, IdentifierInfo *Name, |
| 10062 | bool InInstantiation = false); |
| 10063 | |
| 10064 | void AddParameterABIAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10065 | ParameterABI ABI); |
| 10066 | |
| 10067 | enum class RetainOwnershipKind {NS, CF, OS}; |
| 10068 | void AddXConsumedAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10069 | RetainOwnershipKind K, bool IsTemplateInstantiation); |
| 10070 | |
| 10071 | /// addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr - Adds an amdgpu_flat_work_group_size |
| 10072 | /// attribute to a particular declaration. |
| 10073 | void addAMDGPUFlatWorkGroupSizeAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10074 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
| 10075 | |
| 10076 | /// addAMDGPUWavePersEUAttr - Adds an amdgpu_waves_per_eu attribute to a |
| 10077 | /// particular declaration. |
| 10078 | void addAMDGPUWavesPerEUAttr(Decl *D, const AttributeCommonInfo &CI, |
| 10079 | Expr *Min, Expr *Max); |
| 10080 | |
| 10081 | bool checkNSReturnsRetainedReturnType(SourceLocation loc, QualType type); |
| 10082 | |
| 10083 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 10084 | // C++ Coroutines TS |
| 10085 | // |
| 10086 | bool ActOnCoroutineBodyStart(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, |
| 10087 | StringRef Keyword); |
| 10088 | ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10089 | ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10090 | StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10091 | |
| 10092 | ExprResult BuildResolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
| 10093 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
| 10094 | ExprResult BuildUnresolvedCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
| 10095 | UnresolvedLookupExpr* Lookup); |
| 10096 | ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E); |
| 10097 | StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E, |
| 10098 | bool IsImplicit = false); |
| 10099 | StmtResult BuildCoroutineBodyStmt(CoroutineBodyStmt::CtorArgs); |
| 10100 | bool buildCoroutineParameterMoves(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10101 | VarDecl *buildCoroutinePromise(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10102 | void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body); |
| 10103 | ClassTemplateDecl *lookupCoroutineTraits(SourceLocation KwLoc, |
| 10104 | SourceLocation FuncLoc); |
| 10105 | /// Check that the expression co_await promise.final_suspend() shall not be |
| 10106 | /// potentially-throwing. |
| 10107 | bool checkFinalSuspendNoThrow(const Stmt *FinalSuspend); |
| 10108 | |
| 10109 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 10110 | // OpenCL extensions. |
| 10111 | // |
| 10112 | private: |
| 10113 | std::string CurrOpenCLExtension; |
| 10114 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL type. |
| 10115 | llvm::DenseMap<const Type*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLTypeExtMap; |
| 10116 | /// Extensions required by an OpenCL declaration. |
| 10117 | llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, std::set<std::string>> OpenCLDeclExtMap; |
| 10118 | public: |
| 10119 | llvm::StringRef getCurrentOpenCLExtension() const { |
| 10120 | return CurrOpenCLExtension; |
| 10121 | } |
| 10122 | |
| 10123 | /// Check if a function declaration \p FD associates with any |
| 10124 | /// extensions present in OpenCLDeclExtMap and if so return the |
| 10125 | /// extension(s) name(s). |
| 10126 | std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromDeclExtMap(FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 10127 | |
| 10128 | /// Check if a function type \p FT associates with any |
| 10129 | /// extensions present in OpenCLTypeExtMap and if so return the |
| 10130 | /// extension(s) name(s). |
| 10131 | std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromTypeExtMap(FunctionType *FT); |
| 10132 | |
| 10133 | /// Find an extension in an appropriate extension map and return its name |
| 10134 | template<typename T, typename MapT> |
| 10135 | std::string getOpenCLExtensionsFromExtMap(T* FT, MapT &Map); |
| 10136 | |
| 10137 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtension(llvm::StringRef Ext) { |
| 10138 | CurrOpenCLExtension = std::string(Ext); |
| 10139 | } |
| 10140 | |
| 10141 | /// Set OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used when these |
| 10142 | /// OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do nothing. |
| 10143 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
| 10144 | void setOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
| 10145 | |
| 10146 | /// Set OpenCL extensions for a declaration which can only be |
| 10147 | /// used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If \p Exts is empty, do |
| 10148 | /// nothing. |
| 10149 | /// \param Exts A space separated list of OpenCL extensions. |
| 10150 | void setOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD, llvm::StringRef Exts); |
| 10151 | |
| 10152 | /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a type which can only be used |
| 10153 | /// when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current OpenCL extension is |
| 10154 | /// empty, do nothing. |
| 10155 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForType(QualType T); |
| 10156 | |
| 10157 | /// Set current OpenCL extensions for a declaration which |
| 10158 | /// can only be used when these OpenCL extensions are enabled. If current |
| 10159 | /// OpenCL extension is empty, do nothing. |
| 10160 | void setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Decl *FD); |
| 10161 | |
| 10162 | bool isOpenCLDisabledDecl(Decl *FD); |
| 10163 | |
| 10164 | /// Check if type \p T corresponding to declaration specifier \p DS |
| 10165 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
| 10166 | /// emit diagnostics. |
| 10167 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
| 10168 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeDeclSpec(const DeclSpec &DS, QualType T); |
| 10169 | |
| 10170 | /// Check if declaration \p D used by expression \p E |
| 10171 | /// is disabled due to required OpenCL extensions being disabled. If so, |
| 10172 | /// emit diagnostics. |
| 10173 | /// \return true if type is disabled. |
| 10174 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledDecl(const NamedDecl &D, const Expr &E); |
| 10175 | |
| 10176 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 10177 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
| 10178 | // |
| 10179 | private: |
| 10180 | void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack; |
| 10181 | /// Number of nested '#pragma omp declare target' directives. |
| 10182 | SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> DeclareTargetNesting; |
| 10183 | /// Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack. |
| 10184 | void InitDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
| 10185 | void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack(); |
| 10186 | ExprResult |
| 10187 | VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind, |
| 10188 | bool StrictlyPositive = true); |
| 10189 | /// Returns OpenMP nesting level for current directive. |
| 10190 | unsigned getOpenMPNestingLevel() const; |
| 10191 | |
| 10192 | /// Adjusts the function scopes index for the target-based regions. |
| 10193 | void adjustOpenMPTargetScopeIndex(unsigned &FunctionScopesIndex, |
| 10194 | unsigned Level) const; |
| 10195 | |
| 10196 | /// Returns the number of scopes associated with the construct on the given |
| 10197 | /// OpenMP level. |
| 10198 | int getNumberOfConstructScopes(unsigned Level) const; |
| 10199 | |
| 10200 | /// Push new OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
| 10201 | void pushOpenMPFunctionRegion(); |
| 10202 | |
| 10203 | /// Pop OpenMP function region for non-capturing function. |
| 10204 | void popOpenMPFunctionRegion(const sema::FunctionScopeInfo *OldFSI); |
| 10205 | |
| 10206 | /// Checks if a type or a declaration is disabled due to the owning extension |
| 10207 | /// being disabled, and emits diagnostic messages if it is disabled. |
| 10208 | /// \param D type or declaration to be checked. |
| 10209 | /// \param DiagLoc source location for the diagnostic message. |
| 10210 | /// \param DiagInfo information to be emitted for the diagnostic message. |
| 10211 | /// \param SrcRange source range of the declaration. |
| 10212 | /// \param Map maps type or declaration to the extensions. |
| 10213 | /// \param Selector selects diagnostic message: 0 for type and 1 for |
| 10214 | /// declaration. |
| 10215 | /// \return true if the type or declaration is disabled. |
| 10216 | template <typename T, typename DiagLocT, typename DiagInfoT, typename MapT> |
| 10217 | bool checkOpenCLDisabledTypeOrDecl(T D, DiagLocT DiagLoc, DiagInfoT DiagInfo, |
| 10218 | MapT &Map, unsigned Selector = 0, |
| 10219 | SourceRange SrcRange = SourceRange()); |
| 10220 | |
| 10221 | /// Helper to keep information about the current `omp begin/end declare |
| 10222 | /// variant` nesting. |
| 10223 | struct OMPDeclareVariantScope { |
| 10224 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector. |
| 10225 | OMPTraitInfo *TI; |
| 10226 | |
| 10227 | /// The associated OpenMP context selector mangling. |
| 10228 | std::string NameSuffix; |
| 10229 | |
| 10230 | OMPDeclareVariantScope(OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
| 10231 | }; |
| 10232 | |
| 10233 | /// Return the OMPTraitInfo for the surrounding scope, if any. |
| 10234 | OMPTraitInfo *getOMPTraitInfoForSurroundingScope() { |
| 10235 | return OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty() ? nullptr |
| 10236 | : OMPDeclareVariantScopes.back().TI; |
| 10237 | } |
| 10238 | |
| 10239 | /// The current `omp begin/end declare variant` scopes. |
| 10240 | SmallVector<OMPDeclareVariantScope, 4> OMPDeclareVariantScopes; |
| 10241 | |
| 10242 | /// The current `omp begin/end assumes` scopes. |
| 10243 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeScoped; |
| 10244 | |
| 10245 | /// All `omp assumes` we encountered so far. |
| 10246 | SmallVector<AssumptionAttr *, 4> OMPAssumeGlobal; |
| 10247 | |
| 10248 | public: |
| 10249 | /// The declarator \p D defines a function in the scope \p S which is nested |
| 10250 | /// in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. In this method we create a |
| 10251 | /// declaration for \p D and rename \p D according to the OpenMP context |
| 10252 | /// selector of the surrounding scope. Return all base functions in \p Bases. |
| 10253 | void ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
| 10254 | Scope *S, Declarator &D, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, |
| 10255 | SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
| 10256 | |
| 10257 | /// Register \p D as specialization of all base functions in \p Bases in the |
| 10258 | /// current `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. |
| 10259 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope( |
| 10260 | Decl *D, SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Bases); |
| 10261 | |
| 10262 | /// Act on \p D, a function definition inside of an `omp [begin/end] assumes`. |
| 10263 | void ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(Decl *D); |
| 10264 | |
| 10265 | /// Can we exit an OpenMP declare variant scope at the moment. |
| 10266 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope() const { |
| 10267 | return !OMPDeclareVariantScopes.empty(); |
| 10268 | } |
| 10269 | |
| 10270 | /// Given the potential call expression \p Call, determine if there is a |
| 10271 | /// specialization via the OpenMP declare variant mechanism available. If |
| 10272 | /// there is, return the specialized call expression, otherwise return the |
| 10273 | /// original \p Call. |
| 10274 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPCall(ExprResult Call, Scope *Scope, |
| 10275 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, MultiExprArg ArgExprs, |
| 10276 | SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *ExecConfig); |
| 10277 | |
| 10278 | /// Handle a `omp begin declare variant`. |
| 10279 | void ActOnOpenMPBeginDeclareVariant(SourceLocation Loc, OMPTraitInfo &TI); |
| 10280 | |
| 10281 | /// Handle a `omp end declare variant`. |
| 10282 | void ActOnOpenMPEndDeclareVariant(); |
| 10283 | |
| 10284 | /// Checks if the variant/multiversion functions are compatible. |
| 10285 | bool areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( |
| 10286 | const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 10287 | const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, |
| 10288 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, |
| 10289 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, |
| 10290 | const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, |
| 10291 | bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer); |
| 10292 | |
| 10293 | /// Function tries to capture lambda's captured variables in the OpenMP region |
| 10294 | /// before the original lambda is captured. |
| 10295 | void tryCaptureOpenMPLambdas(ValueDecl *V); |
| 10296 | |
| 10297 | /// Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by |
| 10298 | /// reference. |
| 10299 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
| 10300 | /// is performed. |
| 10301 | /// \param OpenMPCaptureLevel Capture level within an OpenMP construct. |
| 10302 | bool isOpenMPCapturedByRef(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10303 | unsigned OpenMPCaptureLevel) const; |
| 10304 | |
| 10305 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private |
| 10306 | /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP |
| 10307 | /// constructs. |
| 10308 | VarDecl *isOpenMPCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, bool CheckScopeInfo = false, |
| 10309 | unsigned StopAt = 0); |
| 10310 | ExprResult getOpenMPCapturedExpr(VarDecl *Capture, ExprValueKind VK, |
| 10311 | ExprObjectKind OK, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10312 | |
| 10313 | /// If the current region is a loop-based region, mark the start of the loop |
| 10314 | /// construct. |
| 10315 | void startOpenMPLoop(); |
| 10316 | |
| 10317 | /// If the current region is a range loop-based region, mark the start of the |
| 10318 | /// loop construct. |
| 10319 | void startOpenMPCXXRangeFor(); |
| 10320 | |
| 10321 | /// Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause. |
| 10322 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
| 10323 | /// is performed. |
| 10324 | OpenMPClauseKind isOpenMPPrivateDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10325 | unsigned CapLevel) const; |
| 10326 | |
| 10327 | /// Sets OpenMP capture kind (OMPC_private, OMPC_firstprivate, OMPC_map etc.) |
| 10328 | /// for \p FD based on DSA for the provided corresponding captured declaration |
| 10329 | /// \p D. |
| 10330 | void setOpenMPCaptureKind(FieldDecl *FD, const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level); |
| 10331 | |
| 10332 | /// Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive. |
| 10333 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check |
| 10334 | /// is performed. |
| 10335 | bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedDecl(const ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10336 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
| 10337 | |
| 10338 | /// Check if the specified global variable must be captured by outer capture |
| 10339 | /// regions. |
| 10340 | /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that |
| 10341 | /// the check is performed. |
| 10342 | bool isOpenMPGlobalCapturedDecl(ValueDecl *D, unsigned Level, |
| 10343 | unsigned CaptureLevel) const; |
| 10344 | |
| 10345 | ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 10346 | Expr *Op); |
| 10347 | /// Called on start of new data sharing attribute block. |
| 10348 | void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K, |
| 10349 | const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope, |
| 10350 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10351 | /// Start analysis of clauses. |
| 10352 | void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K); |
| 10353 | /// End analysis of clauses. |
| 10354 | void EndOpenMPClause(); |
| 10355 | /// Called on end of data sharing attribute block. |
| 10356 | void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective); |
| 10357 | |
| 10358 | /// Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is, |
| 10359 | /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as |
| 10360 | /// private by default. |
| 10361 | /// \param Init First part of the for loop. |
| 10362 | void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init); |
| 10363 | |
| 10364 | // OpenMP directives and clauses. |
| 10365 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp |
| 10366 | /// threadprivate'. |
| 10367 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
| 10368 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
| 10369 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
| 10370 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. |
| 10371 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( |
| 10372 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10373 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
| 10374 | /// Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness. |
| 10375 | OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10376 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList); |
| 10377 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp allocate'. |
| 10378 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPAllocateDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10379 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 10380 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10381 | DeclContext *Owner = nullptr); |
| 10382 | |
| 10383 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp [begin] assume[s]'. |
| 10384 | void ActOnOpenMPAssumesDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10385 | OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, |
| 10386 | ArrayRef<StringRef> Assumptions, |
| 10387 | bool SkippedClauses); |
| 10388 | |
| 10389 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp begin assumes` directive. |
| 10390 | bool isInOpenMPAssumeScope() const { return !OMPAssumeScoped.empty(); } |
| 10391 | |
| 10392 | /// Check if there is an active global `omp assumes` directive. |
| 10393 | bool hasGlobalOpenMPAssumes() const { return !OMPAssumeGlobal.empty(); } |
| 10394 | |
| 10395 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp end assumes'. |
| 10396 | void ActOnOpenMPEndAssumesDirective(); |
| 10397 | |
| 10398 | /// Called on well-formed '#pragma omp requires'. |
| 10399 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPRequiresDirective(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10400 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> ClauseList); |
| 10401 | /// Check restrictions on Requires directive |
| 10402 | OMPRequiresDecl *CheckOMPRequiresDecl(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10403 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
| 10404 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
| 10405 | /// reduction' construct. |
| 10406 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
| 10407 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
| 10408 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
| 10409 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveStart( |
| 10410 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, |
| 10411 | ArrayRef<std::pair<QualType, SourceLocation>> ReductionTypes, |
| 10412 | AccessSpecifier AS, Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
| 10413 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10414 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 10415 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10416 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionCombinerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Combiner); |
| 10417 | /// Initialize declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10418 | /// \return omp_priv variable. |
| 10419 | VarDecl *ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerStart(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 10420 | /// Finish current declare reduction construct initializer. |
| 10421 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionInitializerEnd(Decl *D, Expr *Initializer, |
| 10422 | VarDecl *OmpPrivParm); |
| 10423 | /// Called at the end of '#pragma omp declare reduction'. |
| 10424 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareReductionDirectiveEnd( |
| 10425 | Scope *S, DeclGroupPtrTy DeclReductions, bool IsValid); |
| 10426 | |
| 10427 | /// Check variable declaration in 'omp declare mapper' construct. |
| 10428 | TypeResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 10429 | /// Check if the specified type is allowed to be used in 'omp declare |
| 10430 | /// mapper' construct. |
| 10431 | QualType ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperType(SourceLocation TyLoc, |
| 10432 | TypeResult ParsedType); |
| 10433 | /// Called on start of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
| 10434 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirective( |
| 10435 | Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName Name, QualType MapperType, |
| 10436 | SourceLocation StartLoc, DeclarationName VN, AccessSpecifier AS, |
| 10437 | Expr *MapperVarRef, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10438 | Decl *PrevDeclInScope = nullptr); |
| 10439 | /// Build the mapper variable of '#pragma omp declare mapper'. |
| 10440 | ExprResult ActOnOpenMPDeclareMapperDirectiveVarDecl(Scope *S, |
| 10441 | QualType MapperType, |
| 10442 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10443 | DeclarationName VN); |
| 10444 | bool isOpenMPDeclareMapperVarDeclAllowed(const VarDecl *VD) const; |
| 10445 | const ValueDecl *getOpenMPDeclareMapperVarName() const; |
| 10446 | |
| 10447 | /// Called on the start of target region i.e. '#pragma omp declare target'. |
| 10448 | bool ActOnStartOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10449 | /// Called at the end of target region i.e. '#pragme omp end declare target'. |
| 10450 | void ActOnFinishOpenMPDeclareTargetDirective(); |
| 10451 | /// Searches for the provided declaration name for OpenMP declare target |
| 10452 | /// directive. |
| 10453 | NamedDecl * |
| 10454 | lookupOpenMPDeclareTargetName(Scope *CurScope, CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec, |
| 10455 | const DeclarationNameInfo &Id, |
| 10456 | NamedDeclSetType &SameDirectiveDecls); |
| 10457 | /// Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp declare target'. |
| 10458 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareTargetName(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 10459 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::MapTypeTy MT, |
| 10460 | OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy DT); |
| 10461 | /// Check declaration inside target region. |
| 10462 | void |
| 10463 | checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(Expr *E, Decl *D, |
| 10464 | SourceLocation IdLoc = SourceLocation()); |
| 10465 | /// Finishes analysis of the deferred functions calls that may be declared as |
| 10466 | /// host/nohost during device/host compilation. |
| 10467 | void finalizeOpenMPDelayedAnalysis(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 10468 | const FunctionDecl *Callee, |
| 10469 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 10470 | /// Return true inside OpenMP declare target region. |
| 10471 | bool isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() const { |
| 10472 | return !DeclareTargetNesting.empty(); |
| 10473 | } |
| 10474 | /// Return true inside OpenMP target region. |
| 10475 | bool isInOpenMPTargetExecutionDirective() const; |
| 10476 | |
| 10477 | /// Return the number of captured regions created for an OpenMP directive. |
| 10478 | static int getOpenMPCaptureLevels(OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind); |
| 10479 | |
| 10480 | /// Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region. |
| 10481 | void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope); |
| 10482 | /// End of OpenMP region. |
| 10483 | /// |
| 10484 | /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region. |
| 10485 | /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region. |
| 10486 | /// |
| 10487 | /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region. |
| 10488 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses); |
| 10489 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective( |
| 10490 | OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
| 10491 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10492 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10493 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing |
| 10494 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10495 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10496 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10497 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10498 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10499 | using VarsWithInheritedDSAType = |
| 10500 | llvm::SmallDenseMap<const ValueDecl *, const Expr *, 4>; |
| 10501 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing |
| 10502 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10503 | StmtResult |
| 10504 | ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10505 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10506 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10507 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing |
| 10508 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10509 | StmtResult |
| 10510 | ActOnOpenMPForDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10511 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10512 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10513 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing |
| 10514 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10515 | StmtResult |
| 10516 | ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10517 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10518 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10519 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing |
| 10520 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10521 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10522 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10523 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10524 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the |
| 10525 | /// associated statement. |
| 10526 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10527 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10528 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the |
| 10529 | /// associated statement. |
| 10530 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10531 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10532 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10533 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the |
| 10534 | /// associated statement. |
| 10535 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10536 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10537 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the |
| 10538 | /// associated statement. |
| 10539 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, |
| 10540 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10541 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10542 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10543 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing |
| 10544 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10545 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective( |
| 10546 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10547 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10548 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after |
| 10549 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10550 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10551 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10552 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10553 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master' after |
| 10554 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10555 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10556 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10557 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10558 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10559 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after |
| 10560 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10561 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10562 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10563 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10564 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10565 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the |
| 10566 | /// associated statement. |
| 10567 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10568 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10569 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10570 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'. |
| 10571 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10572 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10573 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'. |
| 10574 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10575 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10576 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'. |
| 10577 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10578 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10579 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'. |
| 10580 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10581 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10582 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10583 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'. |
| 10584 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10585 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10586 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10587 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp depobj'. |
| 10588 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDepobjDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10589 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10590 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10591 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp scan'. |
| 10592 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPScanDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10593 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10594 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10595 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the |
| 10596 | /// associated statement. |
| 10597 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10598 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10599 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10600 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the |
| 10601 | /// associated statement. |
| 10602 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10603 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10604 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10605 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the |
| 10606 | /// associated statement. |
| 10607 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10608 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10609 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10610 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of |
| 10611 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10612 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10613 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10614 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10615 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target enter data' after |
| 10616 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10617 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetEnterDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10618 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10619 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10620 | Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10621 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target exit data' after |
| 10622 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10623 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetExitDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10624 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10625 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10626 | Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10627 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel' after |
| 10628 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10629 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10630 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10631 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10632 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10633 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for' after |
| 10634 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10635 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForDirective( |
| 10636 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10637 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10638 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the |
| 10639 | /// associated statement. |
| 10640 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10641 | Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10642 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10643 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'. |
| 10644 | StmtResult |
| 10645 | ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10646 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10647 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
| 10648 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'. |
| 10649 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10650 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10651 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10652 | OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion); |
| 10653 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the |
| 10654 | /// associated statement. |
| 10655 | StmtResult |
| 10656 | ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10657 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10658 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10659 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of |
| 10660 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10661 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 10662 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10663 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10664 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop' after parsing of the |
| 10665 | /// associated statement. |
| 10666 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 10667 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10668 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10669 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master taskloop simd' after parsing of |
| 10670 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10671 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 10672 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10673 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10674 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop' after |
| 10675 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10676 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopDirective( |
| 10677 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10678 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10679 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel master taskloop simd' after |
| 10680 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10681 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelMasterTaskLoopSimdDirective( |
| 10682 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10683 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10684 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing |
| 10685 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10686 | StmtResult |
| 10687 | ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10688 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10689 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10690 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target update'. |
| 10691 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetUpdateDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10692 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10693 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10694 | Stmt *AStmt); |
| 10695 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for' after |
| 10696 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10697 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 10698 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10699 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10700 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute parallel for simd' |
| 10701 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10702 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10703 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10704 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10705 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute simd' after |
| 10706 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10707 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 10708 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10709 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10710 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target parallel for simd' after |
| 10711 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10712 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10713 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10714 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10715 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target simd' after parsing of |
| 10716 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10717 | StmtResult |
| 10718 | ActOnOpenMPTargetSimdDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10719 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10720 | VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10721 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute' after parsing of |
| 10722 | /// the associated statement. |
| 10723 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 10724 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10725 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10726 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute simd' after parsing |
| 10727 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10728 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 10729 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10730 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10731 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for simd' |
| 10732 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10733 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10734 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10735 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10736 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams distribute parallel for' |
| 10737 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10738 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 10739 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10740 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10741 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams' after parsing of the |
| 10742 | /// associated statement. |
| 10743 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, |
| 10744 | Stmt *AStmt, |
| 10745 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10746 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10747 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute' after parsing |
| 10748 | /// of the associated statement. |
| 10749 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeDirective( |
| 10750 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10751 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10752 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for' |
| 10753 | /// after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10754 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForDirective( |
| 10755 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10756 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10757 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute parallel for |
| 10758 | /// simd' after parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10759 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeParallelForSimdDirective( |
| 10760 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10761 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10762 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target teams distribute simd' after |
| 10763 | /// parsing of the associated statement. |
| 10764 | StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetTeamsDistributeSimdDirective( |
| 10765 | ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10766 | SourceLocation EndLoc, VarsWithInheritedDSAType &VarsWithImplicitDSA); |
| 10767 | |
| 10768 | /// Checks correctness of linear modifiers. |
| 10769 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearModifier(OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, |
| 10770 | SourceLocation LinLoc); |
| 10771 | /// Checks that the specified declaration matches requirements for the linear |
| 10772 | /// decls. |
| 10773 | bool CheckOpenMPLinearDecl(const ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation ELoc, |
| 10774 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, QualType Type, |
| 10775 | bool IsDeclareSimd = false); |
| 10776 | |
| 10777 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare simd' after parsing of |
| 10778 | /// the associated method/function. |
| 10779 | DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPDeclareSimdDirective( |
| 10780 | DeclGroupPtrTy DG, OMPDeclareSimdDeclAttr::BranchStateTy BS, |
| 10781 | Expr *Simdlen, ArrayRef<Expr *> Uniforms, ArrayRef<Expr *> Aligneds, |
| 10782 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Alignments, ArrayRef<Expr *> Linears, |
| 10783 | ArrayRef<unsigned> LinModifiers, ArrayRef<Expr *> Steps, SourceRange SR); |
| 10784 | |
| 10785 | /// Checks '\#pragma omp declare variant' variant function and original |
| 10786 | /// functions after parsing of the associated method/function. |
| 10787 | /// \param DG Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
| 10788 | /// applied to. |
| 10789 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
| 10790 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
| 10791 | /// \param TI The trait info object representing the match clause. |
| 10792 | /// \returns None, if the function/variant function are not compatible with |
| 10793 | /// the pragma, pair of original function/variant ref expression otherwise. |
| 10794 | Optional<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, Expr *>> |
| 10795 | checkOpenMPDeclareVariantFunction(DeclGroupPtrTy DG, Expr *VariantRef, |
| 10796 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR); |
| 10797 | |
| 10798 | /// Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp declare variant' after parsing of |
| 10799 | /// the associated method/function. |
| 10800 | /// \param FD Function declaration to which declare variant directive is |
| 10801 | /// applied to. |
| 10802 | /// \param VariantRef Expression that references the variant function, which |
| 10803 | /// must be used instead of the original one, specified in \p DG. |
| 10804 | /// \param TI The context traits associated with the function variant. |
| 10805 | void ActOnOpenMPDeclareVariantDirective(FunctionDecl *FD, Expr *VariantRef, |
| 10806 | OMPTraitInfo &TI, SourceRange SR); |
| 10807 | |
| 10808 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
| 10809 | Expr *Expr, |
| 10810 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10811 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10812 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10813 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocator' clause. |
| 10814 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAllocatorClause(Expr *Allocator, |
| 10815 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10816 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10817 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10818 | /// Called on well-formed 'if' clause. |
| 10819 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier, |
| 10820 | Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10821 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10822 | SourceLocation NameModifierLoc, |
| 10823 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 10824 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10825 | /// Called on well-formed 'final' clause. |
| 10826 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10827 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10828 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10829 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause. |
| 10830 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads, |
| 10831 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10832 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10833 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10834 | /// Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause. |
| 10835 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length, |
| 10836 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10837 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10838 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10839 | /// Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause. |
| 10840 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10841 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10842 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10843 | /// Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause. |
| 10844 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops, |
| 10845 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10846 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10847 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10848 | /// Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause. |
| 10849 | OMPClause * |
| 10850 | ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 10851 | SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 10852 | Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr); |
| 10853 | /// Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause. |
| 10854 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10855 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10856 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10857 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause. |
| 10858 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10859 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10860 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10861 | /// Called on well-formed 'hint' clause. |
| 10862 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10863 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10864 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10865 | /// Called on well-formed 'detach' clause. |
| 10866 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDetachClause(Expr *Evt, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10867 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10868 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10869 | |
| 10870 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, |
| 10871 | unsigned Argument, |
| 10872 | SourceLocation ArgumentLoc, |
| 10873 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10874 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10875 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10876 | /// Called on well-formed 'default' clause. |
| 10877 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(llvm::omp::DefaultKind Kind, |
| 10878 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 10879 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10880 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10881 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10882 | /// Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause. |
| 10883 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(llvm::omp::ProcBindKind Kind, |
| 10884 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 10885 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10886 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10887 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10888 | /// Called on well-formed 'order' clause. |
| 10889 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPOrderClause(OpenMPOrderClauseKind Kind, |
| 10890 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 10891 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10892 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10893 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10894 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
| 10895 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind Kind, |
| 10896 | SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 10897 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10898 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10899 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10900 | |
| 10901 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause( |
| 10902 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr, |
| 10903 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10904 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc, |
| 10905 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10906 | /// Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause. |
| 10907 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause( |
| 10908 | OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2, |
| 10909 | OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10910 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc, |
| 10911 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10912 | |
| 10913 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10914 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10915 | /// Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause. |
| 10916 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10917 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10918 | /// Called on well-formed 'untied' clause. |
| 10919 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10920 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10921 | /// Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause. |
| 10922 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10923 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10924 | /// Called on well-formed 'read' clause. |
| 10925 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10926 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10927 | /// Called on well-formed 'write' clause. |
| 10928 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10929 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10930 | /// Called on well-formed 'update' clause. |
| 10931 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10932 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10933 | /// Called on well-formed 'capture' clause. |
| 10934 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10935 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10936 | /// Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause. |
| 10937 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10938 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10939 | /// Called on well-formed 'acq_rel' clause. |
| 10940 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcqRelClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10941 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10942 | /// Called on well-formed 'acquire' clause. |
| 10943 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAcquireClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10944 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10945 | /// Called on well-formed 'release' clause. |
| 10946 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReleaseClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10947 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10948 | /// Called on well-formed 'relaxed' clause. |
| 10949 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPRelaxedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10950 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10951 | /// Called on well-formed 'destroy' clause. |
| 10952 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDestroyClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10953 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10954 | /// Called on well-formed 'threads' clause. |
| 10955 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10956 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10957 | /// Called on well-formed 'simd' clause. |
| 10958 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10959 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10960 | /// Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause. |
| 10961 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10962 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10963 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
| 10964 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedAddressClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10965 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10966 | |
| 10967 | /// Called on well-formed 'unified_address' clause. |
| 10968 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUnifiedSharedMemoryClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10969 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10970 | |
| 10971 | /// Called on well-formed 'reverse_offload' clause. |
| 10972 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReverseOffloadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10973 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10974 | |
| 10975 | /// Called on well-formed 'dynamic_allocators' clause. |
| 10976 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDynamicAllocatorsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10977 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10978 | |
| 10979 | /// Called on well-formed 'atomic_default_mem_order' clause. |
| 10980 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClause( |
| 10981 | OpenMPAtomicDefaultMemOrderClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 10982 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10983 | |
| 10984 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause( |
| 10985 | OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *DepModOrTailExpr, |
| 10986 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 10987 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionOrMapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 10988 | DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionOrMapperId, int , |
| 10989 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
| 10990 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
| 10991 | SourceLocation , |
| 10992 | ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
| 10993 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc); |
| 10994 | /// Called on well-formed 'inclusive' clause. |
| 10995 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 10996 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 10997 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 10998 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 10999 | /// Called on well-formed 'exclusive' clause. |
| 11000 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPExclusiveClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11001 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11002 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11003 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11004 | /// Called on well-formed 'allocate' clause. |
| 11005 | OMPClause * |
| 11006 | ActOnOpenMPAllocateClause(Expr *Allocator, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11007 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11008 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11009 | /// Called on well-formed 'private' clause. |
| 11010 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11011 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11012 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11013 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11014 | /// Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause. |
| 11015 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11016 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11017 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11018 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11019 | /// Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause. |
| 11020 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause( |
| 11021 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPLastprivateModifier LPKind, |
| 11022 | SourceLocation LPKindLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11023 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11024 | /// Called on well-formed 'shared' clause. |
| 11025 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11026 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11027 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11028 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11029 | /// Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause. |
| 11030 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReductionClause( |
| 11031 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, OpenMPReductionClauseModifier Modifier, |
| 11032 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11033 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11034 | SourceLocation EndLoc, CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
| 11035 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
| 11036 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
| 11037 | /// Called on well-formed 'task_reduction' clause. |
| 11038 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPTaskReductionClause( |
| 11039 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11040 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 11041 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
| 11042 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
| 11043 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
| 11044 | /// Called on well-formed 'in_reduction' clause. |
| 11045 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPInReductionClause( |
| 11046 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11047 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 11048 | CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec, |
| 11049 | const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, |
| 11050 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedReductions = llvm::None); |
| 11051 | /// Called on well-formed 'linear' clause. |
| 11052 | OMPClause * |
| 11053 | ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step, |
| 11054 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11055 | OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc, |
| 11056 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11057 | /// Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause. |
| 11058 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11059 | Expr *Alignment, |
| 11060 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11061 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11062 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11063 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11064 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause. |
| 11065 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11066 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11067 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11068 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11069 | /// Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause. |
| 11070 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11071 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11072 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11073 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11074 | /// Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause. |
| 11075 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11076 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11077 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11078 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11079 | /// Called on well-formed 'depobj' pseudo clause. |
| 11080 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDepobjClause(Expr *Depobj, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11081 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11082 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11083 | /// Called on well-formed 'depend' clause. |
| 11084 | OMPClause * |
| 11085 | ActOnOpenMPDependClause(Expr *DepModifier, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, |
| 11086 | SourceLocation DepLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11087 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11088 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11089 | /// Called on well-formed 'device' clause. |
| 11090 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(OpenMPDeviceClauseModifier Modifier, |
| 11091 | Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11092 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11093 | SourceLocation ModifierLoc, |
| 11094 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11095 | /// Called on well-formed 'map' clause. |
| 11096 | OMPClause * |
| 11097 | ActOnOpenMPMapClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMapModifierKind> MapTypeModifiers, |
| 11098 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MapTypeModifiersLoc, |
| 11099 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 11100 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, |
| 11101 | OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, bool IsMapTypeImplicit, |
| 11102 | SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11103 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
| 11104 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
| 11105 | /// Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause. |
| 11106 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11107 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11108 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11109 | /// Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause. |
| 11110 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit, |
| 11111 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11112 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11113 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11114 | /// Called on well-formed 'priority' clause. |
| 11115 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11116 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11117 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11118 | /// Called on well-formed 'dist_schedule' clause. |
| 11119 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDistScheduleClause( |
| 11120 | OpenMPDistScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, |
| 11121 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation KindLoc, |
| 11122 | SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11123 | /// Called on well-formed 'defaultmap' clause. |
| 11124 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultmapClause( |
| 11125 | OpenMPDefaultmapClauseModifier M, OpenMPDefaultmapClauseKind Kind, |
| 11126 | SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation MLoc, |
| 11127 | SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11128 | /// Called on well-formed 'to' clause. |
| 11129 | OMPClause * |
| 11130 | ActOnOpenMPToClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
| 11131 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
| 11132 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 11133 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11134 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
| 11135 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
| 11136 | /// Called on well-formed 'from' clause. |
| 11137 | OMPClause * |
| 11138 | ActOnOpenMPFromClause(ArrayRef<OpenMPMotionModifierKind> MotionModifiers, |
| 11139 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> MotionModifiersLoc, |
| 11140 | CXXScopeSpec &MapperIdScopeSpec, |
| 11141 | DeclarationNameInfo &MapperId, SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11142 | ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs, |
| 11143 | ArrayRef<Expr *> UnresolvedMappers = llvm::None); |
| 11144 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_ptr' clause. |
| 11145 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11146 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
| 11147 | /// Called on well-formed 'use_device_addr' clause. |
| 11148 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUseDeviceAddrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11149 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
| 11150 | /// Called on well-formed 'is_device_ptr' clause. |
| 11151 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIsDevicePtrClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11152 | const OMPVarListLocTy &Locs); |
| 11153 | /// Called on well-formed 'nontemporal' clause. |
| 11154 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNontemporalClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, |
| 11155 | SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11156 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11157 | SourceLocation EndLoc); |
| 11158 | |
| 11159 | /// Data for list of allocators. |
| 11160 | struct UsesAllocatorsData { |
| 11161 | /// Allocator. |
| 11162 | Expr *Allocator = nullptr; |
| 11163 | /// Allocator traits. |
| 11164 | Expr *AllocatorTraits = nullptr; |
| 11165 | /// Locations of '(' and ')' symbols. |
| 11166 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, RParenLoc; |
| 11167 | }; |
| 11168 | /// Called on well-formed 'uses_allocators' clause. |
| 11169 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUsesAllocatorClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11170 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11171 | SourceLocation EndLoc, |
| 11172 | ArrayRef<UsesAllocatorsData> Data); |
| 11173 | /// Called on well-formed 'affinity' clause. |
| 11174 | OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAffinityClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, |
| 11175 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11176 | SourceLocation ColonLoc, |
| 11177 | SourceLocation EndLoc, Expr *Modifier, |
| 11178 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Locators); |
| 11179 | |
| 11180 | /// The kind of conversion being performed. |
| 11181 | enum CheckedConversionKind { |
| 11182 | /// An implicit conversion. |
| 11183 | CCK_ImplicitConversion, |
| 11184 | /// A C-style cast. |
| 11185 | CCK_CStyleCast, |
| 11186 | /// A functional-style cast. |
| 11187 | CCK_FunctionalCast, |
| 11188 | /// A cast other than a C-style cast. |
| 11189 | CCK_OtherCast, |
| 11190 | /// A conversion for an operand of a builtin overloaded operator. |
| 11191 | CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp |
| 11192 | }; |
| 11193 | |
| 11194 | static bool isCast(CheckedConversionKind CCK) { |
| 11195 | return CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast || |
| 11196 | CCK == CCK_OtherCast; |
| 11197 | } |
| 11198 | |
| 11199 | /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit |
| 11200 | /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. |
| 11201 | /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. |
| 11202 | ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, |
| 11203 | ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
| 11204 | const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr, |
| 11205 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
| 11206 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
| 11207 | |
| 11208 | /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding |
| 11209 | /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. |
| 11210 | static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); |
| 11211 | |
| 11212 | /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is |
| 11213 | /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are |
| 11214 | /// required. |
| 11215 | ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); |
| 11216 | |
| 11217 | // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts |
| 11218 | // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
| 11219 | ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
| 11220 | |
| 11221 | /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion |
| 11222 | /// performed on a function designator of a call expression. |
| 11223 | ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E); |
| 11224 | |
| 11225 | // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays |
| 11226 | // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). |
| 11227 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true); |
| 11228 | |
| 11229 | // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and |
| 11230 | // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the |
| 11231 | // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. |
| 11232 | ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E, |
| 11233 | bool Diagnose = true); |
| 11234 | |
| 11235 | // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on |
| 11236 | // the operand. This function is a no-op if the operand has a function type |
| 11237 | // or an array type. |
| 11238 | ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); |
| 11239 | |
| 11240 | // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that |
| 11241 | // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each |
| 11242 | // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. |
| 11243 | ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); |
| 11244 | |
| 11245 | /// If \p E is a prvalue denoting an unmaterialized temporary, materialize |
| 11246 | /// it as an xvalue. In C++98, the result will still be a prvalue, because |
| 11247 | /// we don't have xvalues there. |
| 11248 | ExprResult TemporaryMaterializationConversion(Expr *E); |
| 11249 | |
| 11250 | // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion |
| 11251 | enum VariadicCallType { |
| 11252 | VariadicFunction, |
| 11253 | VariadicBlock, |
| 11254 | VariadicMethod, |
| 11255 | VariadicConstructor, |
| 11256 | VariadicDoesNotApply |
| 11257 | }; |
| 11258 | |
| 11259 | VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 11260 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 11261 | Expr *Fn); |
| 11262 | |
| 11263 | // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a |
| 11264 | // vararg function. |
| 11265 | enum VarArgKind { |
| 11266 | VAK_Valid, |
| 11267 | VAK_ValidInCXX11, |
| 11268 | VAK_Undefined, |
| 11269 | VAK_MSVCUndefined, |
| 11270 | VAK_Invalid |
| 11271 | }; |
| 11272 | |
| 11273 | // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. |
| 11274 | VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); |
| 11275 | |
| 11276 | /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic |
| 11277 | /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not. |
| 11278 | void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); |
| 11279 | |
| 11280 | /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it. |
| 11281 | bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E); |
| 11282 | |
| 11283 | /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various |
| 11284 | /// form of call prototypes. |
| 11285 | bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 11286 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 11287 | unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 11288 | SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs, |
| 11289 | VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, |
| 11290 | bool AllowExplicit = false, |
| 11291 | bool IsListInitialization = false); |
| 11292 | |
| 11293 | // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but |
| 11294 | // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. |
| 11295 | ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, |
| 11296 | FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
| 11297 | |
| 11298 | /// Context in which we're performing a usual arithmetic conversion. |
| 11299 | enum ArithConvKind { |
| 11300 | /// An arithmetic operation. |
| 11301 | ACK_Arithmetic, |
| 11302 | /// A bitwise operation. |
| 11303 | ACK_BitwiseOp, |
| 11304 | /// A comparison. |
| 11305 | ACK_Comparison, |
| 11306 | /// A conditional (?:) operator. |
| 11307 | ACK_Conditional, |
| 11308 | /// A compound assignment expression. |
| 11309 | ACK_CompAssign, |
| 11310 | }; |
| 11311 | |
| 11312 | // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's |
| 11313 | // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary |
| 11314 | // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this |
| 11315 | // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is |
| 11316 | // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. |
| 11317 | QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11318 | SourceLocation Loc, ArithConvKind ACK); |
| 11319 | |
| 11320 | /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this |
| 11321 | /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are |
| 11322 | /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from |
| 11323 | /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a |
| 11324 | /// source and destination type. |
| 11325 | enum AssignConvertType { |
| 11326 | /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. |
| 11327 | Compatible, |
| 11328 | |
| 11329 | /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we |
| 11330 | /// accept as an extension. |
| 11331 | PointerToInt, |
| 11332 | |
| 11333 | /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we |
| 11334 | /// accept as an extension. |
| 11335 | IntToPointer, |
| 11336 | |
| 11337 | /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and |
| 11338 | /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. |
| 11339 | FunctionVoidPointer, |
| 11340 | |
| 11341 | /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that |
| 11342 | /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. |
| 11343 | IncompatiblePointer, |
| 11344 | |
| 11345 | /// IncompatibleFunctionPointer - The assignment is between two function |
| 11346 | /// pointers types that are not compatible, but we accept them as an |
| 11347 | /// extension. |
| 11348 | IncompatibleFunctionPointer, |
| 11349 | |
| 11350 | /// IncompatiblePointerSign - The assignment is between two pointers types |
| 11351 | /// which point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise |
| 11352 | /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by |
| 11353 | /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. |
| 11354 | IncompatiblePointerSign, |
| 11355 | |
| 11356 | /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards |
| 11357 | /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. |
| 11358 | CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
| 11359 | |
| 11360 | /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment |
| 11361 | /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, |
| 11362 | /// like address spaces. |
| 11363 | IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, |
| 11364 | |
| 11365 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch - The assignment |
| 11366 | /// changes address spaces in nested pointer types which is not allowed. |
| 11367 | /// For instance, converting __private int ** to __generic int ** is |
| 11368 | /// illegal even though __private could be converted to __generic. |
| 11369 | IncompatibleNestedPointerAddressSpaceMismatch, |
| 11370 | |
| 11371 | /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two |
| 11372 | /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two |
| 11373 | /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an |
| 11374 | /// extension. |
| 11375 | IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, |
| 11376 | |
| 11377 | /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that |
| 11378 | /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. |
| 11379 | IncompatibleVectors, |
| 11380 | |
| 11381 | /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block |
| 11382 | /// pointer. We disallow this. |
| 11383 | IntToBlockPointer, |
| 11384 | |
| 11385 | /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block |
| 11386 | /// pointers types that are not compatible. |
| 11387 | IncompatibleBlockPointer, |
| 11388 | |
| 11389 | /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified |
| 11390 | /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, |
| 11391 | /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. |
| 11392 | IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, |
| 11393 | |
| 11394 | /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an |
| 11395 | /// object with __weak qualifier. |
| 11396 | IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, |
| 11397 | |
| 11398 | /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to |
| 11399 | /// represent it in the AST. |
| 11400 | Incompatible |
| 11401 | }; |
| 11402 | |
| 11403 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the |
| 11404 | /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the |
| 11405 | /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. |
| 11406 | bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, |
| 11407 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11408 | QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 11409 | Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11410 | bool *Complained = nullptr); |
| 11411 | |
| 11412 | /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag |
| 11413 | /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid |
| 11414 | /// value, to be used as a mask. |
| 11415 | bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, |
| 11416 | bool AllowMask) const; |
| 11417 | |
| 11418 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant |
| 11419 | /// integer not in the range of enum values. |
| 11420 | void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, |
| 11421 | Expr *SrcExpr); |
| 11422 | |
| 11423 | /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, |
| 11424 | /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. |
| 11425 | /// C99 6.5.16. |
| 11426 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11427 | QualType LHSType, |
| 11428 | QualType RHSType); |
| 11429 | |
| 11430 | /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of |
| 11431 | /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS |
| 11432 | /// is true. |
| 11433 | AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, |
| 11434 | ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11435 | CastKind &Kind, |
| 11436 | bool ConvertRHS = true); |
| 11437 | |
| 11438 | /// Check assignment constraints for an assignment of RHS to LHSType. |
| 11439 | /// |
| 11440 | /// \param LHSType The destination type for the assignment. |
| 11441 | /// \param RHS The source expression for the assignment. |
| 11442 | /// \param Diagnose If \c true, diagnostics may be produced when checking |
| 11443 | /// for assignability. If a diagnostic is produced, \p RHS will be |
| 11444 | /// set to ExprError(). Note that this function may still return |
| 11445 | /// without producing a diagnostic, even for an invalid assignment. |
| 11446 | /// \param DiagnoseCFAudited If \c true, the target is a function parameter |
| 11447 | /// in an audited Core Foundation API and does not need to be checked |
| 11448 | /// for ARC retain issues. |
| 11449 | /// \param ConvertRHS If \c true, \p RHS will be updated to model the |
| 11450 | /// conversions necessary to perform the assignment. If \c false, |
| 11451 | /// \p Diagnose must also be \c false. |
| 11452 | AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints( |
| 11453 | QualType LHSType, ExprResult &RHS, bool Diagnose = true, |
| 11454 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, bool ConvertRHS = true); |
| 11455 | |
| 11456 | // If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we |
| 11457 | // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. |
| 11458 | AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, |
| 11459 | ExprResult &RHS); |
| 11460 | |
| 11461 | bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 11462 | |
| 11463 | bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); |
| 11464 | |
| 11465 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 11466 | AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11467 | bool AllowExplicit = false); |
| 11468 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 11469 | const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, |
| 11470 | AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11471 | CheckedConversionKind CCK |
| 11472 | = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
| 11473 | ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, |
| 11474 | const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, |
| 11475 | AssignmentAction Action, |
| 11476 | CheckedConversionKind CCK); |
| 11477 | |
| 11478 | ExprResult PerformQualificationConversion( |
| 11479 | Expr *E, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, |
| 11480 | CheckedConversionKind CCK = CCK_ImplicitConversion); |
| 11481 | |
| 11482 | /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType |
| 11483 | /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). |
| 11484 | |
| 11485 | /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). |
| 11486 | QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
| 11487 | ExprResult &RHS); |
| 11488 | QualType InvalidLogicalVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, |
| 11489 | ExprResult &RHS); |
| 11490 | QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 |
| 11491 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, |
| 11492 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); |
| 11493 | QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
| 11494 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
| 11495 | bool IsDivide); |
| 11496 | QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 |
| 11497 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11498 | bool IsCompAssign = false); |
| 11499 | QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
| 11500 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11501 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
| 11502 | QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 |
| 11503 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11504 | QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr); |
| 11505 | QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 |
| 11506 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11507 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false); |
| 11508 | void CheckPtrComparisonWithNullChar(ExprResult &E, ExprResult &NullE); |
| 11509 | QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 |
| 11510 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11511 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11512 | QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] |
| 11513 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11514 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11515 | QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] |
| 11516 | ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11517 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11518 | // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. |
| 11519 | // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. |
| 11520 | // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. |
| 11521 | QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] |
| 11522 | Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); |
| 11523 | |
| 11524 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 11525 | UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); |
| 11526 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, |
| 11527 | BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, |
| 11528 | Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 11529 | ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); |
| 11530 | Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); |
| 11531 | |
| 11532 | QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 |
| 11533 | ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11534 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11535 | QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 |
| 11536 | ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, |
| 11537 | ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); |
| 11538 | QualType CheckGNUVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, |
| 11539 | ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11540 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11541 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, |
| 11542 | bool ConvertArgs = true); |
| 11543 | QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11544 | ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, |
| 11545 | bool ConvertArgs = true) { |
| 11546 | Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get(); |
| 11547 | QualType Composite = |
| 11548 | FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, ConvertArgs); |
| 11549 | E1 = E1Tmp; |
| 11550 | E2 = E2Tmp; |
| 11551 | return Composite; |
| 11552 | } |
| 11553 | |
| 11554 | QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11555 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11556 | |
| 11557 | bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, |
| 11558 | SourceLocation QuestionLoc); |
| 11559 | |
| 11560 | void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E, |
| 11561 | Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType, |
| 11562 | bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range); |
| 11563 | |
| 11564 | /// type checking for vector binary operators. |
| 11565 | QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11566 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, |
| 11567 | bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion); |
| 11568 | QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); |
| 11569 | QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11570 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11571 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc); |
| 11572 | QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11573 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 11574 | |
| 11575 | /// Type checking for matrix binary operators. |
| 11576 | QualType CheckMatrixElementwiseOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11577 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11578 | bool IsCompAssign); |
| 11579 | QualType CheckMatrixMultiplyOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, |
| 11580 | SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); |
| 11581 | |
| 11582 | bool isValidSveBitcast(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11583 | |
| 11584 | bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11585 | bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType); |
| 11586 | |
| 11587 | /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) |
| 11588 | bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); |
| 11589 | |
| 11590 | // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). |
| 11591 | |
| 11592 | /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two |
| 11593 | /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the |
| 11594 | /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). |
| 11595 | enum ReferenceCompareResult { |
| 11596 | /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct |
| 11597 | /// reference binding is not possible. |
| 11598 | Ref_Incompatible = 0, |
| 11599 | /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means |
| 11600 | /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same |
| 11601 | /// or T1 is a base class of T2. |
| 11602 | Ref_Related, |
| 11603 | /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible. |
| 11604 | Ref_Compatible |
| 11605 | }; |
| 11606 | |
| 11607 | // Fake up a scoped enumeration that still contextually converts to bool. |
| 11608 | struct ReferenceConversionsScope { |
| 11609 | /// The conversions that would be performed on an lvalue of type T2 when |
| 11610 | /// binding a reference of type T1 to it, as determined when evaluating |
| 11611 | /// whether T1 is reference-compatible with T2. |
| 11612 | enum ReferenceConversions { |
| 11613 | Qualification = 0x1, |
| 11614 | NestedQualification = 0x2, |
| 11615 | Function = 0x4, |
| 11616 | DerivedToBase = 0x8, |
| 11617 | ObjC = 0x10, |
| 11618 | ObjCLifetime = 0x20, |
| 11619 | |
| 11620 | LLVM_MARK_AS_BITMASK_ENUM(/*LargestValue=*/ObjCLifetime) |
| 11621 | }; |
| 11622 | }; |
| 11623 | using ReferenceConversions = ReferenceConversionsScope::ReferenceConversions; |
| 11624 | |
| 11625 | ReferenceCompareResult |
| 11626 | CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T1, QualType T2, |
| 11627 | ReferenceConversions *Conv = nullptr); |
| 11628 | |
| 11629 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, |
| 11630 | Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, |
| 11631 | ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); |
| 11632 | |
| 11633 | /// Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the |
| 11634 | /// given type. |
| 11635 | ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); |
| 11636 | |
| 11637 | /// Type-check an expression that's being passed to an |
| 11638 | /// __unknown_anytype parameter. |
| 11639 | ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, |
| 11640 | Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); |
| 11641 | |
| 11642 | // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. |
| 11643 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
| 11644 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. |
| 11645 | // returns true if the cast is invalid |
| 11646 | bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, |
| 11647 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 11648 | |
| 11649 | /// Prepare `SplattedExpr` for a vector splat operation, adding |
| 11650 | /// implicit casts if necessary. |
| 11651 | ExprResult prepareVectorSplat(QualType VectorTy, Expr *SplattedExpr); |
| 11652 | |
| 11653 | // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. |
| 11654 | // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. |
| 11655 | // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, |
| 11656 | // or vectors and the element type of that vector. |
| 11657 | // returns the cast expr |
| 11658 | ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, |
| 11659 | CastKind &Kind); |
| 11660 | |
| 11661 | ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType Type, |
| 11662 | SourceLocation LParenLoc, |
| 11663 | Expr *CastExpr, |
| 11664 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 11665 | |
| 11666 | enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged, ACR_error }; |
| 11667 | |
| 11668 | /// Checks for invalid conversions and casts between |
| 11669 | /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds for ARC and Weak. |
| 11670 | ARCConversionResult CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange castRange, |
| 11671 | QualType castType, Expr *&op, |
| 11672 | CheckedConversionKind CCK, |
| 11673 | bool Diagnose = true, |
| 11674 | bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false, |
| 11675 | BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD |
| 11676 | ); |
| 11677 | |
| 11678 | Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
| 11679 | void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); |
| 11680 | |
| 11681 | bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, |
| 11682 | QualType ExprType); |
| 11683 | |
| 11684 | /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send |
| 11685 | /// might create an obvious retain cycle. |
| 11686 | void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); |
| 11687 | void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); |
| 11688 | void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); |
| 11689 | |
| 11690 | /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
| 11691 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. |
| 11692 | bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 11693 | |
| 11694 | /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned |
| 11695 | /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. |
| 11696 | void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 11697 | |
| 11698 | /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. |
| 11699 | /// \param Method - May be null. |
| 11700 | /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. |
| 11701 | /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. |
| 11702 | bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
| 11703 | MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel, |
| 11704 | ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, |
| 11705 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
| 11706 | bool isSuperMessage, SourceLocation lbrac, |
| 11707 | SourceLocation rbrac, SourceRange RecRange, |
| 11708 | QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); |
| 11709 | |
| 11710 | /// Determine the result of a message send expression based on |
| 11711 | /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, |
| 11712 | /// and the form of the message send. |
| 11713 | QualType getMessageSendResultType(const Expr *Receiver, QualType ReceiverType, |
| 11714 | ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, |
| 11715 | bool isSuperMessage); |
| 11716 | |
| 11717 | /// If the given expression involves a message send to a method |
| 11718 | /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. |
| 11719 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); |
| 11720 | |
| 11721 | /// Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return |
| 11722 | /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result |
| 11723 | /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. |
| 11724 | void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); |
| 11725 | |
| 11726 | class ConditionResult { |
| 11727 | Decl *ConditionVar; |
| 11728 | FullExprArg Condition; |
| 11729 | bool Invalid; |
| 11730 | bool HasKnownValue; |
| 11731 | bool KnownValue; |
| 11732 | |
| 11733 | friend class Sema; |
| 11734 | ConditionResult(Sema &S, Decl *ConditionVar, FullExprArg Condition, |
| 11735 | bool IsConstexpr) |
| 11736 | : ConditionVar(ConditionVar), Condition(Condition), Invalid(false), |
| 11737 | HasKnownValue(IsConstexpr && Condition.get() && |
| 11738 | !Condition.get()->isValueDependent()), |
| 11739 | KnownValue(HasKnownValue && |
| 11740 | !!Condition.get()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.Context)) {} |
| 11741 | explicit ConditionResult(bool Invalid) |
| 11742 | : ConditionVar(nullptr), Condition(nullptr), Invalid(Invalid), |
| 11743 | HasKnownValue(false), KnownValue(false) {} |
| 11744 | |
| 11745 | public: |
| 11746 | ConditionResult() : ConditionResult(false) {} |
| 11747 | bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; } |
| 11748 | std::pair<VarDecl *, Expr *> get() const { |
| 11749 | return std::make_pair(cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), |
| 11750 | Condition.get()); |
| 11751 | } |
| 11752 | llvm::Optional<bool> getKnownValue() const { |
| 11753 | if (!HasKnownValue) |
| 11754 | return None; |
| 11755 | return KnownValue; |
| 11756 | } |
| 11757 | }; |
| 11758 | static ConditionResult ConditionError() { return ConditionResult(true); } |
| 11759 | |
| 11760 | enum class ConditionKind { |
| 11761 | Boolean, ///< A boolean condition, from 'if', 'while', 'for', or 'do'. |
| 11762 | ConstexprIf, ///< A constant boolean condition from 'if constexpr'. |
| 11763 | Switch ///< An integral condition for a 'switch' statement. |
| 11764 | }; |
| 11765 | |
| 11766 | ConditionResult ActOnCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11767 | Expr *SubExpr, ConditionKind CK); |
| 11768 | |
| 11769 | ConditionResult ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar, |
| 11770 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 11771 | ConditionKind CK); |
| 11772 | |
| 11773 | DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); |
| 11774 | |
| 11775 | ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, |
| 11776 | SourceLocation StmtLoc, |
| 11777 | ConditionKind CK); |
| 11778 | ExprResult CheckSwitchCondition(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, Expr *Cond); |
| 11779 | |
| 11780 | /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of |
| 11781 | /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if |
| 11782 | /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array |
| 11783 | /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. |
| 11784 | /// |
| 11785 | /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the |
| 11786 | /// 'if' keyword. |
| 11787 | /// \return true iff there were any errors |
| 11788 | ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *E, |
| 11789 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 11790 | |
| 11791 | /// ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier - Build an ExplicitSpecifier from an expression |
| 11792 | /// found in an explicit(bool) specifier. |
| 11793 | ExplicitSpecifier ActOnExplicitBoolSpecifier(Expr *E); |
| 11794 | |
| 11795 | /// tryResolveExplicitSpecifier - Attempt to resolve the explict specifier. |
| 11796 | /// Returns true if the explicit specifier is now resolved. |
| 11797 | bool tryResolveExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier &ExplicitSpec); |
| 11798 | |
| 11799 | /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is |
| 11800 | /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. |
| 11801 | void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); |
| 11802 | |
| 11803 | /// Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate |
| 11804 | /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. |
| 11805 | void (ParenExpr *ParenE); |
| 11806 | |
| 11807 | /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. |
| 11808 | ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 11809 | |
| 11810 | /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have |
| 11811 | /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit |
| 11812 | /// the specified diagnostic. |
| 11813 | void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, |
| 11814 | unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, |
| 11815 | SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
| 11816 | |
| 11817 | /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. |
| 11818 | /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared |
| 11819 | /// in the global scope. |
| 11820 | bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); |
| 11821 | |
| 11822 | /// Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant |
| 11823 | /// expression violations. |
| 11824 | class VerifyICEDiagnoser { |
| 11825 | public: |
| 11826 | bool Suppress; |
| 11827 | |
| 11828 | VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } |
| 11829 | |
| 11830 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 11831 | diagnoseNotICEType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); |
| 11832 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, |
| 11833 | SourceLocation Loc) = 0; |
| 11834 | virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 11835 | virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() {} |
| 11836 | }; |
| 11837 | |
| 11838 | enum AllowFoldKind { |
| 11839 | NoFold, |
| 11840 | AllowFold, |
| 11841 | }; |
| 11842 | |
| 11843 | /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, |
| 11844 | /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. |
| 11845 | /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. |
| 11846 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
| 11847 | VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, |
| 11848 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
| 11849 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, |
| 11850 | unsigned DiagID, |
| 11851 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
| 11852 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
| 11853 | llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr, |
| 11854 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold); |
| 11855 | ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, |
| 11856 | AllowFoldKind CanFold = NoFold) { |
| 11857 | return VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(E, nullptr, CanFold); |
| 11858 | } |
| 11859 | |
| 11860 | /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has |
| 11861 | /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. |
| 11862 | /// Returns false on success. |
| 11863 | /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 |
| 11864 | ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, |
| 11865 | QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, |
| 11866 | Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr); |
| 11867 | |
| 11868 | private: |
| 11869 | unsigned ForceCUDAHostDeviceDepth = 0; |
| 11870 | |
| 11871 | public: |
| 11872 | /// Increments our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
| 11873 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. So long as this count is greater |
| 11874 | /// than zero, all functions encountered will be __host__ __device__. |
| 11875 | void PushForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
| 11876 | |
| 11877 | /// Decrements our count of the number of times we've seen a pragma forcing |
| 11878 | /// functions to be __host__ __device__. Returns false if the count is 0 |
| 11879 | /// before incrementing, so you can emit an error. |
| 11880 | bool PopForceCUDAHostDevice(); |
| 11881 | |
| 11882 | /// Diagnostics that are emitted only if we discover that the given function |
| 11883 | /// must be codegen'ed. Because handling these correctly adds overhead to |
| 11884 | /// compilation, this is currently only enabled for CUDA compilations. |
| 11885 | llvm::DenseMap<CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
| 11886 | std::vector<PartialDiagnosticAt>> |
| 11887 | DeviceDeferredDiags; |
| 11888 | |
| 11889 | /// A pair of a canonical FunctionDecl and a SourceLocation. When used as the |
| 11890 | /// key in a hashtable, both the FD and location are hashed. |
| 11891 | struct FunctionDeclAndLoc { |
| 11892 | CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl> FD; |
| 11893 | SourceLocation Loc; |
| 11894 | }; |
| 11895 | |
| 11896 | /// FunctionDecls and SourceLocations for which CheckCUDACall has emitted a |
| 11897 | /// (maybe deferred) "bad call" diagnostic. We use this to avoid emitting the |
| 11898 | /// same deferred diag twice. |
| 11899 | llvm::DenseSet<FunctionDeclAndLoc> LocsWithCUDACallDiags; |
| 11900 | |
| 11901 | /// An inverse call graph, mapping known-emitted functions to one of their |
| 11902 | /// known-emitted callers (plus the location of the call). |
| 11903 | /// |
| 11904 | /// Functions that we can tell a priori must be emitted aren't added to this |
| 11905 | /// map. |
| 11906 | llvm::DenseMap</* Callee = */ CanonicalDeclPtr<FunctionDecl>, |
| 11907 | /* Caller = */ FunctionDeclAndLoc> |
| 11908 | DeviceKnownEmittedFns; |
| 11909 | |
| 11910 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 11911 | /// context is "used as device code". |
| 11912 | /// |
| 11913 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ function, does not emit any diagnostics |
| 11914 | /// unless \p EmitOnBothSides is true. |
| 11915 | /// - If CurContext is a __device__ or __global__ function, emits the |
| 11916 | /// diagnostics immediately. |
| 11917 | /// - If CurContext is a __host__ __device__ function and we are compiling for |
| 11918 | /// the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we realize |
| 11919 | /// that the function will be codegen'ed. |
| 11920 | /// |
| 11921 | /// Example usage: |
| 11922 | /// |
| 11923 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in CUDA device code. |
| 11924 | /// if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_cuda_vla) << CurrentCUDATarget()) |
| 11925 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 11926 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
| 11927 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11928 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 11929 | |
| 11930 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 11931 | /// context is "used as host code". |
| 11932 | /// |
| 11933 | /// Same as CUDADiagIfDeviceCode, with "host" and "device" switched. |
| 11934 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder CUDADiagIfHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); |
| 11935 | |
| 11936 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 11937 | /// context is "used as device code". |
| 11938 | /// |
| 11939 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
| 11940 | /// function is emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
| 11941 | /// - If CurContext is a non-`declare target` function and we are compiling |
| 11942 | /// for the device, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
| 11943 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
| 11944 | /// |
| 11945 | /// Example usage: |
| 11946 | /// |
| 11947 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
| 11948 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
| 11949 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 11950 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
| 11951 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder |
| 11952 | diagIfOpenMPDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 11953 | |
| 11954 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 11955 | /// context is "used as host code". |
| 11956 | /// |
| 11957 | /// - If CurContext is a `declare target` function or it is known that the |
| 11958 | /// function is emitted for the host, emits the diagnostics immediately. |
| 11959 | /// - If CurContext is a non-host function, just ignore it. |
| 11960 | /// |
| 11961 | /// Example usage: |
| 11962 | /// |
| 11963 | /// // Variable-length arrays are not allowed in NVPTX device code. |
| 11964 | /// if (diagIfOpenMPHostode(Loc, diag::err_vla_unsupported)) |
| 11965 | /// return ExprError(); |
| 11966 | /// // Otherwise, continue parsing as normal. |
| 11967 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagIfOpenMPHostCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11968 | unsigned DiagID, FunctionDecl *FD); |
| 11969 | |
| 11970 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID, |
| 11971 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 11972 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder targetDiag(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 11973 | const PartialDiagnostic &PD, |
| 11974 | FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr) { |
| 11975 | return targetDiag(Loc, PD.getDiagID(), FD) << PD; |
| 11976 | } |
| 11977 | |
| 11978 | /// Check if the expression is allowed to be used in expressions for the |
| 11979 | /// offloading devices. |
| 11980 | void checkDeviceDecl(ValueDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc); |
| 11981 | |
| 11982 | enum CUDAFunctionTarget { |
| 11983 | CFT_Device, |
| 11984 | CFT_Global, |
| 11985 | CFT_Host, |
| 11986 | CFT_HostDevice, |
| 11987 | CFT_InvalidTarget |
| 11988 | }; |
| 11989 | |
| 11990 | /// Determines whether the given function is a CUDA device/host/kernel/etc. |
| 11991 | /// function. |
| 11992 | /// |
| 11993 | /// Use this rather than examining the function's attributes yourself -- you |
| 11994 | /// will get it wrong. Returns CFT_Host if D is null. |
| 11995 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D, |
| 11996 | bool IgnoreImplicitHDAttr = false); |
| 11997 | CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs); |
| 11998 | |
| 11999 | /// Gets the CUDA target for the current context. |
| 12000 | CUDAFunctionTarget CurrentCUDATarget() { |
| 12001 | return IdentifyCUDATarget(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)); |
| 12002 | } |
| 12003 | |
| 12004 | static bool isCUDAImplicitHostDeviceFunction(const FunctionDecl *D); |
| 12005 | |
| 12006 | // CUDA function call preference. Must be ordered numerically from |
| 12007 | // worst to best. |
| 12008 | enum CUDAFunctionPreference { |
| 12009 | CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination. |
| 12010 | CFP_WrongSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
| 12011 | // function that do not match current compilation |
| 12012 | // mode. |
| 12013 | CFP_HostDevice, // Any calls to host/device functions. |
| 12014 | CFP_SameSide, // Calls from host-device to host or device |
| 12015 | // function matching current compilation mode. |
| 12016 | CFP_Native, // host-to-host or device-to-device calls. |
| 12017 | }; |
| 12018 | |
| 12019 | /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee |
| 12020 | /// combination, based on their host/device attributes. |
| 12021 | /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee. |
| 12022 | /// nullptr in case of global context. |
| 12023 | /// \param Callee target function |
| 12024 | /// |
| 12025 | /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination. |
| 12026 | CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 12027 | const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12028 | |
| 12029 | /// Determines whether Caller may invoke Callee, based on their CUDA |
| 12030 | /// host/device attributes. Returns false if the call is not allowed. |
| 12031 | /// |
| 12032 | /// Note: Will return true for CFP_WrongSide calls. These may appear in |
| 12033 | /// semantically correct CUDA programs, but only if they're never codegen'ed. |
| 12034 | bool IsAllowedCUDACall(const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 12035 | const FunctionDecl *Callee) { |
| 12036 | return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Callee) != CFP_Never; |
| 12037 | } |
| 12038 | |
| 12039 | /// May add implicit CUDAHostAttr and CUDADeviceAttr attributes to FD, |
| 12040 | /// depending on FD and the current compilation settings. |
| 12041 | void maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, |
| 12042 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 12043 | |
| 12044 | /// May add implicit CUDAConstantAttr attribute to VD, depending on VD |
| 12045 | /// and current compilation settings. |
| 12046 | void MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(VarDecl *VD); |
| 12047 | |
| 12048 | public: |
| 12049 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
| 12050 | /// |
| 12051 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
| 12052 | /// (CFP_Never), emits an error and returns false. |
| 12053 | /// |
| 12054 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
| 12055 | /// it's never codegen'ed (CFP_WrongSide), creates a deferred diagnostic to |
| 12056 | /// be emitted if and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
| 12057 | /// |
| 12058 | /// Will only create deferred diagnostics for a given SourceLocation once, |
| 12059 | /// so you can safely call this multiple times without generating duplicate |
| 12060 | /// deferred errors. |
| 12061 | /// |
| 12062 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
| 12063 | bool CheckCUDACall(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12064 | |
| 12065 | void CUDACheckLambdaCapture(CXXMethodDecl *D, const sema::Capture &Capture); |
| 12066 | |
| 12067 | /// Set __device__ or __host__ __device__ attributes on the given lambda |
| 12068 | /// operator() method. |
| 12069 | /// |
| 12070 | /// CUDA lambdas by default is host device function unless it has explicit |
| 12071 | /// host or device attribute. |
| 12072 | void CUDASetLambdaAttrs(CXXMethodDecl *Method); |
| 12073 | |
| 12074 | /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority |
| 12075 | /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower |
| 12076 | /// calling priority. |
| 12077 | void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches( |
| 12078 | const FunctionDecl *Caller, |
| 12079 | SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches); |
| 12080 | |
| 12081 | /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the |
| 12082 | /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members. |
| 12083 | /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created. |
| 12084 | /// \param CSM the kind of special member. |
| 12085 | /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself. |
| 12086 | /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on |
| 12087 | /// its RHS. |
| 12088 | /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics. |
| 12089 | /// \return true if there was an error inferring. |
| 12090 | /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to |
| 12091 | /// the member declaration. |
| 12092 | bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, |
| 12093 | CXXSpecialMember CSM, |
| 12094 | CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl, |
| 12095 | bool ConstRHS, |
| 12096 | bool Diagnose); |
| 12097 | |
| 12098 | /// \return true if \p CD can be considered empty according to CUDA |
| 12099 | /// (E.2.3.1 in CUDA 7.5 Programming guide). |
| 12100 | bool isEmptyCudaConstructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXConstructorDecl *CD); |
| 12101 | bool isEmptyCudaDestructor(SourceLocation Loc, CXXDestructorDecl *CD); |
| 12102 | |
| 12103 | // \brief Checks that initializers of \p Var satisfy CUDA restrictions. In |
| 12104 | // case of error emits appropriate diagnostic and invalidates \p Var. |
| 12105 | // |
| 12106 | // \details CUDA allows only empty constructors as initializers for global |
| 12107 | // variables (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 7.5). The same restriction also applies to all |
| 12108 | // __shared__ variables whether they are local or not (they all are implicitly |
| 12109 | // static in CUDA). One exception is that CUDA allows constant initializers |
| 12110 | // for __constant__ and __device__ variables. |
| 12111 | void checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VarDecl *VD); |
| 12112 | |
| 12113 | /// Check whether NewFD is a valid overload for CUDA. Emits |
| 12114 | /// diagnostics and invalidates NewFD if not. |
| 12115 | void checkCUDATargetOverload(FunctionDecl *NewFD, |
| 12116 | const LookupResult &Previous); |
| 12117 | /// Copies target attributes from the template TD to the function FD. |
| 12118 | void inheritCUDATargetAttrs(FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionTemplateDecl &TD); |
| 12119 | |
| 12120 | /// Returns the name of the launch configuration function. This is the name |
| 12121 | /// of the function that will be called to configure kernel call, with the |
| 12122 | /// parameters specified via <<<>>>. |
| 12123 | std::string getCudaConfigureFuncName() const; |
| 12124 | |
| 12125 | /// \name Code completion |
| 12126 | //@{ |
| 12127 | /// Describes the context in which code completion occurs. |
| 12128 | enum ParserCompletionContext { |
| 12129 | /// Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. |
| 12130 | PCC_Namespace, |
| 12131 | /// Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. |
| 12132 | PCC_Class, |
| 12133 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, |
| 12134 | /// or category. |
| 12135 | PCC_ObjCInterface, |
| 12136 | /// Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or |
| 12137 | /// category implementation |
| 12138 | PCC_ObjCImplementation, |
| 12139 | /// Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables |
| 12140 | /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. |
| 12141 | PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, |
| 12142 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
| 12143 | /// headers. |
| 12144 | PCC_Template, |
| 12145 | /// Code completion occurs following one or more template |
| 12146 | /// headers within a class. |
| 12147 | PCC_MemberTemplate, |
| 12148 | /// Code completion occurs within an expression. |
| 12149 | PCC_Expression, |
| 12150 | /// Code completion occurs within a statement, which may |
| 12151 | /// also be an expression or a declaration. |
| 12152 | PCC_Statement, |
| 12153 | /// Code completion occurs at the beginning of the |
| 12154 | /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. |
| 12155 | PCC_ForInit, |
| 12156 | /// Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, |
| 12157 | /// while, switch, or for statement. |
| 12158 | PCC_Condition, |
| 12159 | /// Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a |
| 12160 | /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position |
| 12161 | /// in the grammar. |
| 12162 | PCC_RecoveryInFunction, |
| 12163 | /// Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. |
| 12164 | PCC_Type, |
| 12165 | /// Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which |
| 12166 | /// might also be a type cast. |
| 12167 | PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, |
| 12168 | /// Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration |
| 12169 | /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. |
| 12170 | PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers |
| 12171 | }; |
| 12172 | |
| 12173 | void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); |
| 12174 | void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, |
| 12175 | ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); |
| 12176 | void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, |
| 12177 | bool AllowNonIdentifiers, |
| 12178 | bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); |
| 12179 | |
| 12180 | struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; |
| 12181 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, |
| 12182 | const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); |
| 12183 | void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, QualType PreferredType, |
| 12184 | bool IsParenthesized = false); |
| 12185 | void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, Expr *OtherOpBase, |
| 12186 | SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, |
| 12187 | bool IsBaseExprStatement, |
| 12188 | QualType PreferredType); |
| 12189 | void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS, |
| 12190 | QualType PreferredType); |
| 12191 | void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); |
| 12192 | void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); |
| 12193 | void CodeCompleteFunctionQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS, Declarator &D, |
| 12194 | const VirtSpecifiers *VS = nullptr); |
| 12195 | void CodeCompleteBracketDeclarator(Scope *S); |
| 12196 | void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); |
| 12197 | /// Reports signatures for a call to CodeCompleteConsumer and returns the |
| 12198 | /// preferred type for the current argument. Returned type can be null. |
| 12199 | QualType ProduceCallSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 12200 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
| 12201 | QualType ProduceConstructorSignatureHelp(Scope *S, QualType Type, |
| 12202 | SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12203 | ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, |
| 12204 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
| 12205 | QualType ProduceCtorInitMemberSignatureHelp(Scope *S, Decl *ConstructorDecl, |
| 12206 | CXXScopeSpec SS, |
| 12207 | ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, |
| 12208 | ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs, |
| 12209 | IdentifierInfo *II, |
| 12210 | SourceLocation OpenParLoc); |
| 12211 | void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); |
| 12212 | /// Trigger code completion for a record of \p BaseType. \p InitExprs are |
| 12213 | /// expressions in the initializer list seen so far and \p D is the current |
| 12214 | /// Designation being parsed. |
| 12215 | void CodeCompleteDesignator(const QualType BaseType, |
| 12216 | llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> InitExprs, |
| 12217 | const Designation &D); |
| 12218 | void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S, bool IsBracedThen); |
| 12219 | |
| 12220 | void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, bool EnteringContext, |
| 12221 | bool IsUsingDeclaration, QualType BaseType, |
| 12222 | QualType PreferredType); |
| 12223 | void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); |
| 12224 | void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); |
| 12225 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12226 | void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12227 | void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); |
| 12228 | void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer( |
| 12229 | Decl *Constructor, |
| 12230 | ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers); |
| 12231 | |
| 12232 | void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, |
| 12233 | bool AfterAmpersand); |
| 12234 | void CodeCompleteAfterFunctionEquals(Declarator &D); |
| 12235 | |
| 12236 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); |
| 12237 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); |
| 12238 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); |
| 12239 | void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); |
| 12240 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); |
| 12241 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); |
| 12242 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); |
| 12243 | void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, |
| 12244 | bool IsParameter); |
| 12245 | void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); |
| 12246 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, |
| 12247 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 12248 | bool AtArgumentExpression); |
| 12249 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, |
| 12250 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 12251 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
| 12252 | bool IsSuper = false); |
| 12253 | void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, |
| 12254 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents, |
| 12255 | bool AtArgumentExpression, |
| 12256 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr); |
| 12257 | void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, |
| 12258 | DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); |
| 12259 | void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, |
| 12260 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
| 12261 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences( |
| 12262 | ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols); |
| 12263 | void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12264 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12265 | void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, |
| 12266 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 12267 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
| 12268 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); |
| 12269 | void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, |
| 12270 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 12271 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
| 12272 | void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, |
| 12273 | IdentifierInfo *ClassName, |
| 12274 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); |
| 12275 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); |
| 12276 | void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, |
| 12277 | IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); |
| 12278 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, Optional<bool> IsInstanceMethod, |
| 12279 | ParsedType ReturnType); |
| 12280 | void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, |
| 12281 | bool IsInstanceMethod, |
| 12282 | bool AtParameterName, |
| 12283 | ParsedType ReturnType, |
| 12284 | ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents); |
| 12285 | void CodeCompleteObjCClassPropertyRefExpr(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo &ClassName, |
| 12286 | SourceLocation ClassNameLoc, |
| 12287 | bool IsBaseExprStatement); |
| 12288 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); |
| 12289 | void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); |
| 12290 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); |
| 12291 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); |
| 12292 | void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, |
| 12293 | IdentifierInfo *Macro, |
| 12294 | MacroInfo *MacroInfo, |
| 12295 | unsigned Argument); |
| 12296 | void CodeCompleteIncludedFile(llvm::StringRef Dir, bool IsAngled); |
| 12297 | void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); |
| 12298 | void CodeCompleteAvailabilityPlatformName(); |
| 12299 | void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, |
| 12300 | CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, |
| 12301 | SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); |
| 12302 | //@} |
| 12303 | |
| 12304 | //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 12305 | // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system |
| 12306 | |
| 12307 | public: |
| 12308 | SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, |
| 12309 | unsigned ByteNo) const; |
| 12310 | |
| 12311 | private: |
| 12312 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, |
| 12313 | const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr, |
| 12314 | bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); |
| 12315 | void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); |
| 12316 | // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a |
| 12317 | // FunctionDeclaration. |
| 12318 | struct FormatStringInfo { |
| 12319 | unsigned FormatIdx; |
| 12320 | unsigned FirstDataArg; |
| 12321 | bool HasVAListArg; |
| 12322 | }; |
| 12323 | |
| 12324 | static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, |
| 12325 | FormatStringInfo *FSI); |
| 12326 | bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12327 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
| 12328 | bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, |
| 12329 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); |
| 12330 | bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12331 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
| 12332 | bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto); |
| 12333 | void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 12334 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12335 | const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 12336 | SourceLocation Loc); |
| 12337 | |
| 12338 | void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto, |
| 12339 | const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12340 | bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 12341 | VariadicCallType CallType); |
| 12342 | |
| 12343 | bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); |
| 12344 | ExprResult CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg); |
| 12345 | |
| 12346 | ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, |
| 12347 | unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12348 | |
| 12349 | bool CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12350 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12351 | |
| 12352 | void checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12353 | |
| 12354 | bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12355 | unsigned MaxWidth); |
| 12356 | bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12357 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12358 | bool CheckMVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12359 | bool CheckSVEBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12360 | bool CheckCDEBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12361 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12362 | bool CheckARMCoprocessorImmediate(const TargetInfo &TI, const Expr *CoprocArg, |
| 12363 | bool WantCDE); |
| 12364 | bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12365 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12366 | |
| 12367 | bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12368 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12369 | bool CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12370 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12371 | bool CheckHexagonBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12372 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12373 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12374 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinCpu(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12375 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12376 | bool CheckMipsBuiltinArgument(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12377 | bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12378 | bool CheckX86BuiltinRoundingOrSAE(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12379 | bool CheckX86BuiltinGatherScatterScale(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12380 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArguments(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12381 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileArgumentsRange(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12382 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
| 12383 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
| 12384 | bool CheckX86BuiltinTileRangeAndDuplicate(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12385 | ArrayRef<int> ArgNums); |
| 12386 | bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12387 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12388 | bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID, |
| 12389 | CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12390 | bool CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12391 | |
| 12392 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12393 | bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call); |
| 12394 | bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12395 | bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); |
| 12396 | bool SemaBuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12397 | bool SemaBuiltinVSX(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12398 | bool SemaBuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12399 | |
| 12400 | public: |
| 12401 | // Used by C++ template instantiation. |
| 12402 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12403 | ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, |
| 12404 | SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, |
| 12405 | SourceLocation RParenLoc); |
| 12406 | |
| 12407 | private: |
| 12408 | bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12409 | bool SemaBuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12410 | bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12411 | bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12412 | bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12413 | bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12414 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
| 12415 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); |
| 12416 | ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
| 12417 | AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); |
| 12418 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, |
| 12419 | bool IsDelete); |
| 12420 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12421 | llvm::APSInt &Result); |
| 12422 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low, |
| 12423 | int High, bool RangeIsError = true); |
| 12424 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12425 | unsigned Multiple); |
| 12426 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum); |
| 12427 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12428 | unsigned ArgBits); |
| 12429 | bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, |
| 12430 | unsigned ArgBits); |
| 12431 | bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12432 | int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum, |
| 12433 | bool AllowName); |
| 12434 | bool SemaBuiltinARMMemoryTaggingCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); |
| 12435 | bool SemaBuiltinPPCMMACall(CallExpr *TheCall, const char *TypeDesc); |
| 12436 | |
| 12437 | bool CheckPPCMMAType(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeLoc); |
| 12438 | |
| 12439 | // Matrix builtin handling. |
| 12440 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12441 | ExprResult CallResult); |
| 12442 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12443 | ExprResult CallResult); |
| 12444 | ExprResult SemaBuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall, |
| 12445 | ExprResult CallResult); |
| 12446 | |
| 12447 | public: |
| 12448 | enum FormatStringType { |
| 12449 | FST_Scanf, |
| 12450 | FST_Printf, |
| 12451 | FST_NSString, |
| 12452 | FST_Strftime, |
| 12453 | FST_Strfmon, |
| 12454 | FST_Kprintf, |
| 12455 | FST_FreeBSDKPrintf, |
| 12456 | FST_OSTrace, |
| 12457 | FST_OSLog, |
| 12458 | FST_Unknown |
| 12459 | }; |
| 12460 | static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); |
| 12461 | |
| 12462 | bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr); |
| 12463 | |
| 12464 | static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx); |
| 12465 | |
| 12466 | private: |
| 12467 | bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, |
| 12468 | ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12469 | bool IsCXXMember, |
| 12470 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
| 12471 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, |
| 12472 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
| 12473 | bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, |
| 12474 | bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, |
| 12475 | unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, |
| 12476 | VariadicCallType CallType, |
| 12477 | SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range, |
| 12478 | llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs); |
| 12479 | |
| 12480 | void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12481 | const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
| 12482 | |
| 12483 | void CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call, const FunctionDecl *FDecl); |
| 12484 | |
| 12485 | void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12486 | unsigned BId, |
| 12487 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
| 12488 | |
| 12489 | void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12490 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
| 12491 | |
| 12492 | void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, |
| 12493 | IdentifierInfo *FnName); |
| 12494 | |
| 12495 | void CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E); |
| 12496 | |
| 12497 | void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, |
| 12498 | SourceLocation ReturnLoc, |
| 12499 | bool isObjCMethod = false, |
| 12500 | const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr, |
| 12501 | const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr); |
| 12502 | |
| 12503 | public: |
| 12504 | void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); |
| 12505 | |
| 12506 | private: |
| 12507 | void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); |
| 12508 | void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC); |
| 12509 | void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); |
| 12510 | void CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E); |
| 12511 | |
| 12512 | /// Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either |
| 12513 | /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. |
| 12514 | void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), |
| 12515 | bool IsConstexpr = false); |
| 12516 | |
| 12517 | void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, |
| 12518 | Expr *Init); |
| 12519 | |
| 12520 | /// Check if there is a field shadowing. |
| 12521 | void CheckShadowInheritedFields(const SourceLocation &Loc, |
| 12522 | DeclarationName FieldName, |
| 12523 | const CXXRecordDecl *RD, |
| 12524 | bool DeclIsField = true); |
| 12525 | |
| 12526 | /// Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue' |
| 12527 | /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC. |
| 12528 | void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E); |
| 12529 | |
| 12530 | /// Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which |
| 12531 | /// attempts to add itself into the container |
| 12532 | void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message); |
| 12533 | |
| 12534 | void CheckTCBEnforcement(const CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12535 | |
| 12536 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); |
| 12537 | void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, |
| 12538 | bool DeleteWasArrayForm); |
| 12539 | public: |
| 12540 | /// Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. |
| 12541 | void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, |
| 12542 | uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, |
| 12543 | bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); |
| 12544 | |
| 12545 | struct TypeTagData { |
| 12546 | TypeTagData() {} |
| 12547 | |
| 12548 | TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : |
| 12549 | Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), |
| 12550 | MustBeNull(MustBeNull) |
| 12551 | {} |
| 12552 | |
| 12553 | QualType Type; |
| 12554 | |
| 12555 | /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for |
| 12556 | /// layout-compatibility. |
| 12557 | unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; |
| 12558 | unsigned MustBeNull : 1; |
| 12559 | }; |
| 12560 | |
| 12561 | /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely |
| 12562 | /// identifies the magic value. |
| 12563 | typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; |
| 12564 | |
| 12565 | private: |
| 12566 | /// A map from magic value to type information. |
| 12567 | std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>> |
| 12568 | TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; |
| 12569 | |
| 12570 | /// Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag |
| 12571 | /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. |
| 12572 | void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, |
| 12573 | const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs, |
| 12574 | SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); |
| 12575 | |
| 12576 | /// Check if we are taking the address of a packed field |
| 12577 | /// as this may be a problem if the pointer value is dereferenced. |
| 12578 | void CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs); |
| 12579 | |
| 12580 | /// The parser's current scope. |
| 12581 | /// |
| 12582 | /// The parser maintains this state here. |
| 12583 | Scope *CurScope; |
| 12584 | |
| 12585 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; |
| 12586 | mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128; |
| 12587 | |
| 12588 | /// Nullability type specifiers. |
| 12589 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr; |
| 12590 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr; |
| 12591 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable_result = nullptr; |
| 12592 | IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr; |
| 12593 | |
| 12594 | IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr; |
| 12595 | |
| 12596 | /// The handler for the FileChanged preprocessor events. |
| 12597 | /// |
| 12598 | /// Used for diagnostics that implement custom semantic analysis for #include |
| 12599 | /// directives, like -Wpragma-pack. |
| 12600 | sema::SemaPPCallbacks *SemaPPCallbackHandler; |
| 12601 | |
| 12602 | protected: |
| 12603 | friend class Parser; |
| 12604 | friend class InitializationSequence; |
| 12605 | friend class ASTReader; |
| 12606 | friend class ASTDeclReader; |
| 12607 | friend class ASTWriter; |
| 12608 | |
| 12609 | public: |
| 12610 | /// Retrieve the keyword associated |
| 12611 | IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability); |
| 12612 | |
| 12613 | /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer. |
| 12614 | RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr; |
| 12615 | bool isCFError(RecordDecl *D); |
| 12616 | |
| 12617 | /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError". |
| 12618 | IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent(); |
| 12619 | |
| 12620 | /// Retrieve the parser's current scope. |
| 12621 | /// |
| 12622 | /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis |
| 12623 | /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case |
| 12624 | /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. |
| 12625 | /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser |
| 12626 | /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from |
| 12627 | /// template substitution or instantiation. |
| 12628 | Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } |
| 12629 | |
| 12630 | void incrementMSManglingNumber() const { |
| 12631 | return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber(); |
| 12632 | } |
| 12633 | |
| 12634 | IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; |
| 12635 | IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const; |
| 12636 | |
| 12637 | Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; |
| 12638 | |
| 12639 | DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { |
| 12640 | return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; |
| 12641 | } |
| 12642 | |
| 12643 | const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { |
| 12644 | const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); |
| 12645 | // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. |
| 12646 | if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) |
| 12647 | DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); |
| 12648 | return DC; |
| 12649 | } |
| 12650 | |
| 12651 | /// Determine the number of levels of enclosing template parameters. This is |
| 12652 | /// only usable while parsing. Note that this does not include dependent |
| 12653 | /// contexts in which no template parameters have yet been declared, such as |
| 12654 | /// in a terse function template or generic lambda before the first 'auto' is |
| 12655 | /// encountered. |
| 12656 | unsigned getTemplateDepth(Scope *S) const; |
| 12657 | |
| 12658 | /// To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to |
| 12659 | /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it. |
| 12660 | static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs, |
| 12661 | bool PartialOverloading = false) { |
| 12662 | // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion. |
| 12663 | if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading) |
| 12664 | return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument. |
| 12665 | return NumArgs > NumParams; |
| 12666 | } |
| 12667 | |
| 12668 | // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class |
| 12669 | // (including field initializers) is fully parsed. |
| 12670 | SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses; |
| 12671 | SmallVector<CXXMethodDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportMemberFunctions; |
| 12672 | |
| 12673 | private: |
| 12674 | int ParsingClassDepth = 0; |
| 12675 | |
| 12676 | class SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII { |
| 12677 | public: |
| 12678 | SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII(Sema &S) : S(S) { swapSavedState(); } |
| 12679 | |
| 12680 | ~SavePendingParsedClassStateRAII() { |
| 12681 | assert(S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && |
| 12682 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ); |
| 12683 | assert(S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.empty() && |
| 12684 | "there shouldn't be any pending delayed exception spec checks" ); |
| 12685 | swapSavedState(); |
| 12686 | } |
| 12687 | |
| 12688 | private: |
| 12689 | Sema &S; |
| 12690 | decltype(DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks) |
| 12691 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 12692 | decltype(DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks) |
| 12693 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks; |
| 12694 | |
| 12695 | void swapSavedState() { |
| 12696 | SavedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
| 12697 | S.DelayedOverridingExceptionSpecChecks); |
| 12698 | SavedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks.swap( |
| 12699 | S.DelayedEquivalentExceptionSpecChecks); |
| 12700 | } |
| 12701 | }; |
| 12702 | |
| 12703 | /// Helper class that collects misaligned member designations and |
| 12704 | /// their location info for delayed diagnostics. |
| 12705 | struct MisalignedMember { |
| 12706 | Expr *E; |
| 12707 | RecordDecl *RD; |
| 12708 | ValueDecl *MD; |
| 12709 | CharUnits Alignment; |
| 12710 | |
| 12711 | MisalignedMember() : E(), RD(), MD(), Alignment() {} |
| 12712 | MisalignedMember(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
| 12713 | CharUnits Alignment) |
| 12714 | : E(E), RD(RD), MD(MD), Alignment(Alignment) {} |
| 12715 | explicit MisalignedMember(Expr *E) |
| 12716 | : MisalignedMember(E, nullptr, nullptr, CharUnits()) {} |
| 12717 | |
| 12718 | bool operator==(const MisalignedMember &m) { return this->E == m.E; } |
| 12719 | }; |
| 12720 | /// Small set of gathered accesses to potentially misaligned members |
| 12721 | /// due to the packed attribute. |
| 12722 | SmallVector<MisalignedMember, 4> MisalignedMembers; |
| 12723 | |
| 12724 | /// Adds an expression to the set of gathered misaligned members. |
| 12725 | void AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD, |
| 12726 | CharUnits Alignment); |
| 12727 | |
| 12728 | public: |
| 12729 | /// Diagnoses the current set of gathered accesses. This typically |
| 12730 | /// happens at full expression level. The set is cleared after emitting the |
| 12731 | /// diagnostics. |
| 12732 | void DiagnoseMisalignedMembers(); |
| 12733 | |
| 12734 | /// This function checks if the expression is in the sef of potentially |
| 12735 | /// misaligned members and it is converted to some pointer type T with lower |
| 12736 | /// or equal alignment requirements. If so it removes it. This is used when |
| 12737 | /// we do not want to diagnose such misaligned access (e.g. in conversions to |
| 12738 | /// void*). |
| 12739 | void DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E); |
| 12740 | |
| 12741 | /// This function calls Action when it determines that E designates a |
| 12742 | /// misaligned member due to the packed attribute. This is used to emit |
| 12743 | /// local diagnostics like in reference binding. |
| 12744 | void RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment( |
| 12745 | Expr *E, |
| 12746 | llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)> |
| 12747 | Action); |
| 12748 | |
| 12749 | /// Describes the reason a calling convention specification was ignored, used |
| 12750 | /// for diagnostics. |
| 12751 | enum class CallingConventionIgnoredReason { |
| 12752 | ForThisTarget = 0, |
| 12753 | VariadicFunction, |
| 12754 | ConstructorDestructor, |
| 12755 | BuiltinFunction |
| 12756 | }; |
| 12757 | /// Creates a SemaDiagnosticBuilder that emits the diagnostic if the current |
| 12758 | /// context is "used as device code". |
| 12759 | /// |
| 12760 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a kernel function or it is known that the |
| 12761 | /// function will be emitted for the device, emits the diagnostics |
| 12762 | /// immediately. |
| 12763 | /// - If CurLexicalContext is a function and we are compiling |
| 12764 | /// for the device, but we don't know that this function will be codegen'ed |
| 12765 | /// for devive yet, creates a diagnostic which is emitted if and when we |
| 12766 | /// realize that the function will be codegen'ed. |
| 12767 | /// |
| 12768 | /// Example usage: |
| 12769 | /// |
| 12770 | /// Diagnose __float128 type usage only from SYCL device code if the current |
| 12771 | /// target doesn't support it |
| 12772 | /// if (!S.Context.getTargetInfo().hasFloat128Type() && |
| 12773 | /// S.getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) |
| 12774 | /// SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(Loc, diag::err_type_unsupported) << "__float128"; |
| 12775 | SemaDiagnosticBuilder SYCLDiagIfDeviceCode(SourceLocation Loc, |
| 12776 | unsigned DiagID); |
| 12777 | |
| 12778 | /// Check whether we're allowed to call Callee from the current context. |
| 12779 | /// |
| 12780 | /// - If the call is never allowed in a semantically-correct program |
| 12781 | /// emits an error and returns false. |
| 12782 | /// |
| 12783 | /// - If the call is allowed in semantically-correct programs, but only if |
| 12784 | /// it's never codegen'ed, creates a deferred diagnostic to be emitted if |
| 12785 | /// and when the caller is codegen'ed, and returns true. |
| 12786 | /// |
| 12787 | /// - Otherwise, returns true without emitting any diagnostics. |
| 12788 | /// |
| 12789 | /// Adds Callee to DeviceCallGraph if we don't know if its caller will be |
| 12790 | /// codegen'ed yet. |
| 12791 | bool checkSYCLDeviceFunction(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Callee); |
| 12792 | }; |
| 12793 | |
| 12794 | /// RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. |
| 12795 | class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { |
| 12796 | Sema &Actions; |
| 12797 | bool Entered = true; |
| 12798 | |
| 12799 | public: |
| 12800 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 12801 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
| 12802 | Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr, |
| 12803 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
| 12804 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other, |
| 12805 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
| 12806 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(ShouldEnter) { |
| 12807 | if (Entered) |
| 12808 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, |
| 12809 | ExprContext); |
| 12810 | } |
| 12811 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 12812 | Sema &Actions, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, |
| 12813 | Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, |
| 12814 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::ExpressionKind ExprContext = |
| 12815 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other) |
| 12816 | : Actions(Actions) { |
| 12817 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 12818 | NewContext, Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, ExprContext); |
| 12819 | } |
| 12820 | |
| 12821 | enum InitListTag { InitList }; |
| 12822 | EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, InitListTag, |
| 12823 | bool ShouldEnter = true) |
| 12824 | : Actions(Actions), Entered(false) { |
| 12825 | // In C++11 onwards, narrowing checks are performed on the contents of |
| 12826 | // braced-init-lists, even when they occur within unevaluated operands. |
| 12827 | // Therefore we still need to instantiate constexpr functions used in such |
| 12828 | // a context. |
| 12829 | if (ShouldEnter && Actions.isUnevaluatedContext() && |
| 12830 | Actions.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { |
| 12831 | Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext( |
| 12832 | Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::UnevaluatedList); |
| 12833 | Entered = true; |
| 12834 | } |
| 12835 | } |
| 12836 | |
| 12837 | ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { |
| 12838 | if (Entered) |
| 12839 | Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); |
| 12840 | } |
| 12841 | }; |
| 12842 | |
| 12843 | DeductionFailureInfo |
| 12844 | MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK, |
| 12845 | sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); |
| 12846 | |
| 12847 | /// Contains a late templated function. |
| 12848 | /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser. |
| 12849 | struct LateParsedTemplate { |
| 12850 | CachedTokens Toks; |
| 12851 | /// The template function declaration to be late parsed. |
| 12852 | Decl *D; |
| 12853 | }; |
| 12854 | |
| 12855 | template <> |
| 12856 | void Sema::PragmaStack<Sema::AlignPackInfo>::Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation, |
| 12857 | PragmaMsStackAction Action, |
| 12858 | llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel, |
| 12859 | AlignPackInfo Value); |
| 12860 | |
| 12861 | } // end namespace clang |
| 12862 | |
| 12863 | namespace llvm { |
| 12864 | // Hash a FunctionDeclAndLoc by looking at both its FunctionDecl and its |
| 12865 | // SourceLocation. |
| 12866 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc> { |
| 12867 | using FunctionDeclAndLoc = clang::Sema::FunctionDeclAndLoc; |
| 12868 | using FDBaseInfo = DenseMapInfo<clang::CanonicalDeclPtr<clang::FunctionDecl>>; |
| 12869 | |
| 12870 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getEmptyKey() { |
| 12871 | return {FDBaseInfo::getEmptyKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
| 12872 | } |
| 12873 | |
| 12874 | static FunctionDeclAndLoc getTombstoneKey() { |
| 12875 | return {FDBaseInfo::getTombstoneKey(), clang::SourceLocation()}; |
| 12876 | } |
| 12877 | |
| 12878 | static unsigned getHashValue(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &FDL) { |
| 12879 | return hash_combine(FDBaseInfo::getHashValue(FDL.FD), |
| 12880 | FDL.Loc.getHashValue()); |
| 12881 | } |
| 12882 | |
| 12883 | static bool isEqual(const FunctionDeclAndLoc &LHS, |
| 12884 | const FunctionDeclAndLoc &RHS) { |
| 12885 | return LHS.FD == RHS.FD && LHS.Loc == RHS.Loc; |
| 12886 | } |
| 12887 | }; |
| 12888 | } // namespace llvm |
| 12889 | |
| 12890 | #endif |
| 12891 | |